Skipping the Gym? Walking More Controlled Asthma About as Well as Treadmill Workouts

(Credit: ID 53880123 © Kaspars Grinvalds | Dreamstime.com)

For anyone with asthma who has ever felt too intimidated or too worn out to start a formal exercise program, a new study offers a welcome shortcut. Getting people to walk more and sit less, with coaching and a fitness tracker, worked about as well as structured treadmill workouts for controlling asthma symptoms.

Researchers in Brazil put 52 adults with moderate to severe, poorly controlled asthma through one of two eight-week programs, according to findings published in the journal Pulmonology. One group did supervised treadmill training twice a week. The other met with a health coach once a week and used a wearable activity tracker to nudge them into moving more throughout the day, without any formal exercise sessions. Both groups ended up breathing easier, feeling less anxious, and reporting a better quality of life, and those gains mostly held up four months later.

That result matters because starting an exercise routine can feel like a tall order for someone who struggles to catch their breath climbing stairs. Many people with asthma avoid physical activity altogether because they fear triggering symptoms, and that inactivity itself has been linked to worse disease control. There is more than one path to feeling better here, and patients do not have to choose the toughest one.

Setting Up the Asthma Control Study

Researchers recruited adults between 18 and 65 who had moderate to severe asthma that was not well controlled, based on their medication needs and symptom scores. Participants also had to be physically inactive at the start, getting less than the recommended amount of moderate to vigorous activity each week, as measured by a small motion-tracking device worn on the body.

Fifty-two people were randomly split into two groups. Twenty-seven were assigned to treadmill training, working out twice a week for 45 minutes a session over eight weeks, at an intensity set by an individual fitness test. The other 25 were assigned to a coaching program, meeting with a health professional once a week for up to 90 minutes. Instead of formal workouts, that group focused on building daily habits: they wore a commercial fitness tracker set to buzz when they hit a step goal or when they had been sitting still for an hour, and reviewed their progress with a coach who helped them set realistic goals and work through obstacles.

Both groups also attended an asthma education session, and everyone kept taking their prescribed asthma medications throughout. Researchers checked in three times: before the programs started, right after the eight weeks ended, and again four months later. They measured asthma symptom control using a standard questionnaire, along with quality of life, anxiety and depression symptoms, sleep, body composition, and how much people actually moved during the day.

Nearly 9 in 10 participants were women. A typical participant was carrying extra weight, dealing with multiple health conditions, and showing signs of anxiety or depression along with a lower quality of life. That combination lines up with what other research has found about who tends to struggle most with uncontrolled asthma.

What Researchers Found About Asthma Control

Both groups saw meaningful drops in their asthma symptom scores by the end of the eight weeks, large enough by standard scoring guidelines to count as a real improvement in day-to-day symptoms. That improvement held up four months later in both groups, with no meaningful gap between the treadmill group and the coaching group. Roughly two-thirds of participants in each group still showed a clinically meaningful improvement at the four-month mark.

Quality of life scores climbed in both groups too, again by an amount considered clinically meaningful, and those gains also stuck around at follow-up. Anxiety and depression symptoms eased in both groups as well. Neither group showed changes in sleep quality or body composition.

A couple of results ran counter to expectations. Aerobic training usually lifts a person’s peak fitness, but the treadmill group saw no such bump, which the researchers tied to participants already having fairly well-preserved lung and heart fitness at the start, or to the program running only eight weeks. The coaching group’s daily step counts did climb over the eight weeks, though the researchers felt the gains fell short of what earlier behavioral programs have produced and pointed to that group’s higher body weight, which other studies have linked to a weaker response. Either way, both groups logged more weekly minutes of moderate to vigorous activity, the kind that gets the heart working.

Both groups also reported fewer personal and everyday barriers to being active after their programs, such as feeling too tired or not having a safe place to exercise, and those improvements remained at follow-up.

Source : https://studyfinds.com/skipping-the-gym-walking-more-controlled-asthma-about-as-well-as-treadmill-workouts/

Your Organs Are Aging On Different Timelines, Study Suggests

(Credit: © Nadzeya – stock.adobe.com)

Blood Vessels, Ovaries, and Prostates Don’t Age on the Same Clock

Blood vessels might already be showing wear and tear by the time an individual turns 35, decades before some other organs start to change. A new study suggests that’s not random. Different tissues appear to follow distinct structural-aging patterns across adulthood, some breaking down early, some late, and some in two distinct waves years apart.

Scientists built a new tool called PathStAR to study tissue structure, the physical arrangement of cells, blood vessels and supporting material, using leftover samples from organ donors. Rather than training a computer to guess someone’s age from a photo, researchers let the images speak for themselves and asked a simple question: when does each tissue’s physical structure change the most? The answer goes against a common assumption: that aging is a slow, steady decline treating every organ the same way.

Stakes here go beyond curiosity. Findings from the study, published in the journal Nature Aging, frame this as a step toward figuring out what protects against aging, and just as important, when to step in for a given organ.

Ovaries Show Two Separate Aging Spikes, Decades Apart

Researchers worked with a massive public collection of tissue samples called GTEx, gathered from 970 organ donors ages 21 to 70, roughly two-thirds of them male. In total, the team studied 25,306 tissue samples covering 40 different tissue types, from arteries and skin to ovaries and testes. These weren’t blood tests or genetic scans, but microscope images of tissue slices, stained with a common dye combination that highlights cell structures, the same kind of images pathologists study every day.

Instead of teaching a computer to predict age from labeled images, the team used an existing image-analysis tool to scan each sample and produce a mathematical summary of its structure, then compared those summaries between age groups, moving through the decades year by year, to see when structure changed fastest.

Choosing images over molecular data turned out to matter. Even when researchers applied the same year-by-year trajectory analysis to gene activity and DNA methylation from the same samples, neither reproduced the pattern seen in the tissue images. The ovary makes the clearest case. Fertility researchers have long known that ovarian function declines gradually starting in a woman’s early 30s, then drops off quickly through the late 30s as egg-containing follicles run out, eventually leading to menopause around age 50 to 55. The structural images caught this precisely, showing two distinct spikes: one at ages 35 to 40, matching fertility decline, and another at ages 55 to 60, matching menopause.

Once researchers pinned down this timing from the images alone, they checked the molecular level during those two windows. The first spike lined up with a surge in inflammation. The second lined up with a drop in growth signals and cell division, consistent with the ovary running out of active egg follicles.

Vessels and Reproductive Organs Age Along Two Tracks

This method, applied across all 40 tissue types, narrowed to 15 where age reliably explained a meaningful share of structural differences between samples. Three broad patterns emerged. Tibial and coronary arteries aged early, fastest in the 30s. Uterus and vagina aged late, staying stable until major changes hit in the 50s. Most other tissues examined, including the esophagus, stomach, colon, small intestine, salivary gland, prostate and testis, showed the same two-spike pattern seen in the ovary: one acceleration period in the 30s, another around the 50s.

Digging into the biology behind these acceleration periods, researchers found a shared signature: inflammation-related activity switched on, while activity tied to energy production, cell repair and quality control switched off. Each organ also carried its own vulnerability. In arteries, activity tied to processing fats declined in a way not seen in any other tissue studied. In the testis, the change was the most dramatic of any tissue studied, involving a spike in immune activity alongside a steep drop in sperm-producing activity.

Researchers also checked whether people who age quickly in one organ tend to age quickly in related organs. The pattern held up within each system on its own: people whose digestive organs aged faster tended to show that pattern across their digestive tract, and the same was true separately within blood vessels and within female reproductive organs. More surprising was a link between digestive and male reproductive organs: people whose colon and esophagus aged faster structurally were also more likely to show accelerated aging in the prostate, possibly through shared sex hormone signaling.

Source : https://studyfinds.com/organs-aging-different-timelines/

Legumes, Soy Linked To Lower Blood Pressure Risk

(© Olena Mykhaylova – stock.adobe.com)

What 300,000 People’s Diets Reveal About Preventing High Blood Pressure

A bowl of lentil soup or a block of tofu may benefit cardiovascular health, according to a new analysis tying legumes and soy to a lower risk of high blood pressure. The research pulled data from more than 300,000 people across multiple countries, and the pattern held: eating more beans, lentils, chickpeas, and soy foods like tofu was linked to a lower risk of developing hypertension, one of the leading causes of heart attacks and strokes worldwide.

Timing matters here. High blood pressure affects an estimated 1.4 billion people globally, and the total number of cases more than doubled between 1990 and 2019, rising from 648 million to over 1.28 billion. Its burden is particularly high in low- and middle-income countries, adding to existing health inequalities, which makes affordable, food-based strategies worth paying attention to. The new findings, published in BMJ Nutrition, Prevention & Health, add fresh weight to that case.

Legume Eaters Showed a 16% Lower Hypertension Risk

A research team pooled results from 12 long-term studies that tracked people’s eating habits and health outcomes over time, a method that captures patterns individual studies often miss. For the legume analysis, 10 cohorts included 309,853 participants and 86,098 cases of high blood pressure. Seven cohorts made up the soy analysis, with 278,200 participants and 93,934 cases.

Studies came from several regions: five from the United States, five from Asia, including China, Iran, South Korea, and Japan, and two from Europe. Individual study sizes ranged from 1,152 to 88,475 participants, giving the analysis a broad evidence base.

People who ate the most legumes, meaning beans, lentils, chickpeas, and peas, had a 16% lower risk of developing high blood pressure than those who ate the least. The result barely budged even when researchers dropped individual studies from the analysis one at a time to check whether a single large study was skewing things.

Soy Intake Showed an Even Stronger 19% Lower Risk

For soy foods, the association was stronger. People who consumed the most soy had a 19% lower risk compared to the lowest consumers. The researchers noted this is the first analysis of its kind to specifically examine the link between soy food intake and high blood pressure risk.

Researchers also looked at whether more food meant more benefit. For legumes, risk continued to fall across the range studied, up to about 170 grams per day, with no sign that the benefit tapered off. For soy, most of the apparent benefit occurred by about 60 to 80 grams per day, with little further reduction at higher intakes.

Potassium, Fiber, and Isoflavones May Explain the Effect

Legumes are rich in potassium and magnesium, two minerals that other research has linked to lower blood pressure. They also contain plenty of fiber and plant-based protein. More recent work cited in the paper suggests that when the gut breaks down certain fibers found in legumes and soy, it produces compounds that help blood vessels relax and widen, which brings blood pressure down.

Soy gets additional attention for its naturally occurring plant compounds called isoflavones, which have shown blood pressure-lowering effects in multiple controlled studies. There’s also a possible indirect route: other research cited in the paper ties legume and soy intake to a lower risk of obesity, itself a major driver of high blood pressure.

Source : https://studyfinds.com/legumes-soy-lower-blood-pressure/

Men Resist Dieting Because It’s Too Feminine, Study Suggests

(Credit: © Studio Romantic – stock.adobe.com)

Masculine, Still Image-Conscious: Appearance Concerns Pushed Men To Diet More Than Health Scares

A man walks past a mirror, catches sight of himself without a shirt on, and mutters something unprintable under his breath. That moment, not a doctor’s warning or a health class lecture, is often what finally pushes men to try losing weight.

A study published in PLOS One looked at how a group of adult men thought and felt about dieting, and it pokes holes in a lot of assumptions built into typical weight-loss programs. Researchers held group conversations with men about their struggles with weight, and what came out wasn’t just complaints about willpower or busy schedules. It ran deeper: many men see dieting itself as fundamentally not for them, a “female” pursuit tied to restriction and appearance, even while privately caring a lot about how they look.

Men openly mocked the idea that appearance mattered to them, insisting women were the ones obsessed with body image, then described staring in mirrors with disgust, hating photos of themselves, or realizing their favorite suit no longer fit. Researchers noted that participants were “themselves engaging with the very preoccupation they had distanced themselves from the female domain.” At least among these men, talking openly about that concern seemed to sit awkwardly beside their view of dieting as feminine.

Men Called Dieting a ‘Female’ Pursuit in Focus Group Sessions

Getting men to talk openly about body image and dieting isn’t easy, so the research team used group conversations, reasoning that discussion among people with shared experiences tends to produce deeper, richer answers. Thirty men signed up, and 24 stuck it out across four sessions, some in person at Anglia Ruskin University in Cambridge, England, others online. Participants averaged 46 years old, the group’s average BMI fell within the conventional overweight range, and all had experience with, or an interest in pursuing, weight loss.

Sessions ran about an hour and covered a set list of open-ended questions, with room to go off script when something struck a nerve. Researchers then combed the transcripts for patterns that kept showing up across groups.

Beyond that core tension, two practical threads ran through the discussions. Men pointed to real barriers like conflicting nutrition advice and exhausting work schedules that left little energy for cooking or meal planning, the kind of grind that makes any diet feel like one more chore layered on a busy life. And three kinds of support stood out as what actually helped men stick with changes: a “buddy” for mutual accountability, a “mentor” with more expertise, and a spouse who often took charge of meal planning and shopping entirely.

That last point deserves attention. Several men described handing over control of their diet to their wives, relying on them to plan meals and buy healthier snacks. One participant said his wife “structures our meal plan” and buys him apples instead of chocolate, adding that “half the battle” was already won because of her involvement. Another said flatly that without his wife’s support, “I wouldn’t have done it.”

Photos and Mirrors Motivated Men More Than Health Scares Did

Maybe the most surprising result was how little health risk factored into men’s decisions to change, compared to appearance. Even a participant who’d had emergency heart surgery said “the photo was the more, bigger prompt,” ranking a snapshot of himself as more motivating than a life-threatening medical event. Diabetes diagnoses and reading about heart attacks in people their own age did push some men toward action, but appearance dissatisfaction emerged as the dominant theme across every group.

Once men did commit to a diet, researchers found it often followed a discouraging cycle: intense short-term effort, some weight loss, then a slow drift back to old habits. One man compared the pattern to eating one doughnut, which became two, and “before you know where you are, you’re back at the other end of where you want to be.” This repeating pattern, showing up in nearly every group, reinforced the belief that dieting simply doesn’t work long-term, even as many participants kept trying new versions of it anyway.

Source : https://studyfinds.com/men-resist-dieting-too-feminine/

Toddlers Poisoned By Edible Drugs at Record Rates, Study Warns

(Credit: © AI Visual Vault – stock.adobe.com)

A toddler finds a gummy on the coffee table. It looks like candy. It smells sweet. Before anyone notices, the child has swallowed it. That gummy might contain marijuana, and it might not be the only edible drug parents now have to worry about vanishing off counters and out of purses.

A new study published in BMC Public Health looked at more than two decades of calls to United States poison centers and found something startling: the rate at which young children accidentally swallowed recreational drugs jumped by 3,307% between 2000 and 2024. That is not a typo. What started as roughly one ingestion per 100,000 children in 2000 climbed to nearly 36 per 100,000 by 2024, with the sharpest climb kicking off around 2013.

A research team led by Nationwide Children’s Hospital analyzed data from the National Poison Data System, which collects information from poison centers across the country. They zeroed in on children younger than 6 who accidentally swallowed drugs like marijuana, cocaine, methamphetamine, psychedelic mushrooms, and opioids such as fentanyl and heroin. The goal was to figure out who these kids were, what they swallowed, and how badly it hurt them.

How Many Kids Are Swallowing Recreational Drugs?

Across the 24 years, researchers reviewed 41,612 cases of children under 6 who swallowed a recreational drug and were reported to poison centers. Most of these kids, 57.6%, were younger than 3. That tracks with how toddlers explore the world: everything goes in the mouth, and anything left on a low table or in an open purse is fair game.

Nearly all of the cases, 96.4%, happened at home, and 95.9% involved just one drug rather than a mix. Marijuana and related products made up the overwhelming share of ingestions at 84.7%. Cocaine and methamphetamine accounted for 8.4%, psilocybin mushrooms for 3.5%, opioids for 2.8%, and ketamine and similar drugs for 0.6%.

About half of the children (50.6%) had no effect or only mild symptoms. Another 30.8% had moderate effects, and 5% suffered what poison centers call a major effect, meaning symptoms were life-threatening or caused lasting harm. Six children died during the study period, and all six were younger than 3.

Age made a real difference in how badly a child was hurt. Kids under 3 were about 54% more likely to suffer a major effect than kids aged 3 to 5, and about 23% more likely to end up in intensive care. Study authors suggest younger kids weigh less, so the same amount of a drug may hit them harder relative to their size. Toddlers also struggle to tell adults something is wrong, which can delay treatment.

Marijuana Edibles Are Driving the Recreational Drugs Surge

Edible forms of marijuana like gummies and baked goods accounted for nearly half of all cases in the study, 47.9%. Edible cases began appearing in the study data in 2013 and grew fast, eventually overtaking other forms of marijuana around 2019.

Researchers tie this rise to the wave of state laws legalizing marijuana and the growing number of edible products showing up in people’s homes. Oddly, edible marijuana ingestions were actually less likely than other drugs to cause a major health effect or land a child in intensive care. But there were so many cases that these products still accounted for a large share of hospital admissions.

Opioids, Stimulants, and Mushrooms: Fewer Cases, Rougher Outcomes

Opioids made up a small slice of the total cases, just 2.8%, but their impact was outsized. Ingestions involving opioids were about 2.6 times more likely to be linked to an intensive care stay compared with other drugs combined. Fentanyl stood out most: it was involved in almost two-thirds of opioid cases and was roughly 7.7 times more likely to be linked to a major effect than all other substances combined. Four of the six deaths in the study were linked to fentanyl.

Cocaine and methamphetamine told a similar story. They accounted for 8.4% of cases but were about twice as likely to be linked to an intensive care stay or a major effect compared with other drugs combined. Two of the six deaths involved cocaine. Dissociative drugs, a category that includes ketamine and PCP-related substances that can cause hallucinations and a sense of detachment from reality, made up less than 1% of cases but were about 1.6 times more likely to be linked to intensive care admission than the other drug categories combined.

Psilocybin, the psychoactive compound in certain mushrooms, produced one of the more unexpected findings. Ingestions involving psilocybin mushroom products rose sharply starting around 2018, climbing more than 1,400% by 2024. By the last two years of the study, psychedelic ingestions had grown to outpace every other drug category except marijuana.

Researchers suspect this jump tracks with psilocybin’s expanding legal status for therapy and its growing popularity as a recreational drug. They also flagged a separate problem: independent testing of some mushroom-branded gummies and chocolates has found inconsistent labeling, meaning products marketed as psilocybin may actually contain other substances entirely. That makes it harder to know exactly what children are being exposed to.

Source : https://studyfinds.com/toddlers-poisoned-by-marijuana-gummies-at-record-rates-study-warns/

Survey: 82% Of Americans Say They Live On ‘Autopilot’

(Photo by Pranithan Chorruangsak on Shutterstock)

Results Show The Average American Is Out Of Energy Before 3 P.M.

Somewhere between the lunch dishes and the afternoon inbox, most Americans simply run out of gas. New survey data puts a timestamp on it: 2:48 p.m., the average moment when energy starts sliding on a typical day. For one in five adults (21%), the drop arrives even earlier, before the clock hits noon.

That afternoon energy wall is only part of a larger picture. A poll of 2,000 U.S. adults found that 82% feel like they are running their lives on “autopilot,” moving through the day without really registering it. Seven in 10 (70%) say they feel pressure to go above and beyond, to do “the most” in every situation, simply to keep pace with everything on their plate.

Conducted by Talker Research on behalf of Breakstone’s, the survey found that for many Americans, feeling tired goes beyond simply needing more sleep. Respondents described a broader time crunch around that fatigue: skipped meals, missed workouts and little room left for the things they care about.

Busy Days And The Energy Wall

Ask people what falls off the calendar first when things get hectic, and hobbies lead the list. Nearly two in five respondents (38%) say busy days keep them from the things they actually enjoy. Mental health care goes next at 34%, followed by exercise at 31%.

Relationships absorb the overflow. About one in four respondents say a crowded schedule costs them time with loved ones (27%), time with friends (26%) or time with a significant other (23%). Even when people do show up, attention is thin: 44% admit they frequently feel like they are not fully present during meaningful moments.

Meals take a hit too, and that finding sits at the center of the research. Seventy-one percent say they skip or delay eating because they are too busy, and they do it an average of 3.4 times a week. Roughly three days out of seven, in other words, a meal either gets pushed back or disappears entirely.

Eating on a deadline changes the meal itself. Three-quarters of respondents (74%) say packed schedules keep them from paying full attention to what they eat or drink. Time budgets shrink accordingly. On a relaxed day, about a third (32%) give their meals 40 minutes or less. On a particularly busy day, that share climbs to 42%.

Caffeine Versus Protein Before The Energy Wall

Faced with a day that outpaces them, Americans reach for whatever is fastest. Respondents lean on an average of 3.2 “quick fixes” to push through especially hectic stretches.

Caffeine wins the popularity contest. On a busy day, 29% are likely to grab a caffeinated drink, while 21% reach for a high-protein snack. Among the caffeine crowd, consumption runs high: an average of 4.6 caffeinated beverages per day.

Those drinks are not delivering much. Only 29% of caffeine drinkers call the approach “very effective” for getting through a full busy day, and they estimate the lift wears off in about 2.3 hours. Nearly half of them (43%) say it fades before the two-hour mark. Five cups of something caffeinated, with a payoff measured in single-digit hours, is a lot of effort for a short runway.

Protein gets a higher rating in the survey. Among respondents who reach for a high-protein snack, 38% call it “very effective” on busy days, compared with 29% of those who turn to caffeine. Fewer people choose it, though, which is the gap the researchers keep circling back to.

“The research highlights a disconnect between understanding the importance of protein and incorporating it consistently into daily routines,” said Amanda Vaal, Director of Brand Marketing at Breakstone’s. “While many Americans recognize protein’s role in their diet, busy schedules and packed days can make it challenging to prioritize.”

Survey responses back up that gap. Almost two-thirds (62%) say they understand how important protein is for their body yet still struggle to work it into their diet regularly. And 72% admit that, at least occasionally, they get to the end of the day and realize they have barely had any protein at all.

Waiting Until The Energy Wall Hits

Timing shows up as a sticking point. Only 25% of respondents say they are “very likely” to increase their protein intake when they start feeling tired. Protein, in other words, is not a go-to answer to fatigue for most of them. Caffeine, by contrast, remains the more common busy-day pick.

“According to the results, only 25% of those polled are ‘very likely’ to increase their protein intake when they start feeling tired, highlighting an opportunity to build protein into daily routines before energy starts to dip,” said Vaal. “Simple habits like planning balanced meals, keeping protein-rich snacks readily available and making protein part of each meal can help make those routines easier to maintain.”

A caveat belongs alongside all of this. Breakstone’s, a dairy brand that sells cottage cheese and sour cream, commissioned the research, and a company with protein products on shelves has an obvious interest in findings that point toward protein. Nothing in the data proves that adding protein moves the 2:48 p.m. marker later in the day. Respondents were reporting their own habits and their own sense of what works, not undergoing any kind of controlled test.

What the numbers do establish is a pattern worth taking seriously on its own terms. Adults describing themselves as running on autopilot, skipping meals three times a week, eating without noticing, and hitting a wall in the middle of the afternoon are describing a day built with no slack in it.

Source : https://studyfinds.com/americans-live-on-autopilot/

Coconut Oil Jet Fuel Matches Kerosene’s Efficiency in Engine Tests

(Credit: Photo by Yuriy Ivanovskiyo on Shutterstock)

Coconut oil has long had a place in kitchens and beauty products, but researchers are now making a serious case for putting it in jet engines. New research found that aviation biofuel made from coconut oil can power a small jet engine about as efficiently as traditional jet fuel, with lower unburned hydrocarbon emissions, though the blends burn more fuel and emit slightly more carbon monoxide.

Aviation accounts for a meaningful share of global carbon dioxide emissions, and pressure on the industry to find cleaner fuel options has intensified in recent years. The International Civil Aviation Organization has identified sustainable aviation fuel, commonly called SAF, as the single most effective strategy available for cutting aviation’s carbon footprint. But many current methods for producing SAF are themselves energy-hungry and costly, which chips away at the environmental benefit. The new study, published in the journal Fuel, zeroes in on a production approach designed to sidestep that problem entirely, using a technique that requires far less energy to make the fuel in the first place.

Researchers at Osaka Metropolitan University tested biofuels made from coconut oil through what they call a “co-solvent method,” a process that mixes acetone with alcohol and coconut oil to produce high-purity biofuel without the intense heat and pressure required by conventional production methods. Rather than stopping at production, the team took the next step and burned the fuel in a small jet engine, measuring both engine performance and exhaust emissions.

A Greener Way to Make Coconut Oil Jet Fuel

Most SAF production routes involve intense industrial processes, including high-temperature refining steps that drain energy out of the fuel’s lifecycle before a single flight takes place. The co-solvent method works differently. By adding acetone to a mixture of alcohol and coconut oil, normally incompatible liquids blend uniformly and react completely at relatively low temperatures, producing biofuel with purity levels exceeding 97%.

Coconut itself offers a practical advantage as a raw material. Roughly 30% of the coconut is discarded after extracting its internal moisture during processing. This study used oil from material the researchers describe as discarded and non-edible, including the large seeds and leftover flesh, so the fuel draws on parts of the crop that would otherwise go to waste. The process also produces biodiesel suitable for vehicles and marine vessels, plus high-quality glycerin as a byproduct.

Two types of biofuel were produced and tested: one made using methanol and another made using ethanol. Both are plant-based fuels commonly studied for diesel engines, but this research examined their behavior in a jet engine, a question that has received comparatively little scientific attention.

Inside the Engine: How Coconut Oil Jet Fuel Actually Performs

Researchers tested the fuel in a small commercial jet engine capable of reaching speeds up to 130,000 rotations per minute. Researchers blended the biofuels with conventional kerosene at ratios of 10%, 30%, and 50% biofuel by volume, then ran the engine across a range of speeds. Measurements included fuel consumption, engine efficiency, and exhaust concentrations of four pollutants: unburned hydrocarbons, carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide, and nitric oxide.

In terms of fuel efficiency, the biofuel blends required more fuel to produce the same amount of thrust. At 80,000 rotations per minute, a 50% methanol-based blend consumed about 16.8% more fuel than pure kerosene, while the ethanol-based version consumed about 19.6% more. This is largely because the biofuels carry less energy per kilogram than kerosene, so more must be burned to maintain the same output level.

Despite burning more fuel by weight, the blends converted heat into usable work at rates comparable to pure kerosene. At 100,000 rotations per minute, the thermal efficiency of the highest biofuel blend differed from pure kerosene by a small margin, and thrust output remained consistent across all blend ratios tested.

What Comes Out of the Exhaust

Emissions are where coconut oil-based jet fuel shows some of its most encouraging results. Increasing the proportion of biofuel in the blend consistently reduced unburned hydrocarbon emissions. At a 50% blend ratio, hydrocarbon concentrations in the exhaust dropped by roughly 5% to 40% compared to pure kerosene, depending on engine speed. Researchers said the drop was likely tied in part to fuel composition, since the coconut-derived biofuels contain none of the ring-shaped, aromatic hydrocarbon molecules present in conventional jet fuel.

Carbon dioxide emissions remained at levels consistent with pure kerosene across all blending ratios tested. While higher biofuel content increased total fuel consumption, the CO2 in the exhaust did not rise proportionally. Researchers say that pattern may point to some unburned biofuel leaving the engine, a question they flagged for future investigation.

Carbon monoxide emissions, a product of incomplete combustion, did increase modestly at higher blend ratios. A 50% blend produced roughly 3% to 17% more carbon monoxide than pure kerosene depending on engine speed. Researchers linked this to the biofuels being harder to ignite than kerosene and carrying less energy, both of which can create fuel-rich zones inside the combustion chamber where oxygen runs short.

Nitric oxide emissions, which can contribute to ozone depletion at high altitudes, were broadly comparable between the biofuel blends and pure kerosene. A 30% methanol-based blend showed nitric oxide concentrations 20% to 30% lower than pure kerosene across all operating conditions tested, a result the authors say requires further study to fully explain.

Source : https://studyfinds.com/coconut-oil-jet-fuel-matches-kerosenes-efficiency-in-engine-tests/

Gene Test Revealed Inherited Cancer Risk Across Three Generations of One Family

(Credit: © VectorMine – stock.adobe.com)

When a 35-year-old man went in for a cardiology appointment in 2005, thyroid trouble was the last thing on his mind. His cardiologist felt something unusual in his neck and ordered an ultrasound. That single scan set off a chain of discoveries that would later give doctors the chance to act on his children’s inherited cancer risk before either child developed the disease.

That man’s story sits at the heart of a virtual tumor board article published in CA: A Cancer Journal for Clinicians, written by specialists in endocrinology, surgery, oncology, genetics, and radiation medicine. Together, they used his 20-year medical journey to illustrate how, for this one family, a single genetic test reshaped the way a rare form of thyroid cancer called medullary thyroid carcinoma was managed across generations, allowing doctors to spot the inherited risk early and step in before it reached his children as clinical disease.

Medullary thyroid carcinoma is not the common kind of thyroid cancer that usually comes to mind. It grows from a different type of cell, does not respond to the radioactive iodine treatment used for other thyroid cancers, and in as many as one in four cases, it is inherited. Before genetic testing, hereditary forms of the disease were usually recognized only after cancer had already appeared in a family, signaled by a thyroid nodule, rising calcitonin, or a suggestive family history. A genetic test targeting the RET gene gave doctors a way to identify at-risk relatives in advance.

A Cancer Hidden in Plain Sight

When surgeons operated on that 35-year-old man in 2005, they expected to find papillary thyroid carcinoma, the most common and usually treatable form of the disease, based on a needle biopsy done beforehand. Instead, the tissue removed during surgery revealed medullary thyroid carcinoma. The cancer was present in multiple spots across both sides of his thyroid, and his blood showed sharply elevated calcitonin, a hormone produced by the specific cells where this cancer originates. His calcitonin level measured 1,160 picograms per milliliter against a reference range of less than 9.8.

Surgeons removed the thyroid and the lymph nodes from the center of his neck. All 19 removed lymph nodes came back negative for cancer. That was good news. But then came the genetic test.

Results confirmed he carried a mutation in the RET gene at a location called codon 609, a change linked to a hereditary syndrome called multiple endocrine neoplasia type 2A. That finding instantly shifted the story from one man’s cancer to his entire family’s risk.

One Genetic Test Changed Three Generations

A certified genetic counselor worked with the family to understand who else might carry the mutation, a process called cascade testing. That testing identified additional carriers across multiple generations, including the patient’s brother, son, and daughter.

What happened next shows the difference between catching this mutation early versus late. The patient’s brother, not screened until age 37, had already developed metastatic disease by the time the mutation was found in him. His preoperative calcitonin level was 2,450 picograms per milliliter. He underwent total thyroidectomy with bilateral neck dissection and now has persistent disease, currently being treated with a targeted drug called selpercatinib.

Identified only through genetic testing, the patient’s son and daughter underwent preventive thyroid removal at ages 6 and 3, respectively, and are now 25 and 22. Both have had undetectable calcitonin ever since and show no evidence of disease. According to the patient perspective section of the report, learning that his children were carriers felt initially overwhelming and painful, but the clarity provided by testing quickly transformed that fear into a sense of direction and control over the disease.

What 20 Years of Follow-Up Revealed About This Thyroid Cancer

After his initial surgery, the patient achieved undetectable calcitonin levels and stayed in that state for three years. In 2008, calcitonin began rising again, and by 2013, imaging confirmed multiple liver metastases. Even so, the disease advanced unusually slowly. From 2013 to 2025, his calcitonin rose from 850 to 1,820 picograms per milliliter, an increase of roughly 80 picograms per milliliter per year. His calcitonin doubling time, a marker doctors use to gauge how fast the cancer is progressing, stretched from about 13 months in the earliest phase to more than 24 months by the time liver metastases were found in 2013, and beyond 60 months in the years that followed.

Because this patient’s disease was progressing slowly and he had no symptoms, his medical team chose careful monitoring over immediate drug therapy rather than treating based on numbers alone. Then, in 2025, FDG-PET-CT imaging revealed new hypermetabolic lesions, and MRI confirmed bone metastases in the spine, though he remained without symptoms and without any compression of the spinal cord. As of the report, surveillance continues with bisphosphonate support to address the bone involvement.

This 20-year history is both unusual and instructive. It shows that patients with certain RET mutations can experience long periods of stable disease even after metastasis, and that knowing a patient’s genetic profile allows doctors to plan treatment deliberately rather than reactively.

How New Drugs Have Transformed Medullary Thyroid Carcinoma Treatment

For years, doctors treating advanced medullary thyroid carcinoma relied on drugs that targeted multiple cell signals at once. While those medications helped slow the disease, they carried significant side effects including high blood pressure, severe diarrhea, fatigue, and skin problems on the hands and feet. Many patients required dose reductions or had to stop the drugs entirely.

A newer class of drugs, designed to block only the RET protein specifically, has sharply improved outcomes. In two large clinical trials referenced in the paper, LIBRETTO-001 and ARROW, these targeted drugs produced response rates ranging from 69% to 79% in patients with RET-mutated medullary thyroid carcinoma, with far better tolerability than earlier treatments. A critical finding from those trials was that response rates to selective RET inhibitors were similar whether the RET mutation was inherited or acquired by the tumor, meaning the same drugs appear effective for both types of patients.

About half of sporadic MTCs carry somatic RET mutations in the tumor itself, so testing the tumor directly is needed to determine whether these targeted drugs will work for those patients.

Multiple specialists contributed to this report, including pathologists, endocrinologists, surgeons, oncologists, radiation doctors, and a medical geneticist, each examining the same patient’s case through their own lens. That structure was deliberate. No single specialty has the full picture of hereditary MTC.

Radiation therapy plays a narrow but meaningful role here. Because this cancer does not absorb radioactive iodine the way common thyroid cancers do, external radiation is reserved for specific situations: patients with high-risk features after surgery, tumors that could not be fully removed, or painful bone and spinal metastases. In this patient’s case, with bone metastases detected but no pain or neurological symptoms, the team opted to hold radiation in reserve for future need.

Studies cited in the paper show that countries where genetic screening became routine saw the average age of MTC diagnosis drop by years or even decades. In a German cohort, the average age at diagnosis decreased from 35.6 to 23.0 years after routine screening began. In a Norwegian study, the proportion of patients who achieved remission increased from 50% to 89% following the introduction of systematic genetic testing.

Source : https://studyfinds.com/gene-test-revealed-inherited-cancer-risk-across-three-generations-of-one-family/

Eczema Linked To 28% Higher Shingles Risk, Study Finds

(© ryanking999 – stock.adobe.com)

Younger Adults With Eczema Face Surprisingly High Shingles Risk

For millions of adults living with eczema, the daily struggle involves cracked skin, relentless itching, and a medicine cabinet full of creams and prescriptions. Now, a large study points to another health risk worth watching: shingles. Adults with eczema were 28% more likely to develop the condition, and the link barely budged even after accounting for steroid and immune-suppressing drugs known to raise shingles risk on their own.

Researchers analyzed health records from more than 13.4 million people in England, and the study was published in the journal JDDG: Journal der Deutschen Dermatologischen Gesellschaft. The study is observational, meaning it cannot prove eczema itself causes shingles, but the connection held up after researchers ruled out a long list of other possible explanations.

Shingles is a painful viral illness caused by the same virus responsible for chickenpox. After someone recovers from chickenpox, the virus goes dormant in the nervous system and can reactivate years or decades later, producing a burning, blistering rash, typically on one side of the body. It tends to strike older adults and people with weakened immune systems, and it can cause lasting nerve pain long after the rash clears.

One of the Largest Studies on Eczema and Shingles Risk

Drawing on a database of routinely collected records from primary care doctors across England, the research team followed participants from 1997 through 2023. The study included more than 14 million observations from 13.4 million people. About 2.4 million observations were recorded while participants were in the eczema group, compared with 11.6 million in the matched comparison group. Each person with eczema was matched to up to five similar people without it, based on age, sex, and medical practice.

Over the course of the study, 329,821 shingles cases were recorded in total: 76,990 in people with eczema and 252,831 in the comparison group. Even before accounting for other health and lifestyle factors, people with eczema developed shingles at a higher rate than those without it, and that gap barely moved after researchers factored in age, smoking, alcohol use, obesity, and conditions like diabetes, depression, and heart disease.

Severity Made a Big Difference in Shingles Risk

Not all eczema is created equal, and the study found that worse eczema tracked with greater shingles risk. Researchers didn’t use a clinical severity scale, but instead judged severity by which treatments a patient had been prescribed. Mild eczema carried a 22% higher shingles risk, moderate eczema a 28% elevated risk, and the severe group, defined by patients who needed the strongest immune-suppressing drugs or phototherapy, had more than double the risk of people without eczema. That last number comes with an asterisk: since severe eczema and its treatment are so tightly bundled, the researchers say it’s genuinely hard to tell how much of the extra risk comes from the disease itself versus the drugs used to control it.

A Surprising Pattern in Younger Adults

Shingles is generally thought of as a condition of older age, and risk does increase with age across the board. This study, however, turned up an unexpected pattern: the connection between eczema and shingles was actually stronger in younger adults.

Adults aged 30 to 40 with eczema had a 51% higher risk of shingles than comparable peers without eczema. Those aged 40 to 50 showed a 42% elevation. The relative difference in risk was smaller among people over 50.

Researchers offered a few possible explanations. Adults over 70 in the UK have been eligible for shingles vaccination since 2013, which may have reduced the apparent risk in older age groups. It is also possible that eczema patients who developed shingles at a younger age were no longer in the pool when older age groups were analyzed, effectively underrepresenting the true risk at advanced ages.

Part of what makes this research timely is the growing use of a newer class of drugs called JAK inhibitors to treat moderate to severe eczema. These medications, introduced into UK clinical practice at the end of 2022, already carry a known risk of shingles as a side effect. Because most of this study’s data predates their widespread use, their direct influence on the results is likely negligible. The authors note, though, that eczema patients who go on to take JAK inhibitors may be especially vulnerable to shingles, given the elevated baseline risk the condition already appears to carry.

Source : https://studyfinds.com/eczema-higher-shingles-risk/

 

Study: Avoiding These 3 Midlife Health Risks Linked To 12+ More Dementia-Free Years

(© K Abrahams/peopleimages.com – stock.adobe.com)

Staying clear of diabetes, high blood pressure, and smoking through middle age may promote more than a decade of extra dementia-free years compared to peers carrying all three conditions. A large, long-running community-based study published in Neurology® Open Access and tracking 12,409 participants from four U.S. communities found that the gap in dementia-free years between the healthiest and least healthy midlife groups was 12.6 years, a number researchers say offers a clear, personal way to think about heart health and brain aging.

Dementia already looms large over American life. Roughly 42% of middle-aged adults in the U.S. may develop the condition during their lifetime, according to prior research cited in the study. Most conversations about preventing it focus on the odds of getting it at all, rather than something more personal: how many good cognitive years a person actually gets to enjoy. This study set out to answer that second question directly.

Researchers Followed 12,000 People for Nearly 30 Years

Researchers drew on data from the Atherosclerosis Risk in Communities study, a long-running project that began enrolling participants between 1987 and 1989 across four U.S. locations: Forsyth County, North Carolina; Jackson, Mississippi; the Minneapolis suburbs; and Washington County, Maryland. The team focused on 12,409 participants who were alive and free of dementia at age 55, with an average starting age of about 56. Just over half were women.

At a baseline checkup in the early 1990s, researchers noted whether each participant had diabetes, high blood pressure, or was a current smoker, then gave everyone a simple score from zero to three based on how many of those three conditions applied. From there, participants were tracked for a median of about 26 years, in some cases all the way to 2022. Over that stretch, 3,008 people developed dementia and 5,238 died without ever developing it.

Doctors did not rely on guesswork to identify dementia cases. Participants took cognitive tests in person, completed phone interviews when they could not make it to a visit, and had their hospital and death records checked continuously. An expert panel confirmed every diagnosis.

The More Risk Factors, the Fewer Good Years

A clear step-down pattern emerged. People with none of the three risk factors averaged 30.1 dementia-free years between ages 55 and 95. Add one risk factor and that number dropped to 26.3. Two dropped it to 21.0. All three brought it down to 17.5, a 12.6-year difference from the healthiest group. Only 176 participants landed in that highest-risk group, a small enough sample that the exact number carries more uncertainty than the figures for the larger groups.

Here is the twist: people with all three risk factors were nearly three times as likely to develop dementia as those with none, but they were more than five times as likely to die of something else first, before dementia ever got the chance to set in. By age 75, 10% of the highest-risk group had developed dementia, compared to just 3% of the healthiest group. By age 95, those numbers had essentially flipped, with the healthiest group reaching a 42% dementia rate while the highest-risk group topped out at just 23%. That is not because bad health protects against dementia. It is because the unhealthiest participants were, tragically, dying earlier from other causes.

Race and Sex Gaps in Dementia-Free Years Are Real

More risk factors meant fewer good years for every group researchers looked at, though the numbers were not identical across the board.

Women outlived men in dementia-free years at every risk level, averaging 18.1 years versus 16.6 for men among those with all three conditions. Women also had a higher lifetime rate of dementia by age 95, 40.3% compared to 32.8% for men, likely simply because they tend to live longer, giving the disease more years in which to appear.

Black participants had shorter dementia-free years than white participants at every risk level too. Among those with all three conditions, Black participants averaged 16.0 dementia-free years compared to 19.6 for white participants. Black participants also made up 60.2% of the highest-risk group despite representing a smaller share of the overall study population. Researchers say that heavier burden of health risk likely contributes to the disparity, and that addressing the social and economic forces behind it will matter just as much as clinical treatment.

People carrying a gene variant called APOE-ε4, which is linked to higher dementia risk, had fewer dementia-free years than non-carriers at every single risk level, from zero risk factors up through all three.

Source : https://studyfinds.com/midlife-risk-factors-dementia/

 

An Aging Uterus Loses Protective Bacteria, Lab-Tested Byproduct Could Help Reverse Damage

(Credit: © SewcreamStudio – stock.adobe.com)

For women trying to conceive later in life, the uterus itself can be just as much of an obstacle as egg quality. Even with the best fertility treatments available, including donor eggs from younger women, older mothers still face higher rates of failed implantation and pregnancy loss. Scientists have long suspected the aging uterus plays a major role, but the biological reasons behind it have been frustratingly hard to pin down. Now, a new study points to a surprising association that hides in plain sight: the gradual disappearance of beneficial bacteria from the uterus as women age.

Researchers from Peking University Third Hospital, writing in the journal Cell Host & Microbe, found that in this study’s cohort, as women grew older, a group of protective bacteria called Lactobacillus declined in the lining of the uterus. That loss was associated with the uterine lining becoming less hospitable to embryos. The scientists also identified a specific member of that bacterial family, Lactobacillus gasseri, and found that treating aged mice with it reduced signs of uterine cellular aging and improved embryo implantation.

Its active ingredient appears to be not the bacterium itself, but a coating-like substance the microbe secretes, called an exopolysaccharide, or EPS. In lab-grown human uterine cells and in mouse tissue, EPS reduced markers of cellular aging, and experiments using a strain engineered to lack EPS showed the substance was responsible for much of the bacterium’s benefit. Researchers describe EPS as an early-stage experimental candidate, one they suggest could eventually be worth exploring as a postbiotic approach, while emphasizing that further pharmacological and translational work would be needed before any clinical use becomes realistic.

To build their case, the team combined human patient data, cell-based lab experiments, and mouse tests. They enrolled 149 women being seen for infertility at a single hospital in Beijing between 2021 and 2022. Participants were divided into three age groups: women under 30, women between 30 and 35, and women 35 and older. During a routine surgical procedure, small tissue samples were collected from the uterine lining of each participant.

Using genetic sequencing techniques that identify bacteria by their unique DNA signatures, the researchers mapped the microbial communities living in each woman’s uterus. They then tracked embryo transfer outcomes over the following year for the subset of women who went on to attempt in vitro fertilization.

At the broader group level, clinical pregnancy rates after embryo transfer did not differ significantly across the three age groups, coming in at 65.0%, 57.1%, and 61.3% respectively, a pattern the researchers attributed to factors such as embryo selection and the limited size of the follow-up group. But when they looked within each age group, women who became pregnant consistently showed higher levels of Lactobacillus in their uterine lining than women who did not. Women who conceived also tended to have higher levels of the species L. crispatus, while those who did not conceive more often had higher levels of L. iners and another bacterium, Gardnerella vaginalis.

Zeroing In on the Right Bacteria

With an association established between uterine bacteria and fertility outcomes, the team set out to identify which specific strain would be most therapeutically useful. They isolated five different Lactobacillus species from the reproductive tracts of healthy women and put each through a series of head-to-head tests, measuring how well each fought off harmful bacteria, how strongly it attached to uterine cells, and how effectively it neutralized the cellular damage associated with aging.

L. gasseri emerged as the strongest overall candidate across multiple measures, particularly in its ability to counteract oxidative stress, essentially the cellular equivalent of rust. Oxidative stress, caused by an accumulation of unstable molecules called free radicals, is one of the main drivers of cellular aging. L. gasseri also produced the highest amount of EPS compared to the other strains tested. The other strains were not without merit: L. delbrueckii showed strong pathogen inhibition and biofilm activity, and L. crispatus demonstrated anti-inflammatory effects in co-culture experiments with uterine cells.

To test whether L. gasseri could actually slow down uterine aging, the researchers treated older female mice with the bacteria delivered directly into the vagina over 28 days. Compared to untreated older mice, the treated animals showed significant reductions in biological markers of cellular aging in their uterine tissue. The treated mice also showed improved embryo implantation rates.

How a Bacterial Substance Appears to Turn Back the Clock

When the team stripped away the bacteria and tested purified EPS alone on lab-grown human uterine cells, the substance reproduced many of the same anti-aging effects. It reduced the proportion of cells showing signs of aging, lowered levels of an inflammatory signaling cluster associated with aging cells, and reduced oxidative stress markers.

Gene expression analysis in mouse uterine tissue pointed to a specific biological pathway as a likely explanation. A communication network inside cells called the Hippo-YAP pathway, which helps regulate how cells grow, age, and respond to stress, was found to be overactive in older uteri. L. gasseri and its EPS appeared to dial that activity back down to healthier levels in the mouse model. When the researchers blocked the key protein in this pathway, called YAP, the protective effects of both the bacteria and their EPS were eliminated, showing that YAP is required for these effects and that Hippo-YAP signaling is at least part of the mechanism at work.

To confirm the link between EPS and these effects, the team also engineered a version of L. gasseri that could not produce EPS. That modified strain lost much of its protective power in mice. When EPS was added back externally, the beneficial effects were largely restored.

Source : https://studyfinds.com/an-aging-uterus-loses-protective-bacteria-lab-tested-byproduct-could-help-reverse-damage/

Why Some People Attract More Mosquitoes Than Others

(Credit: © raisondtre – stock.adobe.com)

Some people can stand outside on a summer evening and walk back in without a single bite. Others get absolutely devoured. It turns out this isn’t bad luck or imagination. Mosquitoes appear to be responding to different chemical and microbial cues on each person’s skin. A new study tested 119 people against three different disease-carrying mosquito species, Aedes aegypti, Aedes albopictus, and Culex quinquefasciatus, and found something that could reshape how scientists think about mosquito repellents: each species ranked participants differently in the lab, so the person who acts as a magnet for one type may barely register with another.

For years, researchers have known that body odor plays a role in mosquito attraction. Most previous work, though, focused on a single mosquito species at a time, leaving a big question unanswered: do all mosquitoes prefer the same people? According to the research, published in the journal iScience, the answer is mostly no. Different species ranked the same group of people in very different orders of preference, meaning a person who is highly attractive to one species is not necessarily on the menu for another. Among the 119 participants, no one was a top target for all three species, and no one was at the bottom of the list for all three either.

One sex-based difference also stood out. One of the three species, Aedes aegypti, the mosquito that spreads dengue, Zika, and yellow fever, showed a slight but statistically significant preference for male participants over female ones, a pattern the other two species did not share.

Who Was Tested and How

Researchers at Florida International University, in collaboration with scientists at the University of Zürich, recruited 119 volunteers from Miami, Florida, aged 18 to 59. Participants were racially and ethnically diverse, and the group was split nearly evenly by sex, with 61 males and 58 females. To keep the results clean, participants were told not to shower the night before their visit and to skip deodorants, perfumes, or scented skin products.

Each volunteer stuck their left forearm into a specially built device, essentially a sealed tube that allowed mosquitoes to respond to a person’s natural scent without any physical contact. For two of the mosquito species, live arms were used. For the third species, Culex quinquefasciatus, a night-biting mosquito that also transmits West Nile virus, participants wore a thin nylon sleeve over their arms for 12 to 16 hours to capture their scent, since those mosquitoes were tested separately under low-light conditions that mimic nighttime.

Three species were tested in total: Aedes aegypti, which primarily targets humans and spreads dengue and Zika; Aedes albopictus, a related species with a broader diet that spreads similar viruses; and Culex quinquefasciatus, the night-biting species associated with West Nile virus. Across all 119 participants, Aedes aegypti showed the highest average attraction rate at about 89%, Culex quinquefasciatus came in around 43%, and Aedes albopictus had the lowest average at about 27%. These differences in overall enthusiasm for humans may reflect how deeply each species has evolved to rely on human blood, though the study’s design does not directly establish that connection.

What Mosquitoes Are Actually Smelling

To figure out what made certain people more or less attractive, the research team collected the invisible cloud of chemicals coming off each participant’s arm and analyzed it to identify individual compounds. At the same time, they swabbed participants’ forearms to study the bacteria on their skin, cataloging 246 distinct bacterial taxa across the 119 participants.

Only one of those taxa appeared in every participant, a notable result given how much the skin’s microbial makeup varies from person to person. That variability, the researchers argue, is a key part of why mosquitoes respond so differently to different people.

For Aedes aegypti, the dengue-and Zika-spreading species, high attraction was closely linked to Staphylococcus bacteria on the skin, a pattern specific to this species and consistent with earlier research. People who were least attractive to this species tended to have more Pseudomonas bacteria on their arms, a pattern previously associated with reduced mosquito attraction. When it came to airborne chemicals, high attraction for this species was tied to the absence of certain compounds rather than the presence of appealing ones, hinting that these mosquitoes may home in on people who simply lack natural deterrents.

For Aedes albopictus, the broader-diet species, the pattern flipped. High attraction was linked to the presence of specific appealing chemicals, including one compound previously tied to how mosquitoes evolved a preference for humans in the first place. Researchers found 13 volatiles were more common among people who scored highly on attraction to this species, compared with just one such chemical for Aedes aegypti. That broader set of appealing odors aligns with this mosquito’s more opportunistic nature, since it feeds on a wider range of animals rather than specializing on humans.

For Culex quinquefasciatus, the night-biting, West Nile-associated species, high attraction was again tied more to the absence of certain compounds than to the presence of appealing ones. No bacterial species were significantly linked to high attraction here, though bacteria in the Actinomyces group were associated with low attraction.

Source : https://studyfinds.com/why-some-people-attract-more-mosquitoes-than-others/

30-Second Balance Test Predicts Older Adults’ Risk Of Dying Within 7 Years

(Photo by Roman Samborskyi on Shutterstock)

Standing on one leg for up to 30 seconds sounds like a party trick. In a study of more than 13,000 older adults, better performance on that simple balance test was associated with a lower risk of dying over the following seven years.

Researchers followed 13,423 community-dwelling adults aged 65 and older in Taiwan for a median of seven years, measuring their physical fitness through a battery of practical tests. Older adults who performed best on balance, agility, and lower-body strength tests were far less likely to die during the follow-up period than those who performed worst. Even after accounting for existing health conditions, income, body weight, and self-reported exercise habits, the connection held.

Doctors typically size up an older patient’s risk by counting diagnoses: high blood pressure, diabetes, kidney disease. Fitness testing, the researchers argue, measures something a diagnosis list misses, which is how much functional capacity a person’s body still has in reserve. Published in JAMA Network Open, the study is among the largest to test that idea across several fitness domains at once.

What the Physical Fitness Tests Actually Measured

This was a cohort study, meaning researchers measured something about a group of people at one point in time, then followed them to see what happened. Between January 11, 2015, and November 25, 2016, participants completed standardized fitness assessments at 46 testing stations spread across 22 cities and counties in Taiwan. Those results were linked to national health insurance records, which tracked deaths through December 31, 2022.

Of the 13,423 participants in the final analysis, the average age was about 73. Roughly 62.5% were women. Over the follow-up period, 1,631 participants, about 12% of the group, died.

Seven tests covered four areas of fitness. Balance and agility were measured two ways: standing on one leg with eyes open for up to 30 seconds, and an “8-foot up-and-go” test that required rising from a chair, walking 8 feet around a cone, returning, and sitting back down, all timed as one continuous movement. Muscle strength was measured two ways as well: how many times someone could stand up from a chair and sit back down in 30 seconds without using their arms, and how many times they could curl a hand weight in 30 seconds. Heart and lung endurance came from a 2-minute step test, counting how many times a participant could lift each knee to a marked height while marching in place. Flexibility was checked with two reaching tests, one behind the back and one toward the toes while seated.

Participants were then ranked into five equal groups, from lowest to highest performance, for each test. Landing in the top group consistently meant a far lower risk of dying than landing in the bottom one.

Balance and Agility Showed the Steepest Survival Gap

Across several tests, top performers had roughly half, and in some cases less than half, the mortality risk of bottom performers, even after adjusting for age, sex, body weight, income, education, existing conditions, and self-reported physical activity.

On the 8-foot up-and-go, the best performers had a mortality risk about 59% lower than the worst. On the one-leg stance, the gap was about 50%. Lower-body strength and heart-and-lung endurance each landed in the range of 42% to 45%.

Flexibility behaved differently. Extreme stiffness was linked to higher mortality risk, but gains beyond a moderate, functional range of motion produced no further survival benefit. Extreme stiffness appeared to matter far more than exceptional flexibility did.

Combining all seven scores into a single fitness index sharpened the picture. Participants in the top fifth of overall fitness had about 61% lower mortality risk than those in the bottom fifth, a stronger association than any individual test produced on its own. And the pattern was graded: at every step up the index, from worst to best, mortality risk fell.

Most of that difference was concentrated between the very lowest group and the ones just above it. Researchers took that pattern to mean the biggest health gains may come when someone moves out of the worst-performing tier, and argued for prioritizing the least-fit older adults.

Why Balance and Lower-Body Strength Carry So Much Weight

Balance and lower-body strength likely stand out because of their role in preventing falls. Impaired balance, slowed mobility, and weak legs are established risk factors for falls and the fractures that follow, especially broken hips, which rank among the leading causes of hospitalization, disability, and death in older adults. A one-leg stance or a timed up-and-go may catch early declines in muscle control and coordination well before a person ever trips. That remains an interpretation rather than a proven chain of events, since the study tracked deaths from any cause and never measured whether fewer falls or fractures accounted for the gap.

Men and women showed somewhat different patterns. Among men, balance and agility carried the lowest mortality risk, followed by heart and lung fitness. Among women, lower-body strength mattered about as much as balance and agility. Researchers pointed to the higher rates of osteoporosis in older women, along with reports of higher sarcopenia prevalence under certain definitions, as reasons that preserving leg strength and mobility may matter especially for them.

One detail stands out for anyone who assumes a self-report is good enough: the fitness results stayed tied to mortality even after researchers statistically accounted for whether participants said they got regular exercise. Only about a third of the group, 32.8%, reported being regularly active. Measured performance added information that a questionnaire about habits did not capture on its own.

Source : https://studyfinds.com/balance-agility-test-predict-dying-risk-7-years/

Vaccine Conspiracy Beliefs Linked To Long-Term Media Distrust, Study Finds

(© Sherry Young – stock.adobe.com)

Media Skepticism, Not Just COVID News, Predicted Vaccine Conspiracy Beliefs

One popular explanation for vaccine conspiracy theories is that the pandemic created them; that a flood of confusing headlines and social media posts pushed people toward believing governments and drug companies were hiding the truth. However, distrust in mainstream media was already there when researchers started watching in 2020, and it only grew stronger from there.

A five-wave study published in Scientific Reports suggests the COVID-19 explanation misses something important. Researchers followed the same 2,000 people in Japan for five years, starting in April 2020, and found that people who already distrusted mainstream news early on, and grew even more distrustful as time went on, were the ones most likely to believe vaccines were part of a cover-up by 2024.

This finding carries extra weight because of where it came from. Japan’s major news outlets have traditionally emphasized political neutrality, and the country’s media landscape has been less fragmented along partisan lines than in the United States. That makes it a useful place to study media distrust without the usual noise of partisan echo chambers clouding the picture.

Institutional Distrust and Microchip Myths Are Not the Same Belief

Using an eight-item survey given in the study’s final year, researchers found two separate kinds of vaccine conspiracy belief, not one big blob of “distrust.” The first, which researchers call institutional conspiracy belief, is the idea that governments and drug companies are hiding vaccine dangers or covering up links between vaccines and health problems, like claiming officials are burying evidence that a vaccine causes harm. This one was common and varied a lot from person to person.

A second, rarer category involves far more extreme claims, such as vaccines containing tracking microchips or enabling mind control. Only a small minority endorsed these ideas. Most people, even those skeptical of institutions, rejected the microchip-style narratives outright.

Someone who suspects pharmaceutical companies of hiding side effects is working from a different psychological place than someone convinced vaccines contain tracking devices. Treating both as the same problem risks building public health messages that miss their target.

Media Skepticism Outweighed Media Use as a Predictor

Starting in April 2020, researchers recruited 2,000 participants through an online platform in Japan. Each year through April 2024, they re-surveyed as many original participants as were willing to continue, ending with 600 by the final wave. Participants reported how often they used television, newspapers and social media, how skeptical they felt toward mainstream news, and how confident they were in judging accurate information themselves. The conspiracy belief questions were asked only once, at the end, in 2024.

Age mattered too: younger participants scored higher on both types of belief. But the single strongest factor behind the common, cover-up-style belief was media skepticism, both how distrustful people were at the start and how much more distrustful they became.

Watching less traditional TV and print news was also linked to higher conspiracy beliefs, but that link disappeared once researchers factored in skepticism itself. In other words, it wasn’t really about how much news people consumed. It was about how much they trusted the source in the first place.

Social media use alone did not clearly predict institutional conspiracy beliefs. Some patterns hinted at a possible link to the rarer, extreme beliefs, but researchers described those results as speculative given how few participants held such views.

Source : https://studyfinds.com/vaccine-conspiracy-beliefs-media-distrust/

 

Fear Of AI ‘Job Apocalypse’ Is Reshaping How College Students Plan Their Futures

(© Brian Jackson – stock.adobe.com)

Most college students used to picture graduation as a finish line. A growing number now seem to see it as a starting gun in a job market they fear AI will reshape. In a new survey of 2,000 American students pursuing higher education, less than half said they feel good about the job market waiting for them after they toss their caps.

Just 45% described themselves as optimistic about the market they will enter post-graduation. That number matters because it comes from the people with the most on the line: students who are paying tuition, taking on debt, and betting years of their lives on the promise that a degree still pays off. Nearly seven in 10, some 69%, said they are worried about landing a job once they graduate, and they pointed to a specific concern. They fear that artificial intelligence is being used to replace human workers in parts of the economy.

That anxiety carries a dramatic nickname in the survey: the “job apocalypse,” a blunt phrase for the worry that whole categories of work could thin out or vanish before today’s undergraduates ever clock in. Commissioned by the AI company Superhuman and conducted by Talker Research, the survey set out to measure how deep that dread runs and what students are doing about it. Both answers turned out to be bigger than a single worried mood.

Bracing for a Job Apocalypse

Fear, it turns out, is changing real decisions, not just gut feelings. Roughly a third of students, 34%, said they are pursuing a higher education degree specifically to avoid the job apocalypse, treating a diploma as a kind of insurance policy against automation. Others reported steering their entire academic path around the threat. About 22% said they changed their major or concentration because of job market concerns, and 12% said they adjusted their career path altogether.

Those shifts add up to a portrait of a generation editing its plans in real time. A student who once leaned toward a field now shadowed by automation may pivot toward something that feels more machine-proof. Another may pile on credentials in hopes that more education equals more security. Whether those bets pay off is an open question, but the survey makes clear the bets are being placed, and placed early.

Underneath the major-swapping sits a quieter hustle. A full 91% of students said they are working to build new skills outside of their regular college courses, unwilling to let a syllabus alone decide their fate. Classroom credits, in other words, no longer feel like enough armor against a labor market many of them expect to be harsh.

Fighting the Job Apocalypse With AI, Not Against It

Then comes the twist. Rather than running from the technology they blame for their nerves, many students are running toward it. Meanwhile, 43% of students said they are using AI itself to learn new skills, turning the perceived threat into a study partner.

That embrace shows up across the survey. Fifty-eight percent of respondents said learning about AI while in college is essential for their career, and almost half, 48%, said learning to use AI properly, including ethically and responsibly, is the single most important skill they expect to gain in college. For a cohort that fears AI could cost them a paycheck, betting on AI fluency as their best safeguard is a pragmatic bet.

Superhuman’s head of education, Jenny Maxwell, framed the pattern as students choosing offense over panic. “AI is having a massive impact on the world, and we know it can be scary for college students who are trying to set themselves up for success in an ever-changing job market,” Maxwell said. “But it’s clear that students understand that learning how to use AI effectively is actually the strongest defense against a potential ‘job apocalypse.’ We believe that it’s not AI that will take most jobs, but someone who uses AI to do their best and most productive work over someone who doesn’t.”

Read that way, the survey describes a generation trying to make itself harder to replace. That logic is simple, if unproven: a worker who commands the tools stands a better chance than one who ignores them. Whether employers actually reward that fluency the way students hope is something no survey can promise.

A Critical-Thinking Cost Students See Coming

For all their willingness to lean on AI, students are not naive about the price of leaning too hard. Sixty-nine percent said it is important to strike a balance between using AI and sharpening their own critical thinking skills, and the survey warns that balance might be slipping. Fully 81% said they believe people are at risk of losing critical thinking skills because of an over-reliance on AI.

Worry about mental atrophy appears to shape the kind of help students actually want from AI. Instead of asking the technology to do their thinking for them, most requested support around the edges of their work. Slightly more than half, 54%, said they would value spelling and grammar help to polish their writing, and 40% wanted reminders about deadlines for projects and assignments.

Beyond the basics, students described a wish list that keeps a human in the driver’s seat. About a third, 33%, said they would appreciate AI that knows their specific class requirements, and the same share wanted a personal assistant to keep them on track through the year. One in four, 25%, said they would want AI guided by input from their own professors, a sign that many still trust a human expert to set the terms.

Source : https://studyfinds.com/fear-of-ai-job-apocalypse-reshaping-how-college-students-plan-their-futures/

Scorching Summers May Be Speeding Up How Fast Your Body Ages

(Melinda Nagy/Shutterstock)

Each Heatwave Could Make You Biologically 6 Months ‘Older’, Researchers Say

Summer heat is more than a seasonal discomfort. A new study suggests it may be aging people from the inside out, faster than the calendar ever could. Researchers found that exposure to extreme heat events was linked to accelerated biological aging in middle-aged and older adults. Under the study’s strictest heatwave definition, each additional heatwave event was associated with pushing the body’s internal clock forward by roughly half a year, though the size of that effect varied considerably depending on how heatwaves were defined, and was weaker or statistically insignificant under looser definitions. As heatwaves grow more frequent and more intense worldwide, that finding carries serious consequences for public health.

Biological age and calendar age are not always the same thing. A person who is 58 years old on paper might have a body that functions more like a 62-year-old, or a 54-year-old, depending on how their cells, organs, and metabolism are holding up. Scientists can estimate this “biological age” by measuring things like blood pressure, cholesterol, blood sugar, and other indicators of how the body is really doing. When biological age outpaces calendar age, it signals faster physical deterioration and has been linked to higher risks of heart disease, cognitive decline, and earlier death. This study asked a pointed question: could repeated exposure to extreme heat be pushing that biological clock forward?

Researchers analyzed data from more than 2,300 adults across China and found strong evidence of an association, particularly under the stricter definitions of what counts as a heatwave. The clearest links between heat and faster aging appeared under those more demanding definitions, and each extra day of heat exposure added incrementally to the effect. Urban residents, people with higher body weight, and those living in southern or subtropical parts of the country faced the sharpest acceleration.

Gauging Biological Aging From Heatwave Exposure

To measure biological aging, researchers used a validated method that combines eight different blood and health markers into a single estimate of how old a person’s body actually functions. Those markers included cholesterol, blood sugar, blood pressure, kidney function indicators, and an inflammation signal. By comparing this biological age to a person’s actual calendar age, researchers calculated what they called “biological age acceleration,” essentially how far ahead of schedule the body was aging.

Participants were drawn from a large national health survey of Chinese adults. Out of those enrolled, 2,318 adults aged 45 and older met the study’s requirements. Their average age was 58.7 years, just over half were women, and most lived in rural areas. Biological age measurements were taken at two points in time: 2011 and 2015.

Heatwave exposure for each participant was measured using weather data from the 12 months before each biological age assessment. Researchers pulled daily temperature records from 50 cities across China and defined heatwaves in 12 different ways, varying both how hot it had to be and how many consecutive days the heat had to last. Under the strictest definition, at least four consecutive days where temperatures exceeded the hottest 2.5% of days typical for that city, each additional heatwave event was associated with a 0.531-year increase in biological age acceleration. Each additional day of heatwave exposure added another 0.057 years to that biological age gap. Associations were weaker or not statistically significant under looser heatwave definitions, meaning the strength of the finding depended meaningfully on how heatwaves were measured.

People who experienced more intense heatwave exposure were aging biologically at a measurably faster pace than their peers who experienced milder heat conditions, even after researchers accounted for factors like smoking, drinking, weight changes, depression, diabetes, and high blood pressure.

Who Got Hit Hardest by Heatwave-Driven Aging

Not everyone was equally affected. Heatwaves tracked more strongly with faster biological aging in certain groups. People with a body mass index at or above 23 kg/m² showed a more pronounced effect compared to leaner individuals. Urban dwellers experienced stronger aging effects than rural residents. Those living in southern China or subtropical climate zones also showed greater acceleration.

Researchers noted several possible reasons for these patterns. Carrying more body weight can make it harder to stay cool, placing additional strain on the heart and circulatory system. Urban areas tend to trap heat more than rural ones, a phenomenon known as the “urban heat island effect,” where buildings, pavement, and limited green space push temperatures even higher at night. People in southern and subtropical zones already contend with higher baseline temperatures, meaning heatwaves pile additional thermal stress on top of an already demanding climate.

No meaningful differences in the heatwave effect emerged between men and women, or across different age groups.

Metabolic Stress Behind Heatwave-Driven Aging

Beyond tracking who aged faster, the research team also tried to understand why. In the human participants, heatwave exposure was consistently tied to higher levels of total cholesterol and a blood sugar marker called HbA1c, which reflects average blood sugar over roughly three months. Both of these markers are components of the biological age algorithm used in the study, so they are best understood as part of a broader pattern of metabolic stress associated with heat exposure rather than as independently proven disease mechanisms.

To probe a possible biological explanation, researchers reanalyzed existing gene-activity data from aged mice that had been exposed to repeated heat conditions in a separate experiment. Liver tissue from those mice showed 29 genes switched on or off differently compared with unexposed controls. These genes clustered around two biological processes: fat metabolism and the body’s ability to use blood sugar efficiently, a function that declines in a condition known as insulin resistance.

Heat stress, the researchers explained, can trigger a cascade of internal disruptions, including cellular damage from unstable molecules, problems with the energy-producing parts of cells, and strain on the system responsible for building proteins correctly. All of these processes are closely tied to how quickly a body ages at the cellular level.

Animal work involved a small sample and should be considered exploratory. But combined with the human data, the pattern offered a suggestive biological picture: heat may throw off the body’s ability to regulate fat and blood sugar, and that metabolic disruption could contribute to accelerated aging.

Between 2011 and 2015, about 58.8% of the study participants showed accelerated biological aging, meaning their bodies aged faster than their calendar years would predict. On average, biological age across the group increased from 57.3 years in 2011 to 62.3 years in 2015. Findings held up across multiple rounds of sensitivity testing, including analyses that removed participants with extreme or minimal changes in biological age and models that accounted for regional differences in climate and urbanization.

As climate change drives more frequent and severe heatwaves globally, the collision of a warming planet and a rapidly aging population creates a compounding risk that existing public health systems may not be equipped to handle. Extreme heat poses more than a short-term danger. For older adults especially, it may be steadily eroding the body’s biological reserves, one sweltering summer at a time.

Source : https://studyfinds.com/scorching-summers-may-be-speeding-up-how-fast-your-body-ages/

 

Study: When Teens Saw Leadership As Open To All, Not Just Some, They Felt More Like Leaders

Getty Images For Unsplash+

The Belief That Leadership Isn’t Just for Certain People Helped Some Teens See Themselves as Leaders

Most teenagers have heard some version of the phrase “born leader.” It shows up in yearbook superlatives, coaching pep talks, and praise handed to the student who always raises a hand first. But that phrase carries a second, quieter message: that leadership belongs to a select few, and everyone else should stand back. For many teens from historically excluded communities, both messages together can work like a locked door.

A new study published in Self and Identity found that a short workshop could challenge both beliefs at once, at least for some teens. Researchers ran two studies with 413 middle and high school students, 96% of whom identified with a racial or ethnic group other than White, through 90-minute to two-hour sessions built around the idea that leadership can be learned rather than inherited. When students let go of the “born leader” belief, many also felt a stronger pull toward seeing themselves as leaders. But the boost wasn’t universal, and who benefited came down to something specific: whether a teen also pictured leadership as open to people of many different backgrounds.

Leadership programs for young people in America remain unequal. The researchers point to outside reports showing White youth make up a greater membership share than population figures would predict at over half the sites of one prominent national leadership group, while in another major program, Asian youth membership was roughly a fifth of what it should be. Gaps like these shape what teenagers believe about who gets to lead.

Workshops Paired Brain Science With Stories of Real Leaders

Researchers partnered with summer programs serving historically underrepresented adolescents in a major metropolitan area. A team of mostly undergraduate facilitators, women, non-binary people, and people from Middle Eastern, Hispanic, East Asian, and Black backgrounds, led the sessions, modeling that leadership looks like many different things.

Students watched a video comparing the brain to a muscle: a bicep grows when challenged, and the brain builds connections the same way. Another activity paired photos on a screen, a stock image of a stereotypical-looking professional next to a real leader from a historically excluded group. Students guessed which was which, then heard the real story, including one neuroscientist who began as a migrant farm worker and rose to chair a department at a major medical institution.

Students also folded an origami fish, framed as proof that focused listening can be learned through practice. Then came juggling, a skill most had never tried. Students improved quickly and were shown research that juggling changed brain structure over time. The message: effort changes ability, leadership included.

Belonging Rose Most Among Teens With Inclusive Views of Leaders

In the first study, 67 students aged 13 to 18 took part in a single workshop. More than half reported letting go of some fixed beliefs about leadership, while less than a fifth reported holding onto them more tightly. Belonging didn’t budge much for the group as a whole, but person by person, the pattern was clear: teens who shed more of the “born leader” mindset also felt more like leaders themselves, even accounting for mood.

A second, larger study with 346 students from six programs added a twist. New activities pushed back on the image of a leader as a White man in a suit. Students grabbed markers and pens and drew over stock images that cast White men as the face of leadership, reworking them into something that felt truer. At the end, students received crayons, including a range of skin-tone shades, and drew a leader’s face. A separate group of 318 adults, who knew nothing about the study, rated how much racial and ethnic diversity each drawing seemed to reflect.

That drawing turned out to matter more than anything else. Among teens whose drawings scored higher on diversity, those who also let go of more fixed beliefs felt the strongest boost in belonging. Among teens whose drawings scored lower on diversity, shedding fixed beliefs barely moved the needle. One likely explanation, though untested: a wider mental picture of who can lead may make it easier to see room in that picture at all. The ratings measured general diversity, not whether a drawing matched any teen’s own race or ethnicity.

Source : https://studyfinds.com/teens-leadership-open-to-all/

Can A Chewing Gum Help Reduce Risk Of Head And Neck Cancer? New Study Says Yes

Scientists from the University of Pennsylvania have developed a bioengineered chewing gum that can reduce harmful viruses and bacteria linked to head and neck cancer.

The chewing gum didn’t disturb the beneficial bacteria in the mouth
AI-Generated Image

Head and neck cancer is one of the most common cancers worldwide, which affects the mouth, throat, voice box, nose, and nearby tissues. A lot of these cases are linked to tobacco and alcohol use. However, there’s also a rise in cancer cases linked to human papillomavirus (HPV) infections. Researchers have been looking for simple, affordable ways to reduce these infections before they lead to serious disease. A new study has found an unusual solution: a specially designed chewing gum.

Scientists from the University of Pennsylvania have developed a bioengineered chewing gum that can reduce harmful viruses and bacteria linked to head and neck cancer. While the gum is still being studied and is not available for the public, early findings are promising. Researchers believe it could one day become a simple addition to existing cancer prevention strategies, especially for people at higher risk. However, experts say that it is not a replacement for vaccination, regular screenings, or medical treatment.

What Did The Study Find?

The researchers, led by Henry Daniell of the School of Dental Medicine at the University of Pennsylvania, tested a specially engineered chewing gum made using lablab beans. The gum contains natural antiviral and antibacterial ingredients designed to target harmful microbes found in the mouth.

In laboratory tests using saliva and oral rinse samples from patients with head and neck squamous cell carcinoma (HNSCC), the gum reduced HPV levels by as much as 93% in saliva and about 80% in oral rinse samples. It also almost completely removed two harmful bacteria, Porphyromonas gingivalis and Fusobacterium nucleatum, which have been linked to poorer outcomes in head and neck cancer.

Why Are HPV And Oral Bacteria Important?

HPV is a common virus that spreads through close skin-to-skin contact, including sexual contact. While most HPV infections clear on their own, some high-risk types can remain in the body and increase the risk of cancers, including cancers of the throat.

Researchers have also identified certain bacteria that may create an environment that helps cancer grow or makes treatment less effective. Higher levels of P. gingivalis and F. nucleatum have been linked to worse survival in some patients with head and neck cancer. By lowering both HPV and these harmful bacteria, the chewing gum may help reduce one of the factors linked to cancer development or progression.

How Does The Gum Work?

The gum uses two important components:

  • FRIL, a naturally occurring antiviral protein found in lablab beans, helps reduce HPV
  • Protegrin, an antimicrobial peptide, targets harmful bacteria in the mouth

As a person chews the gum, these substances are released into saliva, allowing them to act directly where the virus and bacteria are present. This may make the treatment both effective and easy to use without affecting the rest of the body.

Does It Harm Good Bacteria?

One of the most encouraging findings from the study was that the gum appeared to leave beneficial bacteria in the mouth largely untouched. This is important because the mouth contains a healthy microbiome that helps with digestion, protects against infections, and supports overall oral health. Many antibiotics can kill both harmful and beneficial bacteria, but this chewing gum seemed to target the microbes linked to cancer while preserving the healthy ones.

Source : https://www.ndtv.com/health/can-a-chewing-gum-help-reduce-risk-of-head-and-neck-cancer-new-study-says-yes-11870696?pfrom=home-ndtv_lateststories

 

Why Some People Can Close The Laptop — And Others Lose Hours Online, According To Science

(Credit: LinkedIn Sales Navigator on Unsplash)

Two-Week Study Pinpoints the True Daily Trigger of Problematic Internet Use

Millions of people scroll, game, or shop online to escape a rough day. It seems intuitive that stress and a bad mood would be the main culprits pushing someone toward problematic internet use. A large new study tracking 900 people over two weeks found something more surprising: the felt urge to go online, that itch of temptation, mattered more than how someone was actually feeling.

Researchers from the University of Duisburg-Essen in Germany followed participants for 14 consecutive days, collecting daily check-ins about mood, stress, the urge to use the internet, and what happened after they logged on. The common assumption that a bad day is the main on-ramp to problematic internet use turned out to be too simple. Mood alone didn’t predict whether someone logged on, and stress barely moved the needle either. Temptation was a different story entirely.

900 Adults Tracked Their Urges for Two Weeks Straight

This wasn’t a small lab experiment. Published in PLOS ONE, the research recruited 900 adults between the ages of 18 and 65 as part of a larger multi-site German research initiative. A clinical interview at the start sorted people into three groups: those whose internet use wasn’t a problem (419 people), those with risky habits (242 people), and those whose use had become severe enough to be considered pathological (239 people).

Participants used at least one of four things: gaming, social media, pornography, or online shopping. Every evening for two weeks, they filled out a quick survey rating their mood, stress, and temptation, and noting whether they’d gone online that day. On days they had, they also reported how long they used it, how much pleasure or relief they got, and how much they’d let other things slide. About 88% of the daily surveys got filled out, adding up to more than 11,000 data points.

Temptation More Than Doubled the Odds of Logging On

On any given day, when a person felt more tempted than usual to go online, the odds of actually logging on roughly doubled. That held true for people whose internet use wasn’t otherwise a problem. People with more severe habits were already far more likely to log on regardless: about 82% of the time for severe cases, compared to just 29% for the non-problem group. But the day-to-day jump from rising temptation was actually a bit smaller for them, since they were starting from such a high baseline. Temptation still mattered for everyone.

On days with higher temptation, people also spent more time online, got more pleasure and relief out of it, and let other parts of life slide more. That last effect, the neglect, was strongest for those with the most severe habits.

Stress Cut Use Time but Still Fed Neglect in Severe Cases

Stressful days meant slightly less time online overall, likely because there was less free time to spare. But for people with the most severe habits, those same stressful days brought something else along with it: more temptation and more neglect of other things. People with more severe internet use problems also reported consistently worse daily moods and higher stress overall throughout the two weeks.

On worse-mood days, people reported less pleasure and less relief from being online, even though they also reported more temptation, longer use, and more neglect. That combination, feeling worse and getting less out of it, was especially pronounced for people with more severe habits.

Relief Ran Higher Among the Most Severe Users

Pleasure from going online was actually highest among people with risky, not severe, habits, though it mattered at every level. Relief, that sense of being soothed or pulled out of a bad headspace, ran higher for people with risky and severe habits than for those without a problem. The researchers see pleasure and relief as the two things that keep pulling people back, though a two-week snapshot like this one can’t prove that relief on one day is what brings someone back the next.

It fits a broader idea in addiction research: people are drawn in early because something feels good, and over time they keep coming back more to feel less bad. This study only ran for two weeks and didn’t track anyone actually sliding from risky into severe use, so that longer arc is the researchers’ working theory rather than something the data show directly.

Source : https://studyfinds.com/temptation-strongest-predictor-problematic-internet-use/

Study Suggests Drinking Diet Sodas While On Antidepressants Could Harm Your Gut Health

(Credit: © FERNANDO stock.adobe.com)

Millions of Americans take antidepressants every day. Millions more reach for diet sodas, sugar-free gum, or low-calorie snacks sweetened with natural and artificial sweeteners. What happens when both of those things meet in the gut at the same time? According to a new study, the answer may be more tangled than previously thought.

Researchers tested 39 commercially available sweeteners, the kind found in everything from soft drinks and candy to cereal and baby formula, against 25 gut bacterial strains and species to see how they interact. Reporting in Molecular Systems Biology, the team found that three-quarters of the sweeteners directly affected the growth of at least one bacterial strain. A bigger surprise came when sweeteners were combined with other commonly ingested compounds, including the widely prescribed antidepressant duloxetine. Those combinations produced more than 100 previously unreported interactions, some of which appeared to harm bacteria closely linked to human health.

Conducted entirely in a laboratory setting, the study does not prove that the same effects occur in a living human body. But the scale of the screening and the depth of the follow-up analysis make it one of the most thorough looks yet at what low-calorie sweeteners might be doing to the microscopic community living in the human digestive system.

How a Sweetener and an Antidepressant Gang Up on Gut Bacteria

Of all the findings in the study, one combination stood out. Isosteviol, a compound derived from the stevia plant and used as a sweetener ingredient, combined with duloxetine, the antidepressant sold under the brand name Cymbalta, to suppress two types of bacteria that scientists associate with a healthy gut, hitting one of them especially hard.

One of those bacteria, Roseburia intestinalis, has been linked to blood sugar regulation and protection against intestinal inflammation. The other, Parabacteroides merdae, is a common gut resident tied to a healthy microbial community. When isosteviol and duloxetine were present together, their combined suppressive effect on these bacteria was greater than what either compound caused on its own.

Duloxetine is no niche medication. In 2022 and 2023, it ranked as the 31st-most-prescribed drug in the United States, with more than 18 million prescriptions filled and more than 4 million patients taking it, according to data cited in the study. Given how widely stevia-derived sweeteners are used in food products, many people may routinely consume both.

How Scientists Tested 39 Sweeteners Against Gut Bacteria

Based at the MRC Toxicology Unit at the University of Cambridge and the European Molecular Biology Laboratory in Heidelberg, Germany, the research team built their experiment around 25 gut bacterial strains and species chosen to represent the broad range of bacteria found in a healthy human gut: friendly probiotic species, common residents, and some opportunistic troublemakers.

Against these bacteria, the team screened all 39 sweeteners they could obtain in pure form, covering both natural options like stevia compounds and monk fruit extract and synthetic ones like saccharin, aspartame, and sucralose. Every sweetener was tested individually against every bacterial strain, producing 975 unique pairings. Interactions counted as real only if they held up across multiple independent experiments and multiple concentrations, a strict standard that filtered out false positives.

For the combination testing, the researchers screened the same 39 sweeteners alongside four compounds commonly consumed with sweeteners: advantame (another sweetener increasingly used in processed foods), caffeine, vanillin (a flavor compound found in everything from cakes to baby formula), and duloxetine. That expanded the analysis to 3,900 three-way interactions between sweeteners, bacteria, and the added compounds.

In total, the combination screen identified 102 significant interactions involving nine gut bacterial species. Most of them, 68 out of 102, were cases where one compound softened the impact of the other. But 34 were cases where the combination hit harder than either compound alone. The strongest of all the compounds involved is isosteviol, followed by duloxetine, acting on Roseburia intestinalis.

Beyond Slowed Growth: Effects on Gut Bacteria and Human Cells

Finding that a sweetener and an antidepressant can together suppress specific gut bacteria would be notable on its own. The researchers went further, building a miniature artificial gut community comprising all 25 bacterial strains and exposing it to the isosteviol-duloxetine combination over several growth cycles to observe how the community changed under pressure.

Combined treatment caused a significant drop in overall species diversity. Of the 25 bacteria, 24 grew less in isolation after exposure to both compounds together.

To understand what was happening at a molecular level, the team analyzed changes in proteins made by Roseburia intestinalis and Parabacteroides merdae after exposure. The compounds appeared to interfere with the bacteria’s ability to manage what moves in and out of the cell, specifically disrupting proteins that carry small molecules across the outer membrane. A separate genetic analysis using a library of bacterial mutants identified the same membrane transport proteins as key determinants of bacterial survival of the isosteviol-duloxetine combination.

One of the more arresting downstream results involved the spent liquid from the bacterial community, essentially the chemical output that bacteria produce and release. Applied to human cells in a dish, fluid from communities treated with the isosteviol-duloxetine combination was significantly more toxic to HeLa cells than fluid from untreated communities. Researchers ruled out the compounds themselves as the direct cause; the altered bacterial output appeared to drive the effect.

When Caco-2 cells, a human cell line modeled on the lining of the colon, were exposed to the same bacterial fluid, secretion of two immune signaling proteins, interleukin-6 and interleukin-8, fell by more than 75% compared with fluid from untreated communities. These proteins are part of the gut’s immune defense. Their suppression could, depending on the context, indicate a weakened ability to fight off pathogens, though the researchers note that the significance would depend on a person’s individual health.

Bacteria exposed to the combination also produced different amounts of butyric acid, a compound tied to anti-inflammatory effects, improved insulin sensitivity, and protection against diet-related obesity, and one that gut cells burn for energy. In Roseburia intestinalis, butyric acid dropped by more than 25% after co-exposure. These are the kinds of bacterial outputs that researchers link to broader human health.

Source : https://studyfinds.com/could-common-antidepressant-and-sweetener-combo-quietly-fight-gut-bacteria/

Scorching Summers May Be Speeding Up How Fast Your Body Ages

Each Heatwave Could Make You Biologically 6 Months ‘Older’, Researchers Say

(Melinda Nagy/Shutterstock)

Summer heat is more than a seasonal discomfort. A new study suggests it may be aging people from the inside out, faster than the calendar ever could. Researchers found that exposure to extreme heat events was linked to accelerated biological aging in middle-aged and older adults. Under the study’s strictest heatwave definition, each additional heatwave event was associated with pushing the body’s internal clock forward by roughly half a year, though the size of that effect varied considerably depending on how heatwaves were defined, and was weaker or statistically insignificant under looser definitions. As heatwaves grow more frequent and more intense worldwide, that finding carries serious consequences for public health.

Biological age and calendar age are not always the same thing. A person who is 58 years old on paper might have a body that functions more like a 62-year-old, or a 54-year-old, depending on how their cells, organs, and metabolism are holding up. Scientists can estimate this “biological age” by measuring things like blood pressure, cholesterol, blood sugar, and other indicators of how the body is really doing. When biological age outpaces calendar age, it signals faster physical deterioration and has been linked to higher risks of heart disease, cognitive decline, and earlier death. This study asked a pointed question: could repeated exposure to extreme heat be pushing that biological clock forward?

Researchers analyzed data from more than 2,300 adults across China and found strong evidence of an association, particularly under the stricter definitions of what counts as a heatwave. The clearest links between heat and faster aging appeared under those more demanding definitions, and each extra day of heat exposure added incrementally to the effect. Urban residents, people with higher body weight, and those living in southern or subtropical parts of the country faced the sharpest acceleration.

Gauging Biological Aging From Heatwave Exposure
To measure biological aging, researchers used a validated method that combines eight different blood and health markers into a single estimate of how old a person’s body actually functions. Those markers included cholesterol, blood sugar, blood pressure, kidney function indicators, and an inflammation signal. By comparing this biological age to a person’s actual calendar age, researchers calculated what they called “biological age acceleration,” essentially how far ahead of schedule the body was aging.

Participants were drawn from a large national health survey of Chinese adults. Out of those enrolled, 2,318 adults aged 45 and older met the study’s requirements. Their average age was 58.7 years, just over half were women, and most lived in rural areas. Biological age measurements were taken at two points in time: 2011 and 2015.

Heatwave exposure for each participant was measured using weather data from the 12 months before each biological age assessment. Researchers pulled daily temperature records from 50 cities across China and defined heatwaves in 12 different ways, varying both how hot it had to be and how many consecutive days the heat had to last. Under the strictest definition, at least four consecutive days where temperatures exceeded the hottest 2.5% of days typical for that city, each additional heatwave event was associated with a 0.531-year increase in biological age acceleration. Each additional day of heatwave exposure added another 0.057 years to that biological age gap. Associations were weaker or not statistically significant under looser heatwave definitions, meaning the strength of the finding depended meaningfully on how heatwaves were measured.

People who experienced more intense heatwave exposure were aging biologically at a measurably faster pace than their peers who experienced milder heat conditions, even after researchers accounted for factors like smoking, drinking, weight changes, depression, diabetes, and high blood pressure.

Who Got Hit Hardest by Heatwave-Driven Aging
Not everyone was equally affected. Heatwaves tracked more strongly with faster biological aging in certain groups. People with a body mass index at or above 23 kg/m² showed a more pronounced effect compared to leaner individuals. Urban dwellers experienced stronger aging effects than rural residents. Those living in southern China or subtropical climate zones also showed greater acceleration.

Researchers noted several possible reasons for these patterns. Carrying more body weight can make it harder to stay cool, placing additional strain on the heart and circulatory system. Urban areas tend to trap heat more than rural ones, a phenomenon known as the “urban heat island effect,” where buildings, pavement, and limited green space push temperatures even higher at night. People in southern and subtropical zones already contend with higher baseline temperatures, meaning heatwaves pile additional thermal stress on top of an already demanding climate.

No meaningful differences in the heatwave effect emerged between men and women, or across different age groups.

Metabolic Stress Behind Heatwave-Driven Aging
Beyond tracking who aged faster, the research team also tried to understand why. In the human participants, heatwave exposure was consistently tied to higher levels of total cholesterol and a blood sugar marker called HbA1c, which reflects average blood sugar over roughly three months. Both of these markers are components of the biological age algorithm used in the study, so they are best understood as part of a broader pattern of metabolic stress associated with heat exposure rather than as independently proven disease mechanisms.

To probe a possible biological explanation, researchers reanalyzed existing gene-activity data from aged mice that had been exposed to repeated heat conditions in a separate experiment. Liver tissue from those mice showed 29 genes switched on or off differently compared with unexposed controls. These genes clustered around two biological processes: fat metabolism and the body’s ability to use blood sugar efficiently, a function that declines in a condition known as insulin resistance.

Heat stress, the researchers explained, can trigger a cascade of internal disruptions, including cellular damage from unstable molecules, problems with the energy-producing parts of cells, and strain on the system responsible for building proteins correctly. All of these processes are closely tied to how quickly a body ages at the cellular level.

Animal work involved a small sample and should be considered exploratory. But combined with the human data, the pattern offered a suggestive biological picture: heat may throw off the body’s ability to regulate fat and blood sugar, and that metabolic disruption could contribute to accelerated aging.

Between 2011 and 2015, about 58.8% of the study participants showed accelerated biological aging, meaning their bodies aged faster than their calendar years would predict. On average, biological age across the group increased from 57.3 years in 2011 to 62.3 years in 2015. Findings held up across multiple rounds of sensitivity testing, including analyses that removed participants with extreme or minimal changes in biological age and models that accounted for regional differences in climate and urbanization.

As climate change drives more frequent and severe heatwaves globally, the collision of a warming planet and a rapidly aging population creates a compounding risk that existing public health systems may not be equipped to handle. Extreme heat poses more than a short-term danger. For older adults especially, it may be steadily eroding the body’s biological reserves, one sweltering summer at a time.

Source: https://studyfinds.com/scorching-summers-may-be-speeding-up-how-fast-your-body-ages/

Study: Muscle Has A Built-In Repair Crew, But It Vanishes Fast Without Training

Photo by Ketut Subiyanto on Pexels

The Protein Network That Cleans Up Workout Damage, and Why It Doesn’t Last

An unusually intense or unfamiliar leg workout can damage tiny structures deep inside muscle fibers. That much has been known for years. What scientists had not fully worked out was how muscle recognizes and clears that damage without disrupting the rest of the fiber. Now, a new study published in Nature Communications identifies a coordinated network of proteins that acts like a rapid-response cleanup crew inside human skeletal muscle.

Researchers studying human muscle tissue found that intense resistance exercise activates a protein-based system that recognizes damaged muscle structures and helps clear them, an early step that may allow muscle structures to be restored. At the center of this operation is a protein called BAG3, which coordinates a group of molecular helpers to identify, tag, and dispose of broken muscle components through a cellular recycling process called autophagy.

Several proteins not previously known to play this role showed up consistently at damage sites in human muscle, and follow-up experiments in mouse muscle cells confirmed that at least some of them, including one linked to fat droplets and energy use inside cells, are important for keeping the cleanup network running.

This protection, the study found, can also be trained, and much of it fades within three weeks once training stops.

Six Men, Three Workouts, and a Molecular Snapshot Each Time

Researchers recruited eight healthy adults, seven men and one woman, who were physically active but had not done lower-body resistance training for at least four weeks before the study. Participants went through three phases: a single demanding overload session in their untrained state, six weeks of training with two resistance workouts per week, and three weeks with no training at all. At the end of each phase, participants completed another standardized overload session designed to stress muscle enough to cause measurable damage.

Muscle samples came from the thigh four days before each overload session and again one hour afterward, giving three before-and-after snapshots: before training, after six weeks of training, and after three weeks of rest. The researchers excluded the sole female participant from the main molecular analysis after finding substantially fewer damaged fibers and a distinct protein profile in her samples. They also excluded one male participant whose unusually high proportion of fast-twitch fibers could have added variability. The core analysis therefore included six men.

To study what was happening at the molecular level, researchers sorted proteins by where they sat inside muscle cells: floating freely, or locked onto the structural framework that gives muscle its shape. Tracking which proteins moved onto that framework after exercise showed the team which molecules were responding to the stress.

A Muscle Cleanup Network Hidden in Plain Sight

Two proteins, FLNC and XIRP1, were already used as markers of muscle damage. The new experiments suggest XIRP1 also helps the cleanup pathway function, since removing it in mouse muscle cells reduced the recycling of several other network proteins. Two stress-response proteins, HSPB1 and HSPB5, also flooded into the structural portion of muscle within an hour of intense exercise, helping prevent damaged proteins from clumping together.

More surprising was PLIN5, a protein that normally sits on fat droplets and helps regulate how fat is used for energy. When researchers reduced PLIN5 in mouse muscle cells, several proteins in this specialized network stopped being recycled normally, even though the cells’ broader autophagy machinery kept working. Another essential player was PDLIM3, a protein involved in organizing muscle structure. Removing PDLIM3 in cell experiments disrupted turnover of the same network, again without affecting the cell’s regular, everyday cleanup process. In a separate lab test using purified proteins, PDLIM3 also increased the addition of disposal tags to proteins, supporting a possible role in starting the cleanup process.

Source : https://studyfinds.com/muscle-built-in-repair-crew/

Financial Hardship Linked To Brain Shrinkage, Cognitive Decline

(Credit: Butsaya on Shutterstock)

Financial stress is something millions of people know all too well. Most have dealt with the anxiety of an overdue bill or smaller than expected paycheck at some point. Now, a sweeping new study tracking people across seven decades suggests that kind of hardship may be linked to something far more lasting than day-to-day stress: measurable differences in the brain that show up decades later.

Researchers followed a group of British adults from birth through their early 70s. Those who experienced financial hardship at multiple points tended to score lower on memory and mental-speed tests by middle age. Later in life, brain scans showed a pattern consistent with tissue loss in certain regions. For a few smaller groups, including men and people carrying a particular Alzheimer’s-linked gene, the pattern looked even stronger, though those pieces of the puzzle are still tentative.

Published in the journal Innovation in Aging, the study draws on data from the 1946 British birth cohort, a landmark project that has tracked thousands of people born in a single week in March 1946. With decades of financial records and repeated cognitive testing, researchers had a rare chance to see how money troubles that stretch across a lifetime relate to brain health, rather than relying on a single snapshot.

Nearly 3,000 People Were Tracked From Birth Through Their 70s

Researchers drew on two groups within the cohort. The main group, 2,759 people who were still alive at 69, took cognitive tests at ages 53, 63, and 69. A smaller group of about 400 people also came in for brain scans between ages 69 and 74.

Money trouble was tracked two ways: whether household income fell into the bottom fifth of the group at ages 26, 43, and 53, and whether people said they struggled to cover basic needs at ages 36, 43, and 53. Anyone who hit either mark at two or more checkpoints was labeled as having faced it persistently, which didn’t necessarily mean an unbroken decade of poverty, just hardship that kept resurfacing.

To measure mental sharpness, participants took a timed letter-search test for processing speed and a word-recall test for memory. Brain scans measured the physical size of different regions, including the fluid-filled chambers that expand as surrounding tissue shrinks. A smaller subset also had their brains checked for amyloid, a sticky protein tied to Alzheimer’s, though that piece applied only to people carrying a specific gene variant, not everyone in the study.

Financial Hardship Was Linked to Lower Scores by Age 53

People with more exposure to low income or financial strain scored lower on both memory and processing speed by age 53, years before most people start thinking about memory loss at all. The clearest differences showed up among those who’d faced hardship repeatedly rather than just once or twice, though the study wasn’t designed to prove a single rough patch is harmless either.

Years later, at ages 69 to 71, brain scans told a related story: people with a history of persistent low income had noticeably larger fluid-filled spaces in the brain, the kind that grow as nearby tissue shrinks. Interestingly, people who already scored lower on memory tests at 53 didn’t decline much further afterward. Researchers think that’s not a hopeful sign so much as evidence the damage had, in a sense, already been done by midlife, leaving less room left to lose.

Accounting for other possible explanations, like childhood intelligence, mental health history, and education, didn’t change the picture. That doesn’t prove hardship alone caused these differences, since money troubles are often tangled up with other stresses, but it rules out some of the more obvious alternatives.

Source : https://studyfinds.com/financial-hardship-memory-decline/

Breastfeeding Becomes Moral Test for Momfluencers, Study Finds

For many new mothers, breastfeeding is no longer only a matter of medical advice. On Instagram, it has hardened into something closer to a moral obligation, and a new study puts Spanish parenting influencers at the center of that conversation.

(Credit: Photo by PeopleImages.com – Yuri A on Shutterstock)

Researchers at Universitat Pompeu Fabra in Barcelona analyzed 592 public comments on Instagram posts from five Spanish momfluencer accounts, all run by women who present themselves as authorities on motherhood and breastfeeding. Writing in the journal Media & Jornalismo, they found that exclusive breastfeeding had turned into what the authors call a “symbolic device” and a “marker of maternal success.” In that framing, a mother who couldn’t or didn’t nurse exclusively was seen as doing more than making a personal choice, and some commenters called mothers who used formula lazy or selfish.

Instagram, the study shows, can take a private parenting decision and turn it into a public performance of what it means to be a “good mother.” For many women in those comment sections, falling short of that standard carried a heavy emotional cost.

How Spanish Momfluencers Are Reshaping Breastfeeding Norms
To build their sample, the authors spent two months observing public Instagram accounts run by Spanish women who describe themselves as prescribers of motherhood and breastfeeding, several of them with professional credentials in nursing or midwifery. From five of these accounts, they selected 15 posts that had sparked debate, each with at least 30 comments and 700 likes, then combed through the comments for patterns in how mothers talked about feeding choices, guilt, family support, and social pressure. Beyond what was said outright, they also traced the assumptions and unspoken rules underneath those conversations.

Formula was generally not treated as a legitimate option in these spaces. One post carried a title flatly rejecting the idea that formula feeding is the easy way out, casting it as something mothers turn to only when a health problem forces their hand. Breastfeeding mothers, by contrast, described their own experience in raw terms: exhaustion, pain, and broken sleep, alongside pride and a deep sense of bonding.

Guilt and Sacrifice: Breastfeeding as the “Good Mother” Test
One of the strongest patterns was guilt. Mothers wrote about agonizing over feeding decisions in ways that went well beyond the practical, and several said they pushed through real physical pain and sleep loss mainly out of fear of being judged as bad mothers if they stopped. One commenter recounted breastfeeding her son for two years while waking as many as seven times a night, until the exhaustion tipped into depression and she left her paid job.

Yet many of the same comments recast that suffering as proof of love. Nursing was described as the most rewarding and most sacrificing part of motherhood, even as women admitted how brutal it could be. Pain wasn’t framed as a problem to fix. For a lot of commenters, it read as evidence of devotion.

Criticism of the pressure to breastfeed rarely grew into a broader social or political argument. Most of it stayed personal, framed as one woman’s private struggle rather than a sign of a system that leaves working parents stranded. Spain grants four months of paid maternity leave, while health guidance urges exclusive breastfeeding for six. A handful of commenters flagged that gap, and one argued the government should simply extend paid leave instead of forcing mothers to improvise their way across it. Those structural complaints, though, were the exception.

Fathers on the Sidelines
Another clear finding was how seldom fathers showed up as equal partners. When they did appear, it was usually as helpers rather than people equally on the hook. Some mothers recounted pediatricians framing the father’s job as helping out in other, lesser ways, language that quietly slots him into a secondary role rather than a shared one.

Some comments mentioned fathers getting tired or impatient, but treated it as a scheduling headache rather than a question of shared duty. One mother wrote that her partner blamed breastfeeding for all their relationship troubles, and that the two had slept apart since their baby was two months old. Of the 592 comments studied, only two mentioned any family outside the traditional mother-father setup, and neither drew a single reply.

Source: https://studyfinds.com/breastfeeding-becomes-moral-test-for-mothers-on-instagram-study-finds/

Bee Venom May Strengthen Common Parkinson’s Drug, Study Finds

(SANDARU-KGL/Shutterstock)

Parkinson’s disease slowly destroys the brain cells that produce dopamine, a chemical messenger essential for controlling movement. For decades, a drug called levodopa, usually paired with carbidopa, has been the go-to treatment for managing symptoms. Over time, though, some patients develop fluctuating responses, involuntary movements and other complications that make the drug harder to manage. Now a new study in mice points to an unlikely helper that might boost how well levodopa works: freeze-dried bee venom.

Researchers at the University of Guadalajara in Mexico gave mice a toxin-induced brain lesion that mimics some features of Parkinson’s disease, then tested whether adding bee venom to standard levodopa treatment could improve how the animals moved and remembered things. The study, published in the journal Neuroprotection, found that mice getting the combination moved better and did significantly better on a short-term memory test than mice getting levodopa alone.

Parkinson’s is best known for tremors and stiff, halting movement, but it quietly wrecks memory too, a side of the disease that gets far less attention. A treatment that could help with both would be worth watching closely.

A Toxin Injection Created One-Sided Brain Damage in Mice
Researchers injected a toxin that wipes out dopamine-producing brain cells into just one side of the brain in adult male mice. That one-sided approach lets researchers compare the damaged side against the healthy side in the same animal, making it easier to spot movement problems.

Four groups of mice were studied: healthy controls given saline, untreated brain-damaged mice, mice given levodopa and carbidopa from day 13 through day 30, and mice given that same combination plus freeze-dried bee venom every 48 hours, an hour after each levodopa dose. Group sizes ranged from six to seven animals, small but typical for this kind of early-stage animal research.

Researchers then put the mice through three tests. One checked whether the mice used both front paws evenly while exploring a clear tube, since brain-damaged mice tend to lean on their good side. Another counted how often mice grabbed food from both sides of a narrow corridor, a task that’s especially sensitive to dopamine loss. The last one checked whether mice noticed a new object placed among familiar ones, something healthy mice do naturally but memory-impaired mice often miss.

Bee Venom Group Matched Healthy Mice on Movement Tests
By day 30, mice on levodopa alone still leaned heavily on their good paw. Mice getting bee venom alongside levodopa used both paws about as evenly as healthy mice did, a real step up from both the untreated group and the levodopa-only group.

A similar pattern showed up in the food-grabbing test. Mice on the combination treatment retrieved food from both sides of the corridor far more evenly than either the levodopa-only group or the untreated mice, suggesting an extra boost for coordinated movement.

Memory results stood out most. Mice that got only the toxin, and even those on levodopa alone, stopped noticing new objects by day 21 and day 30, a sign of memory trouble. Mice getting bee venom kept noticing new objects just as well as healthy mice did, at both time points. (One wrinkle worth flagging: the paper also shows this same group already scoring better on the memory test on day 13, before treatment had even started. That’s a timing inconsistency the study doesn’t explain, and it should be sorted out before the finding is taken at face value.)

A Bee Venom Compound Can Reach the Brain and Affect Neurons
Bee venom is packed with active compounds, one of which, a tiny molecule called apamin, can slip past the barrier that normally keeps most substances out of the brain. Earlier research suggests apamin changes how easily brain cells fire and adapt, though scientists are still figuring out exactly how.

Bee venom has also been used in traditional medicine for inflammation for centuries, and earlier lab studies hint that it might calm brain inflammation and help dopamine-producing cells survive. This study did not test any of that directly. The authors are upfront that these explanations are still guesses, borrowed from earlier research rather than anything measured here.

Researchers Never Directly Measured the Brain Cells
Here’s the biggest gap: researchers never actually looked at the brain cells themselves. They confirmed the injections landed in the right spot, but didn’t count how many dopamine-producing cells survived or measure inflammation. That means there’s no way yet to know why bee venom seems to help, and the results shouldn’t be read as proof that it protected any brain cells.

It’s also worth remembering this was a small, short mouse study, just 17 days of treatment in a handful of male mice, and mouse results often don’t hold up in people. The authors themselves say the next step is digging into the actual brain tissue to see what’s really going on.

Whatever is happening at the cellular level, the mice on bee venom kept moving and remembering better than the ones on levodopa alone. Parkinson’s still has no cure, and levodopa still tends to get harder to manage over the years. If bee venom holds up under more rigorous testing, it may turn out to be a simple add-on that helps a decades-old drug do its job a little longer.

Source: https://studyfinds.com/bee-venom-helps-parkinsons-drug/

Painful Hand Arthritis May Start With A Change In Saliva

(© ashtproductions – stock.adobe.com)

One Type of Mouth Bacteria Keeps Turning Up in People With Hand Arthritis

For millions of people, the pain and stiffness of hand arthritis is just a fact of aging, something to manage, but rarely something doctors can explain at the root level. Now, a new study is pointing scientists toward an unexpected place: the mouth.

People with painful, symptomatic hand arthritis have a noticeably different mix of bacteria living in their saliva than people without the condition, and the usual back-and-forth between mouth bacteria and gut bacteria seems to break down in those same people.

Hand osteoarthritis affects more than 142 million people worldwide, according to the paper, a figure that includes people with joint damage who have few or no symptoms. This study zeroes in on the painful kind, where people have joint damage confirmed by X-ray and hand pain they actually feel day to day. Scientists have already tied gut bacteria to this type of arthritis, but the mouth has largely been ignored.

Drawing on data from the Xiangya Osteoarthritis Study, a large community-based research project in rural China, researchers went looking for that missing piece. What they found, published in the journal RMD Open, suggests the mouth and gut may be tangled up with joint health in ways nobody expected, though whether one drives the other is still a mystery.

It’s not as strange as it sounds. Scientists have long suspected that bacteria in the mouth can slip into the bloodstream and stir up inflammation elsewhere in the body, and the pattern in this study fits that idea, though it wasn’t tested directly here.

One Bacterial Genus Kept Showing Up in Arthritis Patients

Researchers analyzed saliva from 764 adults aged 50 and older, all part of the Xiangya Osteoarthritis Study in Longshan County, Hunan Province. Of those, 52 had symptomatic hand osteoarthritis, meaning joint damage on X-ray plus real hand pain, while 712 did not. A smaller slice of that group, 563 people (37 with arthritis, 526 without), also gave stool samples, which let researchers compare mouth bacteria against gut bacteria directly.

Saliva was collected first thing in the morning, before brushing or mouthwash could skew the results, then frozen right away. Stool samples came in during the same visit. From there, genetic sequencing sorted out which bacteria were present and in what amounts.

People with arthritis had fewer types of bacteria in their saliva overall, and the mix looked different from what showed up in people without the condition. One genus in particular, called Trichococcus, turned up far more often in the arthritis group.

More of This One Bacterium, Worse Arthritis Symptoms

More Trichococcus in someone’s saliva tracked with worse arthritis. People with more of it were more likely to have arthritis in more joints, higher pain scores, and more visible damage on X-ray. That kind of dose-response pattern makes the finding harder to write off as a coincidence, though it still doesn’t prove the bacterium is actually causing anything.

Researchers also used the bacterial data to estimate which biological processes might be more or less active in each group, without measuring those processes directly. Two such processes, both involved in making certain chemical compounds, appeared to be running lower in people with arthritis. What that means for joint health, if anything, isn’t clear yet.

The Mouth-Gut Line of Communication Breaks Down

Perhaps the most telling result came from comparing mouth and gut bacteria side by side in that smaller group of 563 people. In those without arthritis, the two microbial communities were tightly linked, with many bacterial groups in the mouth tracking bacterial groups in the gut. In people with arthritis, that web of connections shrank noticeably, and each bacterial group had fewer ties to the others.

Trichococcus also lined up with a gut process that earlier research from the same team had already connected to hand arthritis. That overlap hints that whatever is happening in the mouth might be echoing something happening in the gut, and that both could be tangled up with the condition.

Source : https://studyfinds.com/hand-arthritis-may-start-saliva/

Brain Scans Reveal Soft Spot For On-Screen Enemies, TV Study Finds

A woman watching TV with a bowl of popcorn (Photo by Kaspars Grinvalds on Shutterstock)

After Watching a TV Drama, the Brain Tracked Rivalries More Clearly Than Friendships

Watching a TV show may largely feel like mental relaxation, but beneath the surface our minds are still at work. A brain imaging study suggests that when people learn who’s feuding with whom on screen, certain brain regions take special notice. Researchers compared how the brain responded to the faces of eight characters from the legal drama Suits before and after volunteers watched six episodes, and found that neural activity linked to hostile relationships showed up more clearly than activity linked to friendly ones.

Published in Communications Psychology, the study adds a wrinkle to research on how the brain builds a “social map,” an internal picture of how people in a group relate to each other. Much of that research has focused on the warmer side of social life: friendship, cooperation, trust. This study points to something else.

Researchers frame the idea with a line from a politician character played by Al Pacino in the 1996 film City Hall: “A man’s stature is determined by his enemies, not his friends.” It’s a dramatic way of putting it, and the study itself is narrower than that quote implies: 21 college students watched a fictional drama in a lab setting. Whether the same pattern applies to real coworkers, friends, or family members remains an open question.

College Students Watched Six Episodes of ‘Suits’ for Science

Researchers recruited 21 college students, 12 men and 9 women between 19 and 23, none of whom had seen Suits before. Each had their brain scanned by MRI while looking at photos of the show’s eight main characters, before watching a single episode. Then they went home and watched the first six episodes, about five hours of television spread across several days, and returned roughly two weeks later for a second brain scan while looking at the same faces.

To confirm people had actually paid attention, researchers asked comprehension questions after each episode; participants averaged 90 percent accuracy. After the second scan, participants rated all 28 possible pairings of the eight characters on two scales: how strong the relationship seemed, and whether it felt friendly or hostile. The strongest bonds tended to sit at the extremes, either clearly friendly or clearly hostile, while weaker connections between characters who barely interacted clustered closer to neutral.

Three Brain Regions Lit Up for On-Screen Rivalries

Researchers then compared how similar or different the brain’s response was to each pair of characters, and tested whether those differences lined up with how participants rated the pairs as hostile or friendly, while accounting for how similar the characters’ faces looked to each other.

Three brain regions showed activity patterns tied specifically to antagonistic relationships: the left anterior supramarginal gyrus, an area linked to reading other people’s intentions; the left superior parietal gyrus; and the right medial prefrontal cortex, a region tied to thinking about other people and making social judgments. Researchers found clear neural patterns associated with antagonistic relationships, while comparable effects for friendly relationships weren’t strong enough to count as real findings by the study’s own standards. That gap doesn’t prove friendships go unrepresented in the brain; it may simply reflect the limits of a small study’s statistical power.

Scans also picked up something in the precuneus, a region tied to autobiographical memory. Overall activity there increased after the drama, though it didn’t track the specific web of relationships the way the other two regions did. Researchers see this as a possible division of labor: one set of regions may store memories about individual people, while regions toward the front and sides handle a more abstract map of who opposes whom. Watching the drama also made the brain’s responses to different characters grow more distinct from each other overall, a broader sign that the show sharpened how individually the brain represented each character.

Source : https://studyfinds.com/brain-scans-soft-spot-tv-enemies/

Excess Weight Linked To Over 1 In 10 Cancers, Study Suggests

(Credit: © Jean Paul Chassenet | Dreamstime.com)

Why Your Waistline May Reveal More Cancer Risk Than the Scale Does

For decades, doctors have warned that carrying extra weight raises cancer risk. A new study suggests the real danger may have been undercounted, and the reason comes down to how “overweight” has been measured all along.

A team of researchers analyzed data from more than 450,000 people in the UK Biobank and found that excess body fat could be linked to more than 10% of all cancers, under the study’s most comprehensive method, a figure that nearly doubles some previous estimates. The findings, published in the journal Cancer Communications, suggest that if the estimate holds up, the cancer burden associated with excess weight has been substantially underestimated.

Getting heavier isn’t the whole story here, the researchers argue. It may be that researchers have relied too heavily on an incomplete measuring stick. For years, most studies have used body mass index, the familiar height-to-weight ratio known as BMI, to define who counts as overweight. But BMI misses a lot, especially where fat is stored in the body, which turns out to matter for cancer risk.

BMI Misses Where Fat Actually Sits on the Body

BMI has long been medicine’s go-to tool for categorizing weight, largely because it’s simple and cheap, but it’s an imperfect stand-in for actual body fat. A muscular athlete and a sedentary person of the same height and weight will have the same BMI, even though their health profiles look nothing alike.

More importantly for this study, BMI doesn’t capture where fat sits on the body. Fat that accumulates around the waist and abdomen, sometimes called belly fat, behaves differently than fat elsewhere. It surrounds internal organs and is more closely associated with metabolic problems that have been linked to poorer health. Waist circumference and the ratio of waist size to hip size, by contrast, reflect this kind of central fat distribution more closely.

Nearly Half a Million People Tracked for a Decade

Researchers drew on the UK Biobank, a large long-term health study in the United Kingdom. After filtering out participants with prior cancer diagnoses or incomplete data, the final study group included 458,543 people. The median age at the start was 57, and 53.3% were women. Participants were tracked for a median of nearly 12 years, during which 50,136 were diagnosed with cancer.

Researchers put weight on the scale three different ways: BMI, waist circumference, and waist-to-hip ratio. They also tried two ways of grouping people, standard weight categories and a quartile-based approach that split everyone into four groups from leanest to heaviest. The quartile method captures differences across the full range of measurements rather than counting only people above a standard cutoff, so it can pick up gradual changes in risk that fixed categories miss.

A statistical problem had also been quietly skewing previous estimates, and the team tackled it head-on. When someone has an undetected cancer, the disease itself can cause weight loss before diagnosis, making that person appear thinner in the data and excess weight look less dangerous than it actually is. To correct for this, the researchers progressively excluded people diagnosed with cancer in the early years of follow-up, up to seven years out, removing cases where pre-diagnosis weight loss may have muddied the results.

Combined Adjustments Nearly Doubled the Cancer Estimate

When all three adjustments were made together, the estimated share of cancers attributable to excess weight climbed to 11.5%, more than double the 5.5% produced by the standard BMI-based estimate with no exclusions. In the United Kingdom specifically, prior research had estimated that roughly 6.3% of cancers were attributable to excess weight. This study’s methods pushed that figure well past 10%.

Waist-based measurements generally produced stronger associations than BMI, especially in the quartile comparisons. People in the heaviest quarter for waist circumference had a 27% higher cancer risk than those in the leanest quarter, during the seven-to-fourteen-year follow-up window. Those in the highest waist-to-hip ratio group showed a 25% higher risk over the same period.

Women showed higher cancer risk tied to excess weight than men, and people under 60 showed stronger associations than those 60 and older. Risk also increased steadily from the leanest to the heaviest participants across most measures, suggesting it rises gradually for many people rather than switching on sharply above a single threshold.

Source : https://studyfinds.com/excess-weight-linked-cancers/

Study Suggests Drinking Diet Sodas While On Antidepressants Could Harm Your Gut Health

(Credit: © FERNANDO stock.adobe.com)

Millions of Americans take antidepressants every day. Millions more reach for diet sodas, sugar-free gum, or low-calorie snacks sweetened with natural and artificial sweeteners. What happens when both of those things meet in the gut at the same time? According to a new study, the answer may be more tangled than previously thought.

Researchers tested 39 commercially available sweeteners, the kind found in everything from soft drinks and candy to cereal and baby formula, against 25 gut bacterial strains and species to see how they interact. Reporting in Molecular Systems Biology, the team found that three-quarters of the sweeteners directly affected the growth of at least one bacterial strain. A bigger surprise came when sweeteners were combined with other commonly ingested compounds, including the widely prescribed antidepressant duloxetine. Those combinations produced more than 100 previously unreported interactions, some of which appeared to harm bacteria closely linked to human health.

Conducted entirely in a laboratory setting, the study does not prove that the same effects occur in a living human body. But the scale of the screening and the depth of the follow-up analysis make it one of the most thorough looks yet at what low-calorie sweeteners might be doing to the microscopic community living in the human digestive system.

How a Sweetener and an Antidepressant Gang Up on Gut Bacteria

Of all the findings in the study, one combination stood out. Isosteviol, a compound derived from the stevia plant and used as a sweetener ingredient, combined with duloxetine, the antidepressant sold under the brand name Cymbalta, to suppress two types of bacteria that scientists associate with a healthy gut, hitting one of them especially hard.

One of those bacteria, Roseburia intestinalis, has been linked to blood sugar regulation and protection against intestinal inflammation. The other, Parabacteroides merdae, is a common gut resident tied to a healthy microbial community. When isosteviol and duloxetine were present together, their combined suppressive effect on these bacteria was greater than what either compound caused on its own.

Duloxetine is no niche medication. In 2022 and 2023, it ranked as the 31st-most-prescribed drug in the United States, with more than 18 million prescriptions filled and more than 4 million patients taking it, according to data cited in the study. Given how widely stevia-derived sweeteners are used in food products, many people may routinely consume both.

How Scientists Tested 39 Sweeteners Against Gut Bacteria

Based at the MRC Toxicology Unit at the University of Cambridge and the European Molecular Biology Laboratory in Heidelberg, Germany, the research team built their experiment around 25 gut bacterial strains and species chosen to represent the broad range of bacteria found in a healthy human gut: friendly probiotic species, common residents, and some opportunistic troublemakers.

Against these bacteria, the team screened all 39 sweeteners they could obtain in pure form, covering both natural options like stevia compounds and monk fruit extract and synthetic ones like saccharin, aspartame, and sucralose. Every sweetener was tested individually against every bacterial strain, producing 975 unique pairings. Interactions counted as real only if they held up across multiple independent experiments and multiple concentrations, a strict standard that filtered out false positives.

For the combination testing, the researchers screened the same 39 sweeteners alongside four compounds commonly consumed with sweeteners: advantame (another sweetener increasingly used in processed foods), caffeine, vanillin (a flavor compound found in everything from cakes to baby formula), and duloxetine. That expanded the analysis to 3,900 three-way interactions between sweeteners, bacteria, and the added compounds.

In total, the combination screen identified 102 significant interactions involving nine gut bacterial species. Most of them, 68 out of 102, were cases where one compound softened the impact of the other. But 34 were cases where the combination hit harder than either compound alone. The strongest of all the compounds involved is isosteviol, followed by duloxetine, acting on Roseburia intestinalis.

Beyond Slowed Growth: Effects on Gut Bacteria and Human Cells

Finding that a sweetener and an antidepressant can together suppress specific gut bacteria would be notable on its own. The researchers went further, building a miniature artificial gut community comprising all 25 bacterial strains and exposing it to the isosteviol-duloxetine combination over several growth cycles to observe how the community changed under pressure.

Combined treatment caused a significant drop in overall species diversity. Of the 25 bacteria, 24 grew less in isolation after exposure to both compounds together.

To understand what was happening at a molecular level, the team analyzed changes in proteins made by Roseburia intestinalis and Parabacteroides merdae after exposure. The compounds appeared to interfere with the bacteria’s ability to manage what moves in and out of the cell, specifically disrupting proteins that carry small molecules across the outer membrane. A separate genetic analysis using a library of bacterial mutants identified the same membrane transport proteins as key determinants of bacterial survival of the isosteviol-duloxetine combination.

One of the more arresting downstream results involved the spent liquid from the bacterial community, essentially the chemical output that bacteria produce and release. Applied to human cells in a dish, fluid from communities treated with the isosteviol-duloxetine combination was significantly more toxic to HeLa cells than fluid from untreated communities. Researchers ruled out the compounds themselves as the direct cause; the altered bacterial output appeared to drive the effect.

When Caco-2 cells, a human cell line modeled on the lining of the colon, were exposed to the same bacterial fluid, secretion of two immune signaling proteins, interleukin-6 and interleukin-8, fell by more than 75% compared with fluid from untreated communities. These proteins are part of the gut’s immune defense. Their suppression could, depending on the context, indicate a weakened ability to fight off pathogens, though the researchers note that the significance would depend on a person’s individual health.

Bacteria exposed to the combination also produced different amounts of butyric acid, a compound tied to anti-inflammatory effects, improved insulin sensitivity, and protection against diet-related obesity, and one that gut cells burn for energy. In Roseburia intestinalis, butyric acid dropped by more than 25% after co-exposure. These are the kinds of bacterial outputs that researchers link to broader human health.

Source : https://studyfinds.com/could-common-antidepressant-and-sweetener-combo-quietly-fight-gut-bacteria/

Whiff of Chocolate Before Workout May Curb Hunger, Lift Reps, New Study Shows

(Credit: © stock.adobe.com)

Skipping breakfast before a gym session is hard enough. A new study points to an odd trick that might make the empty-stomach grind a little easier: a whiff of chocolate. Men who breathed in the scent of chocolate before and during a weight session cranked out more repetitions than they did after smelling plain water, and they managed it without rating the harder workout as any more punishing than usual.

No one ate a single square. Every bit of the boost came from smell alone. When the same men sniffed dark chocolate, they reported feeling less hungry and more full before lifting. When they sniffed milk chocolate, they mostly rated the scent as more pleasant. Both scents beat water on total reps completed.

Published in the journal Frontiers in Physiology, the research is preliminary, so it shows that the two happened together rather than nailing down exactly why. Still, the basic result is hard to ignore: a smell, and nothing more, nudged how much work tired muscles were willing to do.

How the Chocolate Smell Study Worked

Twenty-three healthy men took part at the University of Malaya in Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia. All were seasoned lifters, training at least twice a week for a minimum of two years, with an average age of about 23. Each showed up having fasted overnight for at least 10 hours, copying the state of someone who trains first thing in the morning on an empty stomach.

Each man completed three separate sessions spaced at least four days apart. One session paired the workout with the smell of dark chocolate (90% cocoa), another with milk chocolate, and a third with plain water for comparison. By design, neither the participants nor the staff counting reps were told which scent was which, a standard step to limit bias. Scents were prepared as liquids in small glass jars, and each man inhaled for 30 seconds at a time, both before lifting and between sets.

For the workout itself, participants did repeated sets of leg extensions, a seated machine move that targets the muscles at the front of the thigh, using a weight set to 80% of the most they could lift 10 times. They kept going until they couldn’t finish another set. After each set they rated how hungry they felt, how much they wanted to eat, how pleasant the smell was, and how hard the effort felt.

More Reps From the Chocolate Smell

Dark chocolate produced the biggest jump: 18 more total reps than water, and nine more than milk chocolate. Milk chocolate landed in the middle, beating water by nine reps. Counted in whole sets, dark chocolate added one full set over both the water and milk chocolate conditions.

Curiously, all that extra work didn’t register as extra suffering. Effort ratings climbed as the sets piled up, exactly as expected, but they came out about the same no matter which scent sat in the jar. The chocolate smells helped men grind out more without making any single set feel tougher.

Appetite is where the two scents parted ways. Dark chocolate reliably dialed down hunger and the urge to eat while raising the sense of fullness. Milk chocolate did none of that; it simply smelled better to the participants. Across every condition, the less hungry a man felt going in, the more reps he tended to finish.

What the Science Can’t Explain Yet

Researchers ran the numbers to see whether lower hunger or greater pleasantness could account for the extra reps. Those tests came back inconclusive. The study can show that chocolate scents and stronger performance traveled together; it can’t yet prove the scent caused the gain or trace the biology behind it. Hormones, brain signals, and other bodily measures that might confirm a mechanism simply weren’t recorded.

One leading guess ties back to appetite. Smelling a familiar food can trigger what scientists call a cephalic-phase response, the body’s head start on digestion that begins before any food arrives. A rich, bitter dark chocolate scent may cue that response and quiet hunger for a while, which could free a lifter from the nagging pull of an empty stomach. That fits earlier research linking lower pre-workout hunger to better lifting, though the authors treat it as a plausible story rather than settled fact.

Source : https://studyfinds.com/whiff-of-chocolate-before-workout-may-curb-hunger-lift-reps-new-study-shows/

Speaking Another Language Could Slow Aging in the Brain

(Photo by Resume Genius on Shuitterstock)

People who speak more than one language seem to have younger brains, according to research presented Monday at the Federation of European Neuroscience Societies (FENS) Forum 2026 [1].

Our brains are made up of billions of nerve cells which need to communicate with one another. As we age, the connectivity in our brains tends to deteriorate and, as a result, our memory and the speed of our thinking also decline.

The new research found that the more languages people speak, the younger their brains appear. Learning an extra language at a younger age and learning to become highly fluent in another language also seem to slow brain aging.

The research was presented by Dr. Lucia Amoruso from the Basque Center on Cognition, Brain and Language, San Sebastián, Spain, who worked with a team from the Latin American Brain Health Institute at the Universidad Adolfo Ibañez, Chile, the Cognitive Neuroscience Center at the Universidad de San Andres, Argentina, and the Global Brain Health Institute at Trinity College Dublin, Ireland.

The researchers recently published a study [2] showing that in countries where people typically speak more than one language, people seem to age more slowly. In the new study, the researchers carried out detailed analysis on a group of people from the Basque region of Spain who spoke between one and four different languages including combinations of Spanish, Basque, French and English.

They began with a group of 728 people to create a “brain aging clock.” They used a technique called magnetoencephalography which measures brain activity by the faint magnetic fields produced when brain cells are active. The researchers used artificial intelligence to process data on brain activity in people of different ages to show what is a normal level of brain connectivity at any given age.

Then the team used this clock to gauge the ‘brain age’ of a second group of 144 people.

When they compared people’s real age with the age of their brain, they found that those who spoke two languages had brains that appeared around six years younger than those who spoke only one language. For people who spoke three languages, their brains were around seven years younger, and for those who spoke four languages, their brains were around 13 years younger.

Dr. Amoruso said: “In simple terms, people who spoke more languages tended to have brains that looked younger than expected for their chronological age. The effect was not only related to the number of languages spoken. Higher language proficiency and earlier acquisition of a second language were also associated with more delayed brain aging. This suggests that multilingual experience matters as a gradient: it is not simply about being bilingual or not, but about the depth and duration of language experience.”

The researchers took account of factors such as people’s age, sex and education, but caution that they cannot rule out the potential influence of other factors that may have an impact on the brain, such as lifestyle and social engagement.

Dr. Amoruso and the team now hope to carry out similar work in people with neurodegenerative conditions, such as Alzheimer’s disease, where brain aging and resilience are especially important. They also plan to look at whether speaking two or more languages that are very similar could have a bigger effect on the brain, as managing closely related languages may require greater language control.

Source : https://studyfinds.com/speaking-another-language-could-slow-aging-in-the-brain/

Children With Rare Rapid-Aging Disease Expose Key Cause Of Getting Old

Scientists Use Tragic Childhood Syndrome To Argue DNA Tags Help Cause Old Age Decline

A child losing all their hair by age six. Bones so brittle they fracture without warning. An immune system failing before a kid even reaches their teens. These are not symptoms of old age. They are the reality for children born with a rare condition called Heyn–Sproul–Jackson syndrome, or HESJAS. Now a new study has used this devastating disorder to take on one of biology’s most stubborn questions: Is the chemical “aging code” written into our DNA actually causing us to fall apart, or is it just a side effect of getting older?

The work, published in the journal Nature Genetics, supports the idea that these changes contribute to aging-related damage rather than merely tracking it. And the evidence comes from some of the most unlikely patients imaginable, a group of young patients, most of them children, whose bodies are aging at a terrifying speed.

For decades, scientists have known that as we age, certain stretches of our DNA get tagged with chemical marks that accumulate over a lifetime. These marks show up so reliably that researchers have built what they call “epigenetic clocks,” molecular tools that can predict a person’s age just by reading the pattern of the tags. But whether the tags themselves were driving the body’s decline, or simply keeping score, stayed an open and fiercely debated question. This study, which draws on ten individuals with HESJAS, a specially designed mouse model, and data from more than 18,000 adults in a large population health study, makes the most direct case yet that the tags are not passive bystanders. The evidence strongly implicates them as active participants in aging-related disease.

A Syndrome That Mimics Decades of Aging

HESJAS is caused by a mutation in a gene called DNMT3A. Normally, this gene helps manage where the chemical aging tags are placed across the genome. In people with HESJAS, the mutation appears to send the tagging process into overdrive, flooding regions of DNA that are typically kept clean and untagged. The result is a body that behaves as though it has lived far longer than it actually has.

Researchers studied 10 individuals with HESJAS, a group with a median age of just 11 years who ranged into adulthood. Even so, the clinical picture was alarming. Most had already developed significant hair loss. Six had abnormally low levels of immune cells, the same immune decline seen in elderly adults, which left them vulnerable to repeated infections. Four had lost fat beneath the skin in their limbs while gaining it around their abdomens, a pattern associated with diabetes risk in older populations. Several had severe bone loss, with fractures occurring after no injury at all. In the most severe immune case, one patient’s progressive immune collapse required a bone marrow transplant, and that same patient later died at age seven from metastatic osteosarcoma, a bone cancer. Separately, the first patient ever described with the syndrome, re-assessed years later, died in her twenties after developing bone marrow failure and succumbing to systemic sepsis.

What the researchers observed was not simply a sick child. It was an accelerated preview of the diseases that quietly dismantle health across a normal human lifetime, namely bone deterioration, metabolic dysfunction, immune decline, and blood cell depletion. Conditions that typically emerge in a person’s sixties or seventies were appearing in patients who, in most cases, were still in elementary school.

The Mouse That Aged Too Fast

To confirm that the HESJAS gene mutation, and specifically the DNA tags it causes, was responsible for these aging features, the research team engineered a mouse carrying the same genetic change. The results were stark.

Mice with the mutation showed significantly shortened lifespans. Their median life expectancy was roughly 12.8 months, about half of what is typically expected for their strain. Starting around six months of age, the equivalent of a relatively young adult mouse, they began showing a cascade of aging-like changes: cataracts, deteriorating coats, a curved spine, reduced nighttime activity, and thinning skin with loss of the fat layer just beneath it.

Bone scans revealed severe bone loss, with dramatic reductions in the spongy inner bone structure and rising fragility. Metabolic testing found that the mutant mice had roughly three times higher levels of insulin in their blood compared to normal mice, despite similar blood sugar levels, a hallmark of the insulin resistance that underlies type 2 diabetes. Their liver accumulated excess fat. Their immune output shifted away from the cell types needed to fight infections. And this all happened in animals eating a perfectly ordinary diet, without any of the dietary manipulation typically needed to produce such effects in laboratory mice.

Most tellingly, the researchers confirmed that the chemical DNA tags accumulated in the mutant mice starting just four days after birth, well before any physical signs of aging appeared. This timing matters enormously. The tags appear before the animals begin to show signs of illness, which suggests they play an active role in the disease rather than simply reflect it. The researchers do note, though, that the DNMT3A gene may have functions beyond placing chemical tags, so some effects could turn out to be independent of the tagging process itself.

Stem Cells: Where Aging May Begin

To understand how these chemical marks may be driving such widespread damage, the researchers focused on stem cells, the specialized cells that serve as the body’s continuous replenishment system, generating new blood cells, immune cells, and tissue throughout life.

In healthy aging, stem cell output gradually declines, and that decline is thought to drive many age-related conditions. The HESJAS mice showed exactly this pattern, but compressed into a fraction of a normal lifespan.

When the researchers transplanted blood-producing stem cells from mutant mice into healthy recipients, those cells failed to adequately repopulate the blood. Stem cells from mutant mice produced far fewer mature cells overall, and what they did produce was skewed heavily toward certain cell types, mirroring the blood profile seen in elderly humans. Tests on intestinal stem cells told a similar story. They formed fewer, smaller structures in laboratory culture dishes and recovered more poorly from chemical injury than stem cells from healthy mice.

Researchers then looked at what was happening inside the stem cells themselves. The excessive DNA tags were landing predominantly on regions of the genome that hold genes critical for guiding cells through their developmental journey, genes that need to switch on at exactly the right moment to produce the correct cell types. In immune cells responsible for producing antibodies, the team traced a key part of the problem to a gene called Pax5, a master switch for producing mature immune cells. In the mutant mice, Pax5 was heavily tagged with chemical marks at its control region, causing it to fail to switch on properly. The resulting shortage of these immune cells directly explained one of the syndrome’s most dangerous features, though the researchers note that future experiments will be needed to confirm that the tagging of Pax5 specifically accounts for the reduced lymphocyte numbers, and to fully separate the effects of chemical tagging from other potential functions of the DNMT3A gene.

Source : https://studyfinds.com/children-with-rare-aging-disease-just-revealed-key-cause-of-getting-old/

Scientists Built Cancer Kill Switch That Turns On With Flash of Light, Study Shows

Artist’s image depicting a group of cancer cells (Credit: © fotoyou – stock.adobe.com)

Cancer has a dirty trick: it can put itself to sleep. When tumor cells slip into a kind of biological hibernation, they become hard to kill, shrugging off treatment and lying low until conditions improve, then waking up and bringing the disease back. For decades, researchers have struggled to shut down this hiding strategy without causing serious harm elsewhere in the body. A team in Switzerland has now built a molecule that flips on and off with flashes of light, giving scientists a precise new way to probe, and possibly disrupt, the way sleeping cancer cells hide.

Behind this cellular sleep state, at least in certain cancers, sits a protein called the glucocorticoid receptor, a sensor inside cells that reacts to stress hormones. When it switches on, it can push cancer cells, especially in some solid tumors such as lung cancer, into a drug-resistant, dormant state. The obvious fix would be to destroy the receptor outright, but there is a catch: the same receptor does important jobs all over the body, including calming inflammation. Removing it everywhere would cause real damage. What was needed was a way to hit the receptor inside a tumor and leave the rest of the body alone.

That is what the team set out to build. Their solution, described in the journal Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, is a class of molecules called photoPROTACs: drug-like compounds engineered to destroy the stress hormone receptor, but only when a specific color of light switches them on. Shine the right light on them, and they go to work. Keep them in the dark, and they stay idle.

A Kill Switch for a Stress Hormone Receptor

It helps to know what a PROTAC is. A PROTAC is a molecule that grabs onto a specific protein inside a cell and tags it for destruction by the cell’s own waste-disposal system. It works like slapping a “delete me” sticky note on an unwanted protein. PROTACs have stirred huge excitement in medicine because they can eliminate proteins that ordinary drugs cannot touch.

Conventional PROTACs have a problem: they are always on. Once taken, they work throughout the entire body, destroying their target in cancer cells and healthy cells alike. For a receptor this important to normal health, that is a dealbreaker.

To get around it, the team embedded a light-sensitive part directly into the PROTAC molecule. By adding a chemical structure that physically changes shape depending on the wavelength of light hitting it, they created a molecular switch. In one shape, called the E-form, the molecule has the right geometry to do its job and destroy the receptor. In the other, the Z-form, it bends into a configuration that leaves it far less active. The switch runs both ways: one wavelength turns the molecule on, another turns it off.

Building the Light-Activated Cancer Switch

Researchers built and tested several versions of these light-switchable molecules, hunting for the best balance of stability and responsiveness. Two lead compounds, KH-5-306 and KH-5-309, stood out. Both flipped almost completely between their active and inactive shapes under different wavelengths of light and showed no signs of wearing out after repeated exposure.

Inside cells, both compounds destroyed the stress hormone receptor in their active E-form at very low doses. Switched to the inactive Z-form, the effect dropped sharply, though the inactive form still held on to some activity. Because the Z-form naturally drifts back toward the active E-form at body temperature, researchers kept it locked in place during experiments by hitting the cells with brief bursts of ultraviolet light every 30 minutes, a lab-only workaround they confirmed did not harm the cells or disturb the biology under study, and not a method meant for patients.

Additional tests confirmed the receptor destruction ran through the cell’s normal disposal machinery: when a separate inhibitor blocked that machinery, the photoPROTACs stopped working. The compounds also left a closely related receptor alone, even at higher doses, a sign the molecules were hitting their intended target and not damaging look-alikes. And the effect proved temporary. When the active compound was washed away after 12 hours, receptor levels started climbing back within 24.

Waking Up Sleeping Lung Cancer Cells

With the chemistry checked, researchers moved to a test closer to real medicine. They took human lung cancer cells and treated them with dexamethasone, a common steroid that switches on the glucocorticoid receptor and nudges these cells into a dormancy-like state. That setup mirrors a real problem: dexamethasone is routinely given to cancer patients to manage inflammation and treatment side effects, yet it may quietly push tumor cells toward this drug-resistant sleep.

After confirming that dexamethasone triggered the expected dormancy response, the team tested whether the lead photoPROTAC, KH-5-309, could reverse it. Cells treated with the active E-form saw the dormancy-linked gene activity roll back toward normal, and a sweep across thousands of genes confirmed the shift toward a more active state. By contrast, the inactive Z-form left those genes essentially untouched, behaving in this experiment as a neutral control on par with no treatment at all.

Source : https://studyfinds.com/scientists-built-cancer-kill-switch-that-turns-on-with-flash-of-light-study-shows/

Your Morning Moisturizer’s Hydration Boost May Fade by Lunch, Study Finds

(Photo by Ron Lach on Pexels.com)

Slathering on lotion after a morning shower feels like a task checked off for the whole day. A new study suggests that confidence may be misplaced. Researchers tested four popular moisturizers and found that, under the conditions tested, the measurable hydration boost they give skin generally fell back toward untreated skin within roughly three to five hours, long before bedtime rolled around.

Dry skin is more than a cosmetic nuisance. When the outer layer loses too much water, it grows more open to infection, sun damage, and conditions such as eczema, the chronic itchy rash that leaves skin red and flaking. Doctors often recommend moisturizers to help support that protective outer layer, and most of these products work by pulling water into the skin and trying to hold it in place. Yet advice on how often to reapply has mostly run on habit, not hard numbers.

Published in the journal SKIN, this research set out to put a clock on the question. By measuring how long four common moisturizers kept skin more hydrated than bare, untreated skin, the team produced something the drugstore aisle rarely offers: an evidence-based estimate of how long that extra hydration may last after a single application.

How the Moisturizer Study Was Done

Thirty healthy adult volunteers signed up, and researchers dabbed four store-bought moisturizers onto separate spots along their forearms. The lineup covered a ceramide and hyaluronic acid cream (CeraVe Moisturizing Cream), a glycerin and petrolatum cream (Cetaphil Moisturizing Cream), a urea and shea butter repair cream (Eucerin Advanced Repair Crème), and a multi-hyaluronic acid botanical serum (SkinMedica HA5). One spot on each arm got nothing at all, serving as a plain-skin benchmark.

To track hydration, the team relied on an FDA-cleared device that reads how much water sits in the skin without ever breaking the surface, essentially a moisture meter pressed against the arm. Readings came at the start, then at one hour, four hours, and 24 hours after application. Spots were assigned at random across participants so that no single product always landed on the same patch of arm, a small step that keeps one lucky location from skewing the numbers. Between checks, volunteers went about ordinary life and simply avoided washing or scrubbing the test patches. Lab readings happened under steady temperature and humidity, while the hours in between unfolded wherever daily life took each person.

What the Moisturizer Study Found

Over the full day, only the botanical serum kept skin measurably more hydrated than untreated skin in the researchers’ 24-hour statistical analysis. Averaged across the entire day, the three creams showed no meaningful difference from untreated skin, a result that sounds damning until you look at the timing instead of the daily average.

That timing told a different story. Using a statistical model, researchers estimated the point when each product’s hydration benefit fell back to the level of untreated skin. The glycerin and petrolatum cream held its lead for about three hours, the urea and shea butter cream for roughly three and a half, and the serum stretched to nearly five hours. Short-lived gains like these wash out when smoothed over a full day, which is why the creams looked flat in the 24-hour average while still appearing to provide measurable hydration in the early hours after application.

One product behaved differently. Rather than producing a noticeable rise and decline in hydration, the ceramide cream closely tracked untreated skin throughout the study. Researchers offered a cautious possibility: it may help stabilize the skin barrier instead of producing a measurable spike in water content, a quieter effect their measurements were not designed to capture directly. They stressed that this explanation remains speculative. It does raise an interesting question, though, about whether an effective moisturizer always has to produce a dramatic hydration spike or whether maintaining steadier conditions could also be beneficial.

What the Findings Mean for Reapplying

For someone managing a condition that demands steady moisture, a once-in-the-morning, once-at-night routine could leave stretches of the afternoon when skin hydration has fallen back toward untreated levels, at least under the single-application conditions this study tested. Eczema and similar conditions flare when the skin barrier becomes compromised, so maintaining hydration is often an important part of care. Whether topping up more often would improve outcomes is a question the researchers did not test directly, so the practical advice stops short of recommending a specific reapplication schedule. Anyone considering changing their skincare routine, particularly for a medical skin condition, should discuss it with a healthcare professional.

Cost muddies the picture too. The serum lasted longest in this study but also carries the highest price, while the cheaper, easier-to-find creams showed shorter hydration intervals. Spending more bought more hours here, yet the study never examined whether reapplying a lower-cost moisturizer more frequently could produce similar results.

Source : https://studyfinds.com/your-morning-moisturizers-hydration-boost-may-fade-by-lunch-study-finds/

 

Birth Weight May Help Predict How Kidneys Handle Extreme Exercise Decades Later

Photo by Christian Bowen on Unsplash

How Much You Weighed at Birth May Determine How Hard Your Kidneys Work Under Pressure

Most people have no idea what they weighed at birth. That number lives in a baby book or a parent’s memory, totally disconnected from adult life. But a new study says it may quietly shape how well the kidneys hold up under extreme physical stress, even decades later.

Researchers found that ultramarathon athletes born too small or too large experienced significantly more kidney strain after racing than those born near the middle of the weight range, around 8.4 pounds, even after accounting for age, sex, distance covered, hydration, and muscle damage. The results suggest that some early-life imprint on kidney reserve may persist even among highly trained endurance athletes.

Arctic and Desert Races Tested Kidney Stress at Opposite Extremes

A team of researchers from universities in Canada, the United Kingdom, and the United States published their findings in Frontiers in Ecology and Evolution, recruiting 44 ultramarathon athletes, 15 women and 29 men, competing in two grueling races held under radically different conditions. One race took place in Finnish Lapland, a self-supported Arctic ultramarathon covering up to 186 miles through wet, snowy terrain in freezing temperatures. Athletes in that event competed on foot, fat bike, and ski. The other was a multi-stage trail race covering about 143 miles through the scorching heat of southern Spain. Together, these two events created a natural experiment testing kidney stress across climate extremes.

Before and immediately after each race, researchers collected blood samples measuring creatinine, a waste product that builds up when the kidneys aren’t filtering properly, and myoglobin, a protein that leaks from damaged muscle cells and can itself burden the kidneys. Athletes also reported their body weight before and after racing to gauge dehydration, and filled out questionnaires covering age, sex, training history, and birth weight.

Using a statistical model, researchers identified what was actually driving creatinine changes after the races. Obvious factors like sex, age, distance, hydration, and muscle damage accounted for about a third of the variation. Adding birth weight and race environment to the mix nearly doubled that explanatory power, and the U-shaped birth weight pattern held up as a meaningful independent factor, not a statistical coincidence.

Heat Drove Greater Kidney Strain; Cold Drove Greater Muscle Damage

Racing in the heat put more stress on the kidneys than racing in the cold, likely because hot conditions place greater demands on hydration and blood flow regulation. Athletes in Spain showed roughly twice the creatinine rise of those in the Arctic. Dehydration was also more severe in the heat: athletes lost an average of 3.6% of their body weight during the Spanish race, with 35% losing more than 5%, a threshold that signals serious fluid loss. By contrast, only one athlete in the cold race lost more than 5%, and that individual was the sole competitor to finish the full 186-mile course.

Muscle breakdown told the opposite story. Despite showing less kidney strain, athletes in the Arctic race experienced far more muscle damage from continuous movement while hauling gear through snow. Myoglobin levels at the finish line were more than twice as high in the cold race as in the hot one. Researchers attributed this to race design: the Arctic event was a continuous, self-supported effort, while the Spanish race was broken into daily stages with rest and support between them.

Women in both races tended to show steeper creatinine increases than men, partly because they started with lower baseline levels. In the hot race, creatinine rose by an average of 47% among women compared to 23% among men, though this difference fell just short of statistical significance.

Kidney Filtering Capacity Is Set Before Birth and Doesn’t Grow Back

Using standard clinical criteria designed for non-exercising patients, 57% of the athletes (25 out of 44) showed creatinine increases large enough to raise suspicion of acute kidney injury, including all five with birth weights at or below about 5.5 pounds. The researchers note those criteria weren’t designed for athletes and can be skewed by the extra creatinine released from damaged muscles during prolonged exertion.

Kidney filtering units are fully established by around the 36th week of pregnancy. After that, no new ones form. Babies who experience restricted growth in the womb tend to be born with fewer of these filters, leaving less total filtering capacity for life. Babies born unusually large may face their own version of the problem: very high birth weight is often linked to maternal conditions like high blood sugar during pregnancy, which can push the kidneys’ filtering structures into overdrive before birth.

Source : https://studyfinds.com/birth-weight-predicts-kidney-health/ 

 

Pomegranate Compound Activates Hidden Gut Defense Chain: Study Says It Could Change IBD Treatment

(Credit: Pixabay from Pexels)

Scientists Discover How Pomegranate Triggers the Gut’s Own Repair System

Crohn’s disease and ulcerative colitis both involve a gut lining that has lost its ability to keep bacteria contained, leaving the body’s immune system in a state of chronic overdrive. Scientists may have found a way to fix that. They’ve identified a specific chain of molecular events triggered by a compound the body makes from pomegranate-related foods that appears to strengthen that wall and calm the chaos, a discovery that could point researchers toward a new treatment strategy for inflammatory bowel disease.

Urolithin A is a substance the gut produces when it breaks down ellagitannins, plant compounds found in pomegranates and certain other foods. That does not mean pomegranates or Urolithin A supplements have been shown to treat IBD in people. Researchers had previously shown that Urolithin A can protect against gut inflammation, but the exact biological steps it follows to do that remained a mystery. A new study published in Nature Communications has mapped that path in detail, revealing a precise chain reaction that reinforces the gut’s lining and turns down the inflammatory alarm.

What sets this discovery apart is its specificity. Urolithin A doesn’t broadly suppress inflammation. Instead, it activates a specific protein in the cells lining the gut, a molecular switch called the aryl hydrocarbon receptor, which then triggers a cascade of protective signals that reinforces the gut’s defenses, at least in experimental models and lab-prepared cells from intestinal biopsies from people with IBD.

Pomegranate Compound Urolithin A Triggers a Step-by-Step Gut Repair Sequence

Specifically, Urolithin A activates the aryl hydrocarbon receptor in the cells that form the lining of the intestine. Once that switch is flipped, it activates another protein called NLRP6, which acts like a sensor inside the cell. Activating NLRP6 leads to the controlled release of a signaling molecule called interleukin-18, or IL-18, a chemical messenger that helps keep the gut environment stable.

Critically, the researchers found that Urolithin A triggered the release of IL-18 but not a closely related, more inflammatory molecule called IL-1β. That distinction matters because IL-18 at the right level is protective, while too much of it, or releasing the wrong molecules, can actually make gut inflammation worse. Urolithin A appears to hit a kind of sweet spot, promoting just enough IL-18 to start a healing cascade without tipping into damage.

That IL-18 signal then travels to another group of immune cells in the gut lining, which respond by producing a second messenger called interleukin-22, or IL-22. IL-22 is a well-established repair signal: it stimulates the cells responsible for producing the gut’s protective mucus layer and ramps up production of proteins that help keep harmful bacteria in check.

Researchers then set out to confirm that each step of this chain was truly necessary. Mice engineered to lack the aryl hydrocarbon receptor in their gut lining cells showed no protective benefit from Urolithin A at all, while mice that lacked it only in immune cells were still protected, a result that pinpointed the gut lining as the critical site of action. Mice in the study were exposed to a chemical that induces colitis, a standard approach in IBD research. Similar knockout experiments then removed NLRP6, then IL-18, then IL-22 from the equation. In each case, removing a single piece of the chain broke the protective effect, confirming that every step is essential.

Scientists also prepared single-cell suspensions from intestinal biopsies collected from patients with IBD, taken from both inflamed and non-inflamed areas. When these cell preparations were exposed to Urolithin A in the lab for 24 hours, the compound triggered increased IL-18 in intestinal lining cells and increased IL-22 from immune cells, mirroring the mouse model results. Blocking the aryl hydrocarbon receptor using a chemical inhibitor eliminated that IL-22 response, supporting the receptor’s role in human cells as well. Notably, other known activators of the same receptor did not produce the same IL-18 response, suggesting Urolithin A engages it in a more targeted way.

Source : https://studyfinds.com/pomegranate-hidden-gut-defense/

Nearly Half Of Californians Live In Areas Where Dengue Could Spread In Summer, Study Finds

© raisondtre – stock.adobe.com

Dengue Has Already Found a Foothold in California, and Climate Change Could Make It Far Worse

A mosquito-borne illness once considered a distant, tropical problem has been quietly taking root in California, and a new study finds that tens of millions of residents already live in areas where summer conditions are ripe for local outbreaks.

Dengue fever is often described as a severe flu, and in serious cases it can become dangerous and require urgent medical care. For decades it has been closely associated with tropical regions in Asia, Latin America, and Africa. But its geography is shifting. California recorded its first two locally transmitted dengue cases in Los Angeles County in 2023, followed by a cluster of cases across southern California in 2024.

Now, researchers have built a detailed risk model mapping exactly where and when transmission conditions are most favorable across the state, and the picture is sobering. Roughly 18.2 million California residents, nearly half the state’s population, currently live in areas where conditions during peak summer months are at least as favorable for dengue transmission as they were when those first local cases appeared.

Published in The Lancet Regional Health – Americas, the study does not predict that dengue will sweep the state. But it makes clear that the window for localized outbreaks is open, has likely been open longer than health officials realized, and that climate change is working to push it wider.

Three Conditions That Fuel Dengue Transmission in California

To understand where dengue can take hold, researchers identified three ingredients that must all be present at the same time: the right mosquitoes, the right temperatures, and infected travelers returning from places where dengue is common.

Aedes aegypti is the species of greatest concern, one that prefers to feed on humans and thrives in urban environments. First detected in California in the early 2010s, it has since spread rapidly across northern, central, and southern parts of the state. It is also the most efficient at transmitting dengue virus.

Temperature matters because dengue transmission is highly sensitive to heat. Peak transmission occurs around 29 degrees Celsius, roughly 84 degrees Fahrenheit. Below a certain threshold, the virus cannot complete its life cycle inside the mosquito fast enough to be passed on, which makes summer in the Central Valley and the greater Los Angeles and San Diego regions particularly concerning.

California’s size and global connectivity make infected travelers a persistent liability. About 140 travel-associated dengue cases are reported in the state each year, and researchers note this is likely an undercount. Every one of those cases is a potential spark.

How Researchers Built the Dengue Risk Model for California

Researchers developed a two-part risk measurement. One part combined estimates of where Ae. aegypti is likely present with how favorable local temperatures are for the virus to spread. The other layered on an estimate of how many infected travelers were moving through each neighborhood in a given month.

To map mosquito presence, the team used trap surveillance data collected across California between 2016 and 2023, combined with satellite-based climate data, blending two computer modeling techniques to improve reliability.

To estimate travel-associated cases at the neighborhood level, researchers drew from four surveillance datasets spanning more than a decade, including reports from the California Department of Public Health and the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Neighborhoods with larger populations tracing their backgrounds to dengue-prone regions tended to see more travel-associated cases. When tested against actual reported cases at the county level, the model’s predictions held up well.

To anchor the risk estimates in reality, the team calculated scores for the specific locations and months tied to California’s eight confirmed local transmission events in 2023 and 2024, spanning Pasadena, Long Beach, Baldwin Park, Panorama City, Escondido, El Monte, Hollywood Hills, and San Bernardino. Any location scoring at or above that level in a given month was considered at elevated risk.

California’s Dengue Risk Map Shows a Seasonal, Expanding Threat

Not all of California faces the same level of concern. In August, the peak month, areas most clearly above the baseline are concentrated in the Los Angeles and San Diego metro areas and parts of the Central Valley. Outside of June through October, risk across the entire state drops to near zero as temperatures fall too low for transmission, a pattern that makes the seasonal nature of the current threat clear.

Geography creates natural brakes in some places. San Francisco stays too cool for efficient transmission even in summer. Parts of the western Central Valley have adequate summer temperatures but few infected travelers passing through. Inland desert areas have both low mosquito presence and rare viral introductions working against sustained spread.

Source : https://studyfinds.com/dengue-spread-california/

Studies Find Gut Fungus Possibly Driving Childhood Allergies: Antibiotics May Be Making It Worse

(Photoroyalty/Shutterstock)

Two Studies Find Gut Fungi Drive Childhood Allergy Risk, With Mouse Research Pointing to Infant Antibiotics as a Culprit

Hundreds of millions of children worldwide live with allergic diseases, and the number keeps climbing. Scientists have spent decades studying the bacterial side of the gut microbiome for clues about why, but two studies published together in Nature Communications point toward a part of that ecosystem that has been almost entirely overlooked: the fungi.

Conducted by separate teams at the University of Calgary and BC Children’s Hospital, both studies converged on the same yeast, called Malassezia, from two very different directions. One team tracked gut fungal development in more than 1,400 Canadian infants and found that babies whose fungal communities matured slowly were more likely to develop atopic dermatitis and food allergy by age five. The other found that infant antibiotics triggered a surge of that same yeast and showed, in mouse models, that it drove immune changes tied to asthma-like airway inflammation. Neither team knew the other had been working on the same fungus until they compared notes.

“Hundreds of millions of children worldwide are affected by allergic diseases, and the number is growing,” said Dr. Stuart Turvey, senior author of the cohort study and a professor of pediatrics at the University of British Columbia. “A better understanding of what gives rise to these conditions and how we can prevent them would have an enormous benefit for children around the globe.”

A Gut Fungus That Tracks With Allergic Disease Risk

Turvey’s team analyzed stool samples from 1,409 participants in the CHILD Cohort Study, a large Canadian birth cohort that follows children from pregnancy through early childhood. By generating fungal sequencing data from 2,256 samples collected at around three months and one year of age, the researchers were able to map how the gut’s fungal community changes during the first year of life.

One pattern stood out immediately. Malassezia was abundant early on and then declined sharply over the first year, while a group of yeasts called Saccharomycetaceae followed the opposite trajectory, increasing steadily with age. Babies whose fungal communities hadn’t followed that expected developmental arc at twelve months, showing a pattern more typical of younger infants, were significantly more likely to be diagnosed with atopic dermatitis or food allergy by the time they turned five. Malassezia was the single strongest fungal predictor of where a baby’s gut microbiome stood developmentally.

Antibiotics, Fungi, and the Immune System

Led by Dr. Marie-Claire Arrieta at the University of Calgary, a second team approached the same fungus from a different angle. Working with 47 infants under six months old who came to Alberta Children’s Hospital’s emergency department needing injectable antibiotics, researchers collected stool samples before and after treatment to analyze bacterial and fungal gut communities.

Antibiotics knocked back bacterial diversity, as expected, but had the opposite effect on fungi. Fungal diversity increased in roughly 79% of the short-term treatment group. One genus expanded more than any other: Malassezia. The single factor most strongly associated with that expansion, even after accounting for birth weight and gestational age, was the total number of different antibiotics a baby received.

To test what that surge could mean for a developing immune system, the team raised mice under sterile conditions and introduced a controlled bacterial community with or without M. restricta, the Malassezia species that had expanded most in the infants. At just three weeks old, the fungus-colonized mice showed a markedly different immune profile, with higher numbers of cells tied to allergic disease and asthma risk, changes that extended beyond the gut into the lymph nodes. When those mice were later exposed to house dust mite, a common asthma trigger, they developed significantly worse airway inflammation. Mice that also had an early RSV infection showed even greater susceptibility to allergic airway inflammation later in life.

“Antibiotics are an essential treatment for young children when needed, but this study shows that there is a previously overlooked effect on the gut mycobiome, allowing species like Malassezia to flourish, and directly impacting immunological function,” said Dr. Arrieta.

Source : https://studyfinds.com/gut-fungus-driving-childhood-allergies-antibiotics/

A 5-Minute Walk Every Hour May Help Ease Fatigue, Boost Mood During Sedentary Days

Photo by Keira Burton on Pixels

That Mid-Afternoon Energy Crash May Have a Simple Fix: A 5-Minute Walk Every Hour

Most American adults spend the better part of their waking hours planted in a chair, at a desk, on a couch, or behind a wheel. Researchers have known for years that this much sitting is bad for health, linked to higher rates of chronic disease, worse mental health, and even early death. But telling people to “sit less, move more” hasn’t exactly moved the needle. Now, a large real-world test of a practical approach reports a short walk once an hour could meaningfully improve people’s energy levels and mood, without wrecking their workday.

A study published in the British Journal of Sports Medicine enrolled 19,342 adults, of whom 11,484 went on to start a two-week walking-break program. Participants, recruited through an NPR podcast series called Body Electric, chose one of three schedules: a break every 30 minutes, every 60 minutes, or every 120 minutes.

People in all three groups reported feeling less tired and more emotionally balanced by the end of the two weeks. The results were based largely on what participants reported about their fatigue, mood, and work, not on medical tests. None of the groups said the breaks hurt their work performance. The hourly break emerged as a promising middle ground, showing meaningful improvements in fatigue and mood while remaining practical enough that participants could largely maintain it.

Current public health guidelines on sitting tell people to move more but stop short of saying exactly how much or how often. With adults in wealthy countries now spending roughly 11 to 12 hours a day sedentary, according to the paper, that vagueness has real consequences. This study may help give future guidelines something more specific to build on, though it lasted only two weeks and measured mood and fatigue, not long-term outcomes like heart disease or diabetes.

How the ‘Body Electric’ Study Tested Walking Breaks

Participants were recruited over six days following the release of the first episode of Body Electric, an interactive NPR podcast. Listeners were invited to join the “Body Electric Challenge,” a self-guided, two-week program asking them to take regular walking breaks throughout the day.

To be eligible, participants had to be 18 or older, English-speaking, and have access to a smartphone. People with certain physical conditions, including a recent bone or joint injury or chest pain during activity, were excluded. Those with physical disabilities who couldn’t walk were encouraged to move in whatever way worked for them.

Of those who enrolled, about 59 percent started the program. Nearly half chose hourly breaks. About 32 percent chose breaks every 30 minutes, and about 21 percent chose breaks every two hours. Before the two-week challenge began, participants spent a week going about their normal routines to establish a baseline. Then the program started: five-minute walks at the chosen frequency, throughout all waking hours, with no reminder apps or external nudges. A subset of about 1,200 full-time employed participants received additional check-in surveys via text message to capture moment-to-moment effects.

Hourly Walks Showed the Best Balance of Results and Practicality

All three break schedules were rated as acceptable, appropriate, and doable, but with differences. Ease of follow-through was rated highest by the two-hour group and lowest by the 30-minute group; stepping away every half hour is a taller order. Even so, the every-30-minutes group still rated their schedule as manageable.

When it came to actual results, the pattern flipped. More frequent breaks produced bigger improvements. People taking breaks every 30 minutes saw the greatest reductions in fatigue and negative feelings, and the biggest boost in positive mood. The hourly group was close behind, with improvements that crossed the threshold the researchers used to define a meaningful change, the point at which an improvement is large enough to matter in daily life. The two-hour group’s results generally fell below that threshold.

The text-message check-in data added another layer. At moments right after a walking break, participants consistently reported lower fatigue and better mood compared to times without a recent break. This held true across all three groups.

Scale is part of why these results carry weight. Previous research on movement breaks typically involved small groups in controlled lab settings where compliance was enforced. In this study, adherence was considerably lower: only about 10 percent of participants in the every-30-minutes group met the full compliance benchmark, compared to about 24 percent in the hourly group and 46 percent in the two-hour group. Yet meaningful improvements in mood and fatigue were still observed with imperfect follow-through, which matters for any public health guidance built around real-world behavior.

Source : https://studyfinds.com/5-minute-walk-sedentary/

New Research Upends the ‘Pets Reduce Stress’ Myth: At Least When It Comes To Cats

(Photo by cottonbro studio from Pexels)

Do Cats Help With Stress? Study Finds Cat Interaction May Not Always Soothe Owners

For decades, pet owners have sworn by the calming power of their animals. Rough day at work? Curl up with the cat. Feeling anxious? Let the dog climb into your lap. The idea that pets soothe stress has become something close to common wisdom, the kind of thing nobody really questions. But a new study is pushing back on at least part of that picture, and the findings about cats might surprise anyone who has ever sought comfort from their feline companion.

Researchers studying the emotional lives of pet owners in real time found that while interacting with any companion animal was tied to better moods from moment to moment, pets did not buffer people from the negative emotions tied to stressful situations. For cat owners in this sample, the data pointed in an unexpected direction: more engagement with a cat during a stressful moment was associated with stronger negative feelings, not weaker ones.

Researchers caution that this effect was relatively small and should be interpreted carefully. The study, published in Frontiers in Psychology, is one of the more careful looks at what scientists call the “pet effect,” the popular belief that owning or interacting with a pet improves mental health, and one of the few to directly compare how dogs and cats differ in that picture.

What sets this study apart is how it gathered data. Rather than asking people to look back on how their pet made them feel, researchers tracked participants’ emotions as they were happening, multiple times per day, over five consecutive days.

Dogs and Cats Lifted Mood Equally, but Neither Blocked Stress

A team of researchers recruited 188 dog and cat owners living in the Netherlands or Belgium. Participants had to be at least 18 years old and own a functioning smartphone. Once enrolled, they downloaded an app that sent up to ten notifications a day at random intervals between 7:30 in the morning and 10:30 at night. Each notification prompted a short questionnaire about current mood, stress level, ongoing activity, whether they were alone, and whether their pet was present and being interacted with.

The five-day window was designed to include at least one non-workday and to avoid holidays, so that pet interactions would reflect typical daily life rather than exceptional circumstances. Over the course of the study, participants generated nearly 8,000 individual reports. Researchers controlled for factors like age, gender, and social context, and excluded moments when both a dog and a cat were present, since those made it impossible to isolate the effect of either species.

Spending time with a companion animal was genuinely associated with feeling better in the moment. When people reported higher levels of interaction with their pet, whether a dog or a cat, they also reported more positive emotions and fewer negative ones. This held up even after accounting for whether they were alone or around other people, suggesting the emotional lift from pets was not simply a stand-in for human company.

Despite popular assumptions that dogs, with their outgoing and socially responsive nature, might have an edge, the data showed no meaningful difference between species when it came to everyday emotional benefits. Where things got more complicated was in stressful situations. Neither dogs nor cats appeared to soften the emotional blow of a difficult or upsetting event during the moments when owners were actively engaging with them.

The Surprising Cat Finding

When researchers looked specifically at how people responded emotionally to upsetting events, they found that more engagement with a cat during those moments was associated with stronger negative emotions, not weaker ones. No such pattern appeared for dog owners. The cat-specific effect was relatively small, and the researchers urge caution before drawing broad conclusions, noting it will need replication in larger studies before anything definitive can be said.

Source : https://studyfinds.com/pets-cats-may-not-reduce-stress/

‘National Narcissism’ Linked to Rising Stress in Young Adults

Narcissism is defined as selfishness, involving a sense of entitlement, a lack of empathy, and a need for admiration, as characterizing a personality type. (© Hypnotik Photography – stock.adobe.com)

Some national pride goes beyond flying a flag or cheering at the Olympics. It runs on a quieter, more brittle conviction that one’s country is exceptional, perhaps even the greatest, and that the rest of the world stubbornly refuses to admit it. Psychologists have a name for that mindset: national narcissism.

While national narcissism appears to be a comfort for many of its adherents, according to a new study that tracked hundreds of young adults over time, holding it was linked to higher stress down the road.

Researchers long assumed the relationship ran in one direction. People who feel bad about themselves, the thinking went, grab onto an inflated sense of national pride like an emotional life raft, with stress, depression, and a bruised sense of self-worth pushing them toward grand beliefs about their nation. Research published in the Journal of Research in Personality complicates that story.

Rather than emotional pain feeding national narcissism, the data points the predictive arrow the other way, and the relief people might hope to get from the mindset does not seem to arrive, at least within the window the study covered.

That twist matters because so much public commentary treats wounded pride as the cause and grievance as the symptom. These findings flip the order, at least for young adults: the belief appears to come first, and the stress follows.

Inside the National Narcissism Study

A team based in the Czech Republic and Poland followed 688 Czech young adults between the ages of 18 and 30 across two survey rounds set roughly a year apart. Most participants were women, and the group ran the gamut from full-time students to working adults and people outside the workforce. Participants answered questions about their national pride, stress levels, depressive feelings, and personality, including a measure of how emotionally reactive they tend to be in general.

To gauge national narcissism, participants rated how strongly they agreed with statements capturing the idea that their nation deserves far more recognition than it gets, scored on a scale from one to four. Stress was measured by asking how often, over the past month, someone felt unable to control important things in life. Depression was screened with two questions about feeling down or losing interest in activities. Researchers then leaned on a statistical method that tracks how one trait at an earlier point predicts another later on, which let them untangle the direction of the links.

With nearly 700 participants, the sample was large enough to catch even modest relationships between the variables. Researchers also controlled for each person’s general tendency toward negative moods, so the results would not simply reflect the fact that some people are gloomier by nature.

National Narcissism Came First, Stress Followed

Only one predictive link surfaced in the analysis: national narcissism in the first round predicted higher stress by the second. Neither stress nor depressive symptoms predicted stronger national narcissism later on. That pattern held whether participants were in their late teens or their late twenties, and it did not shift across the status measures the researchers tested, including education, employment, and financial strain.

Going in, the team expected that people in lower-status spots, younger participants or those with thinner financial cushions, might show a tighter link between emotional distress and national narcissism, since they arguably have more to gain by hitching their self-worth to national identity. That expectation did not pan out. Results looked much the same across the board.

There was one more wrinkle. Stress and depressive symptoms both tracked closely with a person’s baseline tendency toward negative moods, as expected. National narcissism behaved differently: it was not tied to that emotional baseline in the same way, which hints that the belief is not just another expression of a gloomy disposition.

An Endless Chase for Recognition

Why would believing a nation is secretly great breed stress rather than ease it? Drawing on a psychological framework about how people react when their self-worth feels threatened, the authors describe national narcissism as a chase with no finish line. Someone who draws importance from a nation’s supposed greatness stays exposed to a steady drip of threats: foreign criticism, unflattering news coverage, political setbacks, or simply the sense that the world is shortchanging their country. Living in that state of constant vigilance, the authors argue, wears a person down.

They also flag that national narcissism predicted stress but not depressive symptoms over the year studied. One reading is that the puffed-up self-image these beliefs carry may shield people from low mood in the short run, even as the endless hunger for outside validation keeps stress simmering. Another possibility the authors raise is that the heavier emotional toll may need longer than a year to show itself.

Source : https://studyfinds.com/national-narcissism-linked-rising-stress-young-adults/

Self-Employment Often Doesn’t Pay Off, Decades-Long Study Of Entrepreneurs Shows

(Credit: © BullRun – stock.adobe.com)

Quitting the day job to work for yourself carries a certain mythology: the bold young founder, the garage startup, the freedom of answering to no one. A new study that followed thousands of Americans for more than three decades muddies that picture in a blunt way. For a large share of those who struck out on their own, particularly people who did it later in life and never registered a formal company, the move was linked to lower well-being and no extra money to show for it.

That finding lands against a long-running argument about who entrepreneurs really are. Some research has cast self-employment as a young person’s pursuit, fueled by risk appetite that fades with age. Other work puts the peak in midlife, when savings and connections pile up. Researchers Seok-Woo Kwon and Xiaoying Wang of the University of Calgary’s Haskayne School of Business argue both camps may be partly right, and partly fooled by their own math. When everyone gets averaged into a single curve, very different lives get blended into a number that describes almost no one.

Kwon and Wang pulled those lives back apart. Drawing on a federal survey that has tracked the same nationally representative group of 12,686 Americans since 1979, when participants were teenagers, they traced who became self-employed, when, for how long, and how those paths related to their finances and well-being by around age 50. As the study notes, “The key theoretical insight is that there is no single relationship between age and entrepreneurship.” Instead, several different relationships run side by side, each with its own logic.

Four Entrepreneurial Careers Hiding Inside One Average

Analyzed the usual way, with everyone treated as variations on a single trend, self-employment looks like it climbs steadily with age, rising from about 2 percent of people at 18 to roughly 17 percent by 50. That curve is tidy but misleading, because one line averaged across the whole group can hide people moving in opposite directions. A second method sorted participants by their actual year-by-year patterns instead of forcing them onto one trend, and four distinct paths fell out.

Most people, about 69 percent, never really went into business for themselves at all. A small core of career-persistent entrepreneurs, around 6 percent, jumped in young and stayed in, with roughly 80 percent of the group self-employed by their mid-30s and holding there. The remaining two groups dabbled and moved on. Early-adulthood entrepreneurs, about 12 percent, spiked in their twenties and early thirties, then drifted back to conventional jobs. Middle-aged entrepreneurs, about 13 percent, did the reverse, staying employed through their twenties before ramping up after their mid-30s.

Those opposite shapes matter because they cancel each other out in an average. A sample heavy with midlife starters looks like a midlife peak; a sample heavy with young, persistent founders looks like a young person’s trend. Same country, same decades, different conclusions, depending on who happens to be in the room.

Incorporation, Not Timing, Tracked the Payoff

Here is the split that should make anyone weighing self-employment pause: whether the venture was incorporated mattered more for life outcomes than when it started. Incorporating means registering a formal company rather than operating as a freelancer or informal sole proprietor, and the two roads led to opposite destinations.

People who built incorporated businesses tended to come out ahead on both money and mood. Career-persistent incorporated founders showed the largest lifetime-earnings premium, with midlife incorporated starters close behind, and several of these groups reported higher life satisfaction than people who never went into business. Unincorporated self-employment told a darker story. It was tied to lower well-being and produced no measurable earnings advantage at all.

The grimmest combination was starting an unincorporated venture in middle age. That group reported the steepest drop in well-being of anyone studied, with no financial gain to offset it. Some of those midlife starters were chasing opportunity, but others may have been pushed toward it by weaker job-market options or career pressure, a difference the authors say programs aimed at would-be founders ought to screen for before cheering anyone on.

Family Business at the Dinner Table

Where do these paths come from? Long before anyone files paperwork, family shapes the odds. Kwon and Wang tested three kinds of early advantage measured at or before age 18: cultural (magazines, newspapers, and a library card in the home), social (a parent or other family member in the household who owned a business), and economic (family income).

Growing up around a family business was the strongest and most consistent predictor of going into business later, across every path. A childhood steeped in reading material had a narrower role, linked mainly to keeping a formal company running over the long haul rather than to starting one. Family income, the factor many people would bet on first, barely moved the needle on which path someone followed. Money in the household, in other words, mattered less than a working example of someone who ran their own shop.

Source : https://studyfinds.com/self-employment-often-doesnt-pay-off-decades-long-study-of-entrepreneurs-shows/

Study: Pacific Islanders Appear To Have Most Ancient Human DNA On Earth

Papua new guinea. Credit: Jelilah Kum on Unsplash

Ancient DNA Hidden in Pacific Islanders Reveals Three Separate Encounters With a Mystery Ancestor

People living in Near Oceania, a region spanning New Guinea, surrounding island chains, and the main Solomon Islands, carry more ancient, pre-modern human DNA than any other population on Earth. New research has found that their ancestors inherited genetic material from three distinct Denisovan-like groups, extinct relatives of modern humans, across tens of thousands of years of prehistory. Some of that ancient inheritance appears to influence gene activity today, particularly in immune-related pathways.

While much of the world’s human population was spreading and connecting, the early settlers of Near Oceania arrived roughly 42,000 years ago and largely stayed put, cut off at the far edge of the inhabited world for tens of thousands of years. That long separation left deep marks in their DNA, including stretches of genetic code inherited from archaic human relatives that scientists are only now beginning to map. These populations have been dramatically underrepresented in major genetics studies, meaning these discoveries were hiding in plain sight for decades.

An international team, publishing in the journal Science, sequenced the complete genomes of 177 individuals from 12 diverse Near Oceanic populations and compared them with 1,284 genomes from populations around the world.

Sepik Islanders Carry 25 Times More Denisovan DNA Than East Asians

Oceanic genomes carried roughly two and a half times more ancient inherited sequence overall than European genomes. For Denisovan DNA specifically, Near Oceanic individuals carried 14 times more than East Asian people. One group, the Sepik of New Guinea, carried 25 times more Denisovan DNA than East Asians.

In total, the researchers reconstructed ancient inherited sequence covering more than 70% of what they could analyze of the archaic human genome, nearly 1.9 billion units of genetic code. Of that, 831.9 million units came from Denisovan lineages, almost three times more than prior research had identified. More than 505 million units of archaic sequence had never been documented before this study.

By examining fine-grained patterns of Denisovan DNA across modern genomes, the team identified signatures pointing to three distinct Denisovan-like groups that contributed DNA to the ancestors of Near Oceanians at different points. The authors note that more work is needed to clarify exactly when and how each of those events unfolded.

Long Isolation Pushed These Populations Down a Genetically Distinct Path

Spending tens of thousands of years at the far edge of the inhabited world does something to a population’s DNA. Random genetic drift, the process by which chance alone reshapes the genetic makeup of a small, isolated group over many generations, has left some Near Oceanic communities dramatically different from everyone else on Earth.

Several populations, including the Baining groups of New Britain and communities in the Solomon Islands, show signs of severe population bottlenecks, meaning their numbers fell sharply at some point in history. Population modeling pointed to a strong bottleneck between 10,000 and 20,000 years ago in some groups, and a separate signal of slowed growth around 30,000 years ago in others.

Ancient Genes From a Vanished Ancestor Still Appear to Influence Immunity

Some of the ancient inherited DNA is not simply a historical relic. Several variants appear to have been actively favored by natural selection. Researchers scanned for those signals and found numerous candidates concentrated in immune-related genes.

Among the most notable was TRPS1, a gene involved in bone development, skull and facial structure, and hair. A version inherited from Denisovans appears at high frequencies, approaching 75% in some groups, across Oceanic and nearby island populations. Previous work identified selection on TRPS1 in central African rainforest hunter-gatherers and highland Ecuadorians, suggesting that different human populations may have experienced selection on the same gene under similar environmental pressures near the Equator.

Source : https://studyfinds.com/pacific-islanders-most-ancient-human-dna/

Aliens Might Exist, But These 3 Reasons Explain Why They’re Not Visiting Us

(Photo by Su San Lee on Unsplash)

The United States government’s recent release of hundreds of previously classified Unidentified Anomalous Phenomena (UAPs) cases spanning the 1940s to the present, along with the new Steven Spielberg movie, Disclosure Day, about extraterrestrial life, has fuelled the idea that aliens are visiting Earth.

In fact, polls in Australia, the U.S. and elsewhere indicate around a third of the public believes aliens are here.

However, while what we know about the universe suggests aliens may exist, there are three compelling reasons why they probably aren’t visiting us.

Space is Big – Very Big

To begin with, space is vast – beyond our imagination.

Proxima Centauri, the nearest star to our Sun, is about 40 trillion kilometers away, 268,000 times farther than the Sun is from Earth. That’s 4.3 light years as astronomers measure it. A light year is the distance light travels in one year at 300,000km per second.

We can only travel across space at a fraction of the speed of light with current technology. Even our fastest spacecraft, the Parker Solar Probe, travels at a top speed of roughly 191 kilometers per second – 0.064% the speed of light.

At that speed, it would take about 6,650 years to reach Proxima Centauri, and that’s just in our local stellar neighborhood. So interstellar travel within human lifespans would require much higher velocities.

Let’s assume we did have the means to travel close to the speed of light. That introduces the first problem with traveling at that velocity. Albert Einstein demonstrated that time is relative; the rate of time flow is not the same everywhere in the universe. The faster a spaceship travels from Earth, the slower time will pass for its passengers. This is called time dilation.

For example, when NASA astronaut Scott Kelly arrived back on Earth from a year on the International Space Station, he was milliseconds younger than his identical twin because time moves more slowly for objects in motion, and the International Space Station travels at roughly 28,150 kilometers per hour.

This difference was negligible for the Kelly twins. But for any aliens cartwheeling through our skies, it would be significantly more because of the journey to Earth and back from a distant star system at a necessarily higher speed. They would go home to a planet much older than the one they left – perhaps by a century or more. They would be time exiles.

Unimaginably high energy requirements

Then there’s the unimaginably high energy requirement for interstellar travel.

The mass of the spaceship increases with velocity, so an increasing amount of energy is required to accelerate it.

At the speed of light, the ship becomes infinitely massive, requiring an infinite amount of energy. This is clearly impossible.

Another significant issue is that space is a vacuum – but not completely. There are just enough particles to worry about. They can potentially cause fatal radiation for passengers and the instruments of a high-velocity spacecraft, or destroy it. Sparsely spread hydrogen atoms turn into intense radiation at near light speed, and the heat that is generated would ablate and eventually destroy the hull.

Faster-than-light travel, according to physicist Miguel Alcubierre, is possible, but it comes with its own set of issues and a currently impossible energy requirement.

That raises the question of why spend all this energy to travel to Earth? Anything we have, an advanced civilisation (as they would have to be to get here) would be able to make on their planet.

A Unique Biosphere

Yet another issue is our biosphere, unique to Earth as far as scientists know.

Life and the planet co-evolved. Complex life would not exist on Earth if cyanobacteria, a type of single-celled microbe, had not pumped oxygen into our mostly nitrogen atmosphere 2.4 billion years ago.

It’s therefore not toxic for us, but oxygen is reactive and could be highly corrosive for aliens. And while they could wear protective suits like humans do when going to inhospitable environments, reports of visiting aliens do not include any descriptions of spacesuits.

So, Are Aliens Out There?

If aliens are not here, are they out there? It’s an interesting question, scientifically and philosophically. Scientists do not have enough information yet, but they are working on the question.

About 6,200 exoplanets have been found in more than 4,700 solar systems, though none are like Earth or our Solar System.

Most stars could have at least one planet, and there are more than 100 billion stars in our galaxy alone. The number of planets is therefore astronomical, and some may be habitable.

Closer to home, there are worlds with potential for microbial life either past or present – Mars, Europa (a moon of Jupiter), and Enceladus and Titan (moons of Saturn). If we discover life began twice in our Solar System, that will increase the odds of life elsewhere.

Source : https://studyfinds.com/aliens-might-exist-reasons-why-theyre-not-visiting-us/

New Study Reveals Parental DNA Shapes Children In Ways Genetics Has Long Undercounted

Photo by Jakob Owens on Pexels.com

Your Parents’ DNA May Shape Your Traits in Ways You Didn’t Directly Inherit

Genes don’t tell the whole story of why traits run in families. A new study of roughly 30,000 families found that a parent’s DNA may shape children’s height, body weight, and school performance not only through the genes passed down at conception, but through the environment those genes help create. Moreover, which parent a gene comes from can change what it actually does in the child who inherits it.

Published in Cell Genomics, the research found both of these forces are substantially larger than standard genetic studies have been capturing. Together, they rival the direct effect of a child’s own inherited DNA, a finding that points to a significant blind spot in how scientists have been reading the genome.

Parental DNA Linked to Children’s Height, Weight, and School Scores

To understand why this matters, consider what genes actually do inside a family. A child inherits one copy of each gene from mom and one from dad. Standard genetics says those inherited copies drive the child’s biology. But families do not operate in a vacuum. Parents act on their own genetic tendencies every day, and those actions may shape the world their children grow up in.

Until now, measuring those overlapping influences was extremely difficult. The new study introduced JODIE, a statistical tool designed to separate three distinct genetic forces at once: the effect of a child’s own inherited DNA, the effect of the mother’s genes on the child’s environment, and the effect of the father’s genes on the child’s environment. It also tracked a fourth force, parent-of-origin effects, tied to a process in which one parent’s copy of a gene is switched on while the other parent’s copy stays silent.

Previous methods had struggled with a particular wrinkle: people tend to have children with partners who are genetically similar to them. That pattern creates statistical echoes that can make a child’s own DNA look more influential than it really is, while obscuring the parent-of-origin contribution. JODIE was built to correct for this.

Data came from the Norwegian Mother, Father, and Child Cohort and the Estonian Biobank, covering three traits: height, body weight relative to height, and childhood educational test scores. Educational scores were measured around age 10 in the Norwegian children; height and body weight measures from Norway came from children ages 7 to 8, while Estonian data covered adults.

Mom’s and Dad’s Genes Each Contribute Roughly Equally to Indirect Effects

A child’s own inherited DNA remained the strongest single driver of all three traits. But when the indirect effects from both parents are combined with the parent-of-origin effects, their total is comparable to the direct effects, too large to treat as background noise.

For height and educational scores, the genome regions where a child’s own genes act tend to overlap with the regions where parental genes exert their environmental influence. Maternal and paternal contributions were roughly equal in size.

Researchers identified specific locations across the genome tied to each trait: 276 linked to height, 15 to body weight, and 11 to childhood test scores. Most held up when checked against independent data from the UK Biobank and the Generation Scotland study. Notably, these locations were spread across the genome rather than concentrated in regions already known for parent-of-origin switching, pointing to a broader role for this phenomenon than previously understood.

A few locations stood out. One near a gene involved in brain and facial development was linked to childhood educational scores. Another, inside a gene active in sperm-producing cells, was associated with height, a detail the researchers flagged as potentially relevant to how fathers pass chemical markers alongside their DNA. A third, near a gene showing activity in testis tissue, was connected to body weight.

Why Standard Genetic Studies May Miss Part of the Picture

In the study’s simulations, several commonly used approaches became biased under the more complex family scenarios JODIE was designed to handle. They overestimated how much a child’s own DNA was responsible for a given trait while underestimating the parent-of-origin contribution. A common shortcut of estimating missing parental DNA rather than collecting it directly also systematically underestimated indirect parental effects.

Source : https://studyfinds.com/parental-dna-shapes-children-unexpected-ways/

Your Ankles Are Changing How You Walk As You Age, Study Finds

Getty Images For Unsplash+

Aging Ankles Trade Efficiency for Stability, and New Research Shows Exactly When the Switch Happens

Walking feels automatic to most people, something the body just handles. But inside every step is a finely tuned exchange between muscles, tendons, and the nervous system, and new research reveals that exchange starts to break down at the ankle as we get older. The body doesn’t simply fail. It compensates, and that compensation may help explain why older adults become more prone to fatigue, slower walking, and possibly falls.

Published in Gait & Posture, the study found that as people age, the ankle shifts from being a propulsion engine to acting more like a stabilizing brace. Rather than coordinating their timing efficiently, opposing ankle muscles begin firing together more during certain parts of each step, essentially locking the ankle joint during moments it should be free to push the body forward. It’s a bit like trying to drive with one foot on the gas and the other on the brake.

Tracking Ankle Mechanics Across 60 Years of Adulthood

Researchers drew on an existing dataset of walking data from 138 healthy adults, focusing on 107 participants who had complete muscle activity, motion, and force data. Participants ranged in age from 26 to 86, with an average age just over 56. Slightly more than half were women.

Each participant had previously walked barefoot along a 12-meter path at their own natural speed while equipment tracked everything: a 3D motion capture system recorded joint positions, force plates in the floor measured push forces, and skin electrodes recorded electrical signals from two key ankle muscles, the one along the front of the shin that lifts the foot and the large calf muscle that drives the foot downward for push-off. A statistical method sensitive enough to detect gradual change across adulthood was used to analyze the data continuously through each step, rather than snapping a single peak measurement. Because the study compared adults of different ages at a single point in time, it cannot prove how any one person’s ankle mechanics change year by year.

Aging Ankles Stiffen During the Wrong Part of Each Step

Walking has two distinct jobs. During the first half of each step, when the heel strikes the ground and the body’s weight rolls forward, the ankle absorbs impact and maintains balance. During the second half, when the heel lifts and the toes push off, the ankle generates the force that drives the body forward. These two jobs require very different things from the muscles involved.

In younger adults, the system is relatively efficient: muscles activate in a coordinated sequence, tendons store energy like a spring, and that energy powers the next step. With age, that coordination shifts in specific, measurable ways.

During the stance phase, when the foot is on the ground and bearing body weight, older adults showed greater simultaneous muscle activity from both the front-of-shin and calf muscles. This joint-stiffening pattern is a recognized nervous system response when sensory feedback from joints and muscles becomes less reliable. Prior research suggests those signals can become less precise with age, and the authors interpret this stiffening pattern as one way the nervous system may compensate. It’s a reasonable short-term fix for stability, but it comes with real costs.

Those costs showed up clearly in the push-off data. Despite greater calf muscle activity during the early part of the step, older adults produced lower pushing forces and weaker ankle drive in late stance. Their ankles also stayed in a more upward-tilted position during the critical push-off window. In short, the muscles were working harder but the ankle was delivering less, a sign that the body’s ability to translate muscular effort into forward motion deteriorates with age.

Notably, as older adults prepared for push-off, the simultaneous firing of both muscle groups actually decreased compared to younger adults. Researchers suggest this may reflect the ankle partially releasing its stiffening grip to allow some propulsion, but the push-off data shows that release isn’t enough to fully restore an efficient stride.

Source : https://studyfinds.com/your-ankles-change-your-walk-aging/

Older Brains Work Harder Just to Keep From Falling Over. A Simple Muscle Test Might Reveal Why

(Photo by Curated Lifestyle on Unsplash+)

Standing on a bus that lurches forward. Catching a stumble on an icy sidewalk. For younger people, these moments of lost balance are handled almost automatically. Fast, lower-level brainstem circuits fire off corrective signals before anyone even realizes what happened. But as people age, the brain has to recruit backup. A new study finds that older adults and those with Parkinson’s disease rely more on the brain’s higher-level regions just to stay upright, and that this shift can be detected without ever scanning the brain itself.

Researchers at Georgia Institute of Technology, Emory University, Ohio University, and the University of Padova built a computer model that breaks down the muscle responses people produce when knocked off balance into separate parts, each linked to a different level of the nervous system. By analyzing how quickly and intensely leg muscles fire after a person is physically pushed off balance, the team could infer which pathways were likely contributing, whether fast, automatic circuits deep in the brain or slower circuits linked to higher-level brain regions.

Falls are among the leading causes of injury and death in older adults, and balance problems are a hallmark of Parkinson’s disease. Yet doctors have had limited tools to understand why a particular person’s balance is faltering at a brain level. This study, published in eNeuro, offers a potential new way to peer inside the nervous system’s balance-control chain of command using nothing more than muscle recordings and a moving platform.

How Researchers Tested Balance in Older Adults and Parkinson’s Patients

Nineteen older adults without Parkinson’s disease and 17 individuals with Parkinson’s were recruited for the study. Participants with Parkinson’s were asked to stop taking their medications for at least 12 hours before testing so the researchers could observe the disease’s effects without the masking influence of drugs. Each person’s neurologist approved this temporary medication pause.

Participants stood barefoot on a motorized platform that could slide forward or backward without warning. Each person received 48 pushes across six conditions that varied by direction and intensity. Medium and large pushes were adjusted based on each person’s height so the physical challenge was comparable across participants. Everyone was told to cross their arms, stare at a fixed point about 15 feet away, and try to recover their balance without taking a step.

While participants wobbled and corrected, sensors tracked their body motion and electrodes on their lower legs recorded electrical activity in two muscles: one along the shin and one in the calf. These two muscles work in opposition. When one contracts to pull the body forward, the other resists. Together, they offer a window into how the nervous system orchestrates a balance correction.

A Math Model That Separates Fast Brain Circuits From Slow Ones

At the centerpiece of the study was a mathematical model the researchers call a “neuromechanical model.” It reconstructs recorded muscle activity by combining information about how the body moved with time delays that correspond to known speeds of different brain pathways. Faster signals, arriving roughly 120 milliseconds after the push, are consistent with processing in lower, more automatic brain regions. Slower signals, arriving around 200 milliseconds, match the timing expected when information has to travel up to the brain’s outer layer, the cortex, and back down again.

Splitting each balance-correcting muscle response into two components, the model found the first kicked in around 119 milliseconds in older adults without Parkinson’s and 116 milliseconds in those with the disease. The second arrived around 200 milliseconds in older adults and 215 milliseconds in Parkinson’s participants. Both components grew stronger as the pushes got bigger, which makes intuitive sense: a harder shove demands a bigger correction. And the two-loop model was far more accurate than a simpler, single-loop version, with reconstruction accuracy improving by roughly 10 percent when the second, slower loop was included.

Why Muscles Sometimes Fight Against Their Own Balance

Beyond the main muscle that corrects balance, the researchers also examined what happens in the opposing muscle, the one that sometimes fires at exactly the wrong time. This kind of opposing muscle activity is commonly observed in older adults and people with Parkinson’s, creating a tug-of-war in the legs.

Carved into two pieces by the model, opposing muscle activity breaks down into a “destabilizing component” that actually works against balance recovery and a “stabilizing component” that helps the body adjust as the platform slows down. That destabilizing burst arrived at about 181 milliseconds in older adults and 173 milliseconds in those with Parkinson’s, a timing window consistent with circuits running through a cluster of brain structures heavily damaged in Parkinson’s disease.

Among older adults without Parkinson’s, higher levels of this destabilizing muscle activity were linked to worse scores on a clinical balance test that evaluates things like sensory awareness, dynamic walking, and the ability to recover from a push. Put simply, the people whose muscles fought hardest against their own balance corrections tended to be the ones who struggled most on standardized assessments.

That correlation did not hold in the Parkinson’s group. Researchers suggest this disconnect may reflect the broader neurological changes that accumulate as Parkinson’s progresses, making the relationship between any single muscle-activity pattern and overall balance ability harder to pin down.

One difference did emerge between groups: people with Parkinson’s showed a larger acceleration-driven component of the destabilizing opposing muscle activity during forward pushes compared to older adults without the disease. This fits with a well-known feature of Parkinson’s in which muscles contract inappropriately when they should be relaxing.

How Aging Shifts the Balance Burden to Higher Brain Regions

When comparing their findings to previously published data from younger adults, a notable pattern emerged. Older adults, with or without Parkinson’s, appeared to engage the slower, thinking-brain response at smaller push intensities than younger adults did. In younger people, the faster automatic circuits seemed to handle mild disturbances on their own, only calling in reinforcements from higher brain regions when the challenge ramped up. Older adults, by contrast, seemed to need that backup even for gentler pushes.

This observation lines up with a well-established idea in brain science: as people age, the brain compensates for declining automatic processes by calling on additional resources from its outer layers. It is the neural equivalent of needing reading glasses. The hardware still works, but it needs more help to do the same job.

Worth noting is that direct statistical comparisons between the older adult data and the previously published younger adult data were not possible because the experimental setups differed. Still, the pattern is consistent with evidence suggesting that this kind of brain over-recruitment is a signature of aging balance control.

Source : https://studyfinds.com/older-brains-work-harder-falling-muscle-test/

Your Ears Could Be Warning You About Heart Disease – Here’s The Sign Most People Miss

A diagonal earlobe crease called Frank’s sign may signal hidden heart disease risk, especially alongside diabetes, hypertension, smoking, or obesity.

Could Your Earlobes Reveal Heart Disease?

When people think about warning signs of heart disease, symptoms like chest pain, breathlessness, fatigue, or irregular heartbeat usually come to mind. But doctors say there may be another subtle clue hiding in plain sight – right on your ears.

A small wrinkle or diagonal crease on the earlobe, known as Frank’s sign, has increasingly been linked to cardiovascular disease in several medical studies. While it may look harmless, experts believe this tiny mark could signal underlying problems with blood vessels and heart health.

What is Frank’s sign?

Frank’s sign refers to a diagonal crease or fold that stretches across the earlobe, typically at a 45-degree angle. The condition was first identified by physician Dr. Sanders T. Frank, who noticed that many patients under the age of 60 with chest pain and blocked coronary arteries also had this visible crease.

Since then, multiple studies have explored the relationship between earlobe creases and heart disease risk. Researchers have found connections between Frank’s sign and conditions such as:

  • Coronary artery disease (CAD)
  • Peripheral vascular disease
  • Stroke and mini strokes
  • Atherosclerosis
  • High blood pressure complications

Some studies even suggest that people with deep, bilateral creases – meaning they appear on both ears- may face a higher risk of heart-related complications.

Why could an earlobe crease signal heart trouble?

Scientists are still investigating the exact reason behind the connection. One theory is that the crease develops due to a loss of elastin and elastic fibres in the body. These same changes can also damage blood vessels and arteries, contributing to coronary artery disease.

Another theory suggests that genetics may play a role. Researchers have observed the association between ear creases and heart disease across different ethnic groups, indicating there could be an inherited component. A few studies have also linked Frank’s sign to lower levels of proteins called adropin and irisin, which help regulate blood vessel function and metabolism. Low levels of these proteins may contribute to plaque buildup inside arteries, increasing the risk of heart attack and stroke.

Does everyone with Frank’s sign have heart disease?

Not necessarily. Doctors stress that an earlobe crease alone should not be considered proof of cardiovascular disease. Many people with the crease may never develop heart problems, while others without it may still be at risk. However, the sign may become more meaningful when combined with traditional heart disease risk factors such as:

  • Smoking
  • High cholesterol
  • Diabetes
  • Obesity
  • High blood pressure
  • Sedentary lifestyle
  • Family history of heart disease

Medical experts say the severity of the crease may also matter. A complete, deep crease on both earlobes is believed to carry a stronger association with cardiovascular disease than a faint or incomplete wrinkle on one ear.

When should you see a doctor?

If you notice a diagonal crease in your earlobe and also have other heart disease risk factors, it may be worth discussing with a healthcare professional. Doctors can assess your cardiovascular health through blood pressure checks, cholesterol testing, heart scans, and lifestyle evaluations.

Study: Guava Juice May Lower Anemia Risk Among Women

Photo by yue su on Unsplash

Guava Juice May Boost Hemoglobin in Women

For nearly half of all pregnant women worldwide, anemia is a daily reality. The condition, in which the body lacks enough healthy red blood cells to carry oxygen, is especially widespread in Indonesia, where nearly half of pregnant women and close to a third of teenage girls are affected, according to national health data cited in the research.

Severe anemia during pregnancy can nearly double a woman’s risk of dying during or after childbirth. An analysis of 17 studies now suggests that guava juice, used alongside standard iron therapy, could be a practical tool in addressing this persistent health problem.

Guava is a tropical fruit grown across Asia, Latin America, and other warm-weather regions. It is packed with vitamin C, which helps the body absorb iron more effectively by converting it into a form the gut can take in. The fruit also contains folic acid and other nutrients that support red blood cell production.

Researchers set out to determine whether drinking guava juice could measurably raise hemoglobin levels among Indonesian women, typically when taken alongside iron supplements. Published in BMJ Nutrition, Prevention & Health, the results suggest the answer is yes.

17 Studies, 726 Women, All From Indonesia

Researchers searched several medical databases for studies on guava juice and hemoglobin in Indonesian females and identified 17 that met their criteria, all conducted in Indonesia and published between 2019 and 2024. Altogether, those studies included 726 female participants, split between pregnant women and adolescent girls. Fifteen of the 17 used study designs that fell short of the gold standard, with only two qualifying as full randomized controlled trials. Twelve studies provided enough data to be combined into a formal statistical analysis.

Individual study sizes ranged from 15 to 230 participants, and most studies took place in urban settings. In the majority of cases, participants received guava juice in combination with iron supplements rather than guava juice on its own.

Guava Juice Plus Iron Outperformed Iron Supplements Alone

Pooling data from those 12 studies, representing 265 participants, researchers found that women who consumed guava juice showed an average hemoglobin increase of 1.71 grams per deciliter of blood. The team called this clinically meaningful, writing that an increase of this size “may shift individuals from mild or moderate anaemia to non-anaemic categories, improving fatigue, cognitive function and productivity outcomes.”

Breaking the data down by group, teenage girls saw an average hemoglobin increase of 1.52 g/dL, while pregnant women saw a larger average increase of 1.84 g/dL. That said, the size of the benefit varied widely from study to study, so the exact effect remains uncertain.

A separate look at five studies, involving 102 participants, compared guava juice plus iron supplements against iron supplements alone. Those receiving guava juice alongside iron came out ahead by an average of 1.29 g/dL, a difference the researchers described as statistically significant. Juice amounts across all studies ranged from 100 to 300 milliliters per day and intervention lengths varied, which partly explains why results were not uniform.

All Studies Came From Indonesia, and Most Lacked Rigorous Design

Every study included came from Indonesia, which means the findings may not automatically apply to women elsewhere with different diets, health conditions, or access to care. Heavy reliance on non-randomized study designs makes it harder to establish that guava juice itself caused the improvements. Several studies did not report how long the intervention lasted or exactly how much juice was consumed, making it difficult to pin down an ideal dose or duration. Larger, more rigorous research across multiple countries is needed before guava juice can be written into public health guidelines.

Still, the findings point toward something worth taking seriously. Anemia is deeply entrenched in many lower-income countries, and access to iron supplements is often limited by chronic supply problems and the reality that people do not always take the pills as directed. Guava juice is affordable across many tropical regions, widely familiar, and already woven into the food culture of many affected communities.

Source : https://studyfinds.com/study-guava-juice-lower-anemia-women/

Your Brain May ‘Decide’ To Be Social Before You Realize

(© Antonioguillem – stock.adobe.com)

Scientists Destroyed a Few Dozen Neurons in a Fish and Watched Its Social Life Fall Apart

Researchers have captured the brain activity of a fish in the moments before it swims toward a companion, and the brain starts preparing that move several seconds before the fish does anything visible.

Published in Nature Communications, the study shows this is not a split-second reaction but a coordinated process playing out across multiple brain regions. Crucially, those patterns were specific to social situations. When researchers swapped the real companion for a moving dot, the predictive brain signature did not appear.

Scientists at the Hebrew University of Jerusalem pulled this off using zebrafish, tiny, nearly transparent fish whose brains can be imaged right through their skin. One fish was gently held in place with its tail free to move, while a companion swam freely nearby behind a clear barrier, close enough to see but unable to touch. A specialized microscope tracked more than 12,000 individual brain cells at once across 44 pairs of fish, with each session running 30 minutes. By reading those brain signals alone, researchers could tell whether a fish was about to approach its companion before any movement occurred, a predictive window rarely achieved in any animal.

What the Brain Does Before the Body Moves

Across those recordings, certain neurons in the midbrain and hindbrain became quieter several seconds before the fish moved toward its companion. At the same time, a small group of cells in a region called the pallium, part of the forebrain, became more active. When the fish was about to make a non-social movement instead, the pattern flipped.

A computer decoding those brain signals in any of the three regions could identify the upcoming social move with accuracy well above chance. Fish that moved in closer sync with their companions were also more likely to be heading toward them, and showed higher overall rates of social approach.

How early the brain signal appeared depended on what the companion was doing. When the companion had been swimming steadily in one direction for a while, the focal fish’s brain pattern shifted up to 10 seconds before any movement. When the companion had only just changed direction, the signal came much later. In other words, the fish’s brain wasn’t just tracking where its companion was. It was tracking how long it had been moving that way, and adjusting accordingly.

Variability between individual fish also showed up in their brain activity. Fish with more distinct neural patterns before approach movements had higher rates of actually approaching their companions, suggesting the clarity of the brain signal and the likelihood of social behavior are linked at the individual level. About 35 percent of fish in the study showed low approach rates, consistent with individual differences in social behavior observed in freely swimming zebrafish of the same age.

Removing Key Brain Cells Changes the Whole Network

To test whether the pallial cells were truly necessary for social behavior and not just correlated with it, the team used a laser to precisely destroy a small number of those cells, averaging around 46 neurons per fish, in nine fish. Movement ability and vision remained intact afterward, and neighboring cells were unaffected. Before the ablation, most fish preferred spending time near their companions. Afterward, social preference dropped significantly. A control group that underwent a sham procedure targeting a different, uninvolved brain region showed no change in social behavior whatsoever, ruling out the laser treatment itself as the cause.

After researchers re-imaged the brains of the treated fish during social interaction, the predictive brain signal had disappeared, not just in the pallium, but also in the midbrain and hindbrain. Removing a small cluster of cells in one region had dismantled the coordinated activity pattern across the entire network. Those pallial neurons weren’t just part of the system. They were necessary for it to work.

Source : https://studyfinds.com/brain-may-decide-social/

Young and unemployed? Remote work, not AI, may be the problem, study finds

The rise of remote work since the pandemic has made businesses more reluctant to hire young, inexperienced workers and is the key driver of higher unemployment rates for recent college graduates, a study released Monday has found.

The study, by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, compared occupations that can be done remotely — such as software development — with those that are done in person, such as nursing. The study finds that the unemployment rate among young college graduates in “remotable” jobs rose by about 1 percentage point from 2017-2019 to 2022-2024.

Yet for older workers in those fields — those aged 29 and over — the jobless rate declined slightly, leading to a notably higher unemployment rate for younger college graduates in remotable occupations compared with older workers.

Yet in non-remotable jobs, there has been little gap in the unemployment rates between older and younger college grads, the study finds. A similar pattern exists for those without college degrees, the New York Fed said.

The study, led by New York Fed research economist Natalia Emanuel, concludes that businesses are reluctant to hire new college grads into remote work because it is harder to train and mentor them if they work outside of the office. The authors of the study calculate that remote work is responsible for nearly two-thirds of the rise in the unemployment rate for young college graduates since the pandemic.

“Remote work has weakened incentives to hire young workers by impeding on-the-job training,” the study said. “Employers may not want to hire fresh graduates onto distributed teams because it is more difficult to teach them the requisite skills from afar.”

The study lands amid widespread concern over the employment prospects of college graduates as artificial intelligence makes inroads into a variety of white-collar jobs, including finance, law, entertainment, and media. This spring, college graduates have been booing references to AI during commencement speeches.

But the study notes that the worsening employment picture for young college grads pre-dates the development of artificial intelligence tools such as ChatGPT. And when the authors looked at the exposure different occupations had to AI, it found that AI had little impact on youth unemployment.

The unemployment rate for college grads under 29 rose 20% from before the pandemic to 3.7%, on average, in 2022-2025, the New York Fed said. For college grads aged 22 through 27, unemployment reached 5.8% last year, the highest outside the pandemic since 2012.

The study’s findings are consistent with the low-hire, low-fire state of the job market, where layoffs are low and the unemployment rate is mostly stable, but those out of work are struggling to find new jobs.

Source : https://apnews.com/article/ai-unemployment-remote-work-hiring-1942a6b0c8dc6f17a30878735a0256ae

Protein Isn’t Just For Gym-Goers: Study Links Low Intake To Physical Decline In Older Women

Credit: Brock Wegner For Unsplash+

Women Over 50 With Low Protein Intake Face Dramatically Higher Odds of Losing Basic Physical Independence

Getting dressed, walking to the kitchen, or simply using the bathroom. These are everyday moments most people take for granted. But for millions of older adults across Europe, those tasks are becoming increasingly difficult. A large study tracking more than 38,000 adults across 27 countries has found that eating fewer protein-rich foods may be one warning sign linked to later physical difficulties, and the odds look different depending on age and gender.

Published in the journal Nutrients, the research drew on data from the Survey of Health, Ageing and Retirement in Europe and found that older adults who reported the lowest protein intake were more likely to develop muscle weakness and physical difficulties over time. Women between the ages of 50 and 65 in that lowest group had more than double the odds of difficulty using the toilet compared to women who ate more protein-rich foods.

Men with low protein intake were more likely to show weak grip strength, a well-established early warning sign of physical decline, while women were more likely to struggle with walking, bending, reaching overhead, and grocery shopping.

Low Protein Intake and Physical Decline: A 38,000-Person Dataset

Researchers analyzed data from 38,073 adults aged 50 and older across 27 European countries. Participants were first surveyed in 2019 and 2020, then followed up in 2021 and 2022, letting researchers track whether eating habits at baseline corresponded with physical difficulties that emerged over the following two years.

Rather than tracking exact grams of food, the study asked participants how often in a typical week they ate from three food groups: dairy products like milk, cheese, or yogurt; legumes and eggs; and meat, fish, or poultry. Researchers combined those answers into a single score, and those who fell in the bottom 10% were classified as having low protein intake.

Grip strength (how hard someone can squeeze with their hand) was tested using a handheld device, with scores below specific thresholds flagging potential muscle weakness. Participants were also asked whether they had lasting difficulty with activities from walking 100 meters and climbing stairs to bathing, using the toilet, and shopping for groceries.

Low protein intake was more common among people who were not physically active, those with higher depression levels, and those who had low grip strength at follow-up. People with higher education levels were somewhat more likely to eat protein-rich foods regularly, pointing to the role of nutritional knowledge and economic access.

Men and Women Face Different Odds With Low Protein Intake

Results broke down differently by age and gender, and in some cases, the gaps were wide.

For grip strength, men were most affected. Men aged 50 to 65 with low protein intake had about 39% higher odds of weak grip strength compared to men who ate more protein. Men 66 and older showed about 35% higher odds. For women 66 and older, the increased odds were about 21%. Younger women showed no clear connection to grip strength in the data.

Walking 100 meters showed higher odds of difficulty across all four groups. For tasks like bending, kneeling, and reaching overhead, women were more likely to show difficulty, while men were not. Tasks involving raw strength, like pushing or pulling heavy furniture, were more affected in men.

Among women aged 50 to 65, those in the lowest protein intake group had more than double the odds of reporting difficulty using the toilet, the standout finding of the study. Women in that same age group also had about 65% higher odds of difficulty shopping for groceries. Older women were more concentrated at the lower end of the protein scale, and the study authors note that older European women tend to eat smaller meals and fewer protein-rich foods than men.

Why Protein Matters More as Bodies Age

Protein is what the body uses to maintain and repair muscle. As people grow older, muscles become less efficient at using the protein they consume, meaning older adults generally need more protein, not less, to hold on to their strength and mobility. Many older people eat less than recommended due to reduced appetite, dental problems, lower income, or other health conditions.

Source : https://studyfinds.com/low-protein-intake-physical-decline-women/

Even the Best AI Chatbot Gets Health Questions Wrong 1 in 5 Times, Doctors Find

ChatGPT, Claude, and Gemini are among the most widely used AI apps used. (© prima91 – stock.adobe.com)

When people feel a strange pain or notice a worrying symptom, more and more of them are skipping the doctor’s office and heading straight to an AI chatbot. It’s fast, free, and available at 3 a.m. But a study suggests that convenience might come with a serious catch: even the best-performing AI gets medical questions wrong roughly one out of every five times.

In a preprint study (not yet peer-reviewed) posted online by researchers from Penn State, four popular AI chatbots were put to the test using real and imagined health concerns submitted by university students, staff, and faculty. A panel of nine board-certified physicians then graded the AI responses. Overall results were mixed: impressive enough to turn heads, but flawed enough to raise real concerns about what happens when someone acts on bad medical advice.

Nearly one in four adults under 30 already use AI monthly for health-related guidance, according to data cited in the paper. Understanding what these tools get right (and wrong) is essential.

How Researchers Tested AI Chatbots on Health Questions

Researchers organized a university-wide competition in fall 2024. A total of 34 participants were invited to query one of four AI chatbots — ChatGPT-4o, ChatGPT-3.5, Gemini-1.5 Pro, and Llama3-8b — with health-related questions they might genuinely want answered. Participants could approach the task from one of three angles: as a patient describing personal symptoms, as a medical professional seeking diagnostic help, or through an out-of-the-box track that allowed for alternative medical query scenarios, such as analyzing images of handwritten prescriptions.

Competition entries generated 212 AI responses in total. Those responses were then divided among a panel of nine board-certified physicians, each of whom graded them on four measures: how valid the information was, the quality of the information, how well the AI reasoned through the problem, and whether the response could cause harm.

Gemini-1.5 Pro produced the largest share of responses, 140 out of 212, while Llama3-8b generated only 6. That imbalance matters when comparing models directly, and the researchers acknowledged it as a limitation.

What Doctors Found When They Graded the AI Responses

Across all four AI models, about 76% of responses were rated as valid by physicians. That sounds reasonable until the math flips: nearly one in four responses didn’t make the cut. For ChatGPT-4o, the highest-performing model, validity hit 84.6%, still leaving more than 15% of answers falling short. Llama3-8b landed at the bottom, with only half its responses rated as valid.

Which type of medical question was asked also mattered. Questions about obstetrics and gynecology scored the highest for accuracy, while neurology, internal medicine, and dermatology consistently ranked lower. Neurology cases in the study often involved rare conditions that are hard to diagnose under any circumstances, while dermatology relies heavily on visual examination — something a text-based chatbot simply cannot replicate.

Prompt length turned out to be a factor, too. Very short questions and very long, detailed ones both produced weaker results. Best performance came from medium-length queries, somewhere between 60 and 250 characters. Medical professionals said in follow-up interviews that the more specific and focused the question, the better the AI tended to perform.

Adding a Medical Encyclopedia Didn’t Always Help AI Chatbots

One of the study’s more surprising results involved a technique called Retrieval-Augmented Generation, or RAG, essentially giving the AI access to a curated library of medical textbooks, clinical guidelines, and research articles from a university medical school before it generates a response. Grounding the AI in vetted medical sources should, in theory, make its answers more reliable.

Seven medical professionals were recruited to compare standard AI responses against RAG-enhanced ones, side by side. For Gemini-1.5 Pro and Llama3-8b, the medical professionals actually preferred the standard, unenhanced versions by a wide and statistically significant margin. For the ChatGPT models, there was no significant difference either way.

Researchers stopped short of declaring RAG unhelpful overall, noting that the results varied by model and that future research should explore the approach further.

Source : https://studyfinds.com/best-ai-chatbot-gets-health-questions-wrong-doctors-find/

Half Of Americans Say The Fun In Their Lives Has Disappeared

(© amornchaijj – stock.adobe.com)

A new national survey found that nearly half of American adults (48%) feel their lives are seriously lacking in fun right now. Even more jarring, 12% say they can’t even remember the last time they had a full free day to enjoy themselves. It is not a trivial complaint. Researchers found that people who do manage to carve out regular fun report feeling less stressed, more motivated, and closer to the people they love. For the growing share of adults who can’t seem to get there, that gap has real costs.

On paper, fun sounds simple. In practice, it keeps losing to everything else on the calendar.

Why Americans Are Not Having Enough Fun

Talker Research surveyed 5,000 U.S. adults (100 per state) on behalf of Dave & Buster’s between April 21 and May 1, 2026. Participants were asked about how often they had fun, what they liked to do, what got in the way, and what might help them prioritize it more. All respondents were internet-accessible adults, surveyed online.

When asked what kinds of activities count as fun, the answers were decidedly low-key. Watching TV topped the list at 77%, followed by spending time with family or friends (69%), dining out (59%), outdoor activities (50%), personal hobbies (49%), and playing games (48%). A third of respondents (37%) said they regularly think of something fun to do, only to scale it back or cancel when something more pressing comes up. Another 33% said adult responsibilities frequently force them to scrap fun plans altogether.

The average American who says they are not getting enough fun estimates they would need about 17 extra hours per week to fix that.

The Biggest Obstacles to Having Fun as an Adult

Money and time are doing most of the damage. Among those who said it is harder to have fun than it was a decade ago (52% of respondents) the top explanations were straightforward: 51% said they can no longer afford the same activities, 45% said their social circle has shrunk, and 42% pointed to having more responsibilities than before.

Cost and budget pressures were the most commonly cited barrier to fun overall, flagged by 57% of respondents. After that came personal schedule conflicts (34%), work obligations (31%), friends and family not having time (29%), general burnout (22%), and not knowing what to do (16%).

When asked what would help them prioritize fun more, the answers pointed in a clear direction. More than half (55%) said low-cost options would make the biggest difference. Beyond price, respondents said more free time (41%), more exciting options to choose from (32%), better coordination with friends (29%), feeling like an activity was worth the investment (29%), and less stress at work (22%) would all help.

Fun Reduces Stress and Strengthens Relationships, Survey Finds

When fun does happen, people notice the difference. Nearly three-quarters of respondents (72%) said having fun helps them feel less stressed. More than half reported it made them feel more motivated (57%) and closer to the people in their lives (56%). And 89% said having fun with others helps them build and maintain stronger relationships.

“We’ve always believed that fun is one of the most powerful ways people connect,” said Melissa Powers, vice president of marketing at Dave & Buster’s. “Our State of Fun report makes it clear that people are craving more shared, in-person experiences & fun in their lives, but factors like cost, busy schedules and a lack of fresh entertainment options often get in the way.”

Powers also noted a broader pattern in how people are using their leisure time: “As life becomes increasingly busy and digitally driven, people are looking for places where they can connect in real life, share experiences and simply enjoy being together.”

Not everyone agreed that fun has gotten harder to come by. A smaller share (28%) said finding something fun to do is actually easier than it was 10 years ago. Among that group, the most common reasons were having fewer responsibilities (40%), having adult money (36%), being around people who enjoy having fun (34%), and having a better work-life balance (30%).

Source : https://studyfinds.com/half-americans-say-no-fun-in-life/

That Rich, Salty Cheese May Actually Be Doing Something Good Inside Your Gut

(© Mara Zemgaliete – stock.adobe.com)

For most people, cheese is a guilty pleasure: something delicious but probably not great for you. That assumption may be worth revisiting. A recent study took a close look at three traditional British artisan cheeses and tracked how their bacterial communities and chemical profiles shifted from production to the moment they hit the dinner table. What researchers found raises real questions about what’s happening inside aging cheese and what that means for the trillions of microbes living in your gut.

Cheese has long been dismissed as a health-food nonstarter because of its fat and salt content. But scientists have been building a case for years that certain cheeses may actually reduce the risk of heart disease, strengthen bones, and even lower the odds of early death. No one has fully explained why. This new study, led by researchers at the University of Reading in the UK, takes a step toward answering that question by mapping exactly which bacteria are present in these cheeses and which chemical compounds they produce as the cheeses ripen.

Researchers studied three artisan cheeses made at Nettlebed Creamery in Henley, UK: a soft, white-rind cheese called Bix, a semisoft orange-rind cheese called Highmoor, and a firmer cheese called Witheridge that ages wrapped in hay. Each style represents a distinct cheesemaking tradition, and by the time the study was done, the differences between them were significant. The resultes are published in ACS Food Science & Technology.

How Researchers Tracked Bacterial Life Inside Artisan Cheese

To track changes in the cheeses, researchers collected samples at different stages of maturation and used two main tools. One was a DNA analysis technique that reads the genetic signatures of bacteria present in a sample, or essentially a census of microbial life inside each cheese. The other was a method that identifies and measures chemical compounds by exposing a sample to a powerful magnetic field. Together, these tools gave the team a detailed picture of both who was living in the cheese and what those microbes were producing.

Highmoor and Witheridge were sampled at a young stage, at a midpoint in maturation, and again when fully mature. Bix, which matures in just over a week, had only two sample points: young and mature. A fourth sample was also included: a version of Witheridge made with unpasteurized, or “raw,” milk, which allowed for a direct comparison with the standard pasteurized version.

What the Bacteria Revealed

Each cheese told a different story. Bix, the soft white-rind variety, had the shortest aging period — just nine days before packaging — and its bacterial population was dominated throughout by a species called Lactococcus lactis, recognized for its potential probiotic properties. Because Bix is also ripened using yeasts and molds that weren’t captured by the analysis method used in this study, the researchers noted that the cheese may actually have more microbial complexity than the data shows.

Highmoor, the orange-rind variety, showed a sharp jump in bacterial diversity between its young and midpoint samples, likely driven by the growth of rind bacteria during the washing process. In this technique, the cheese’s surface is repeatedly treated with a saltwater solution to encourage specific microbes responsible for its characteristic pinkish-orange color, pungent smell, and sticky texture. One bacterium found in Highmoor, Propionibacterium freudenreichii, is deliberately added to give the cheese its nutty flavor. It also produces a compound called propionate, which has been shown to have anti-inflammatory and antimicrobial properties and may play a role in regulating appetite and cholesterol production.

Witheridge, the hay-aged cheese, was the most dramatic case. Between its youngest and most mature samples, the number of observed bacterial species increased 3.8-fold. That’s the highest diversity seen across all three cheeses. Researchers believe the hay itself plays a role in this, stimulating the growth of bacterial species that wouldn’t normally thrive in a cheese environment, particularly during the months-long period when the cheese is vacuum-sealed with hay and left to ferment without oxygen. “As hay is a source of protein and fiber, we hypothesize that it stimulates the growth of bacteria that do not otherwise thrive in the cheese environment, particularly during the period where the hay was fermenting on the surface of the cheese anaerobically,” the authors write.

When the pasteurized version of Witheridge was compared to the raw milk version, the raw version showed a large number of bacterial species that couldn’t be accounted for. These were likely populations that survived because pasteurization, the heat treatment that kills many microbes, was never applied.

What the Chemistry Showed Inside Aging Cheese

On the chemical side, one of the most consistent findings across all three cheeses was the near-complete disappearance of lactose, the natural sugar in milk, as each cheese matured. In the youngest samples of Bix and Highmoor, lactose was clearly present. By the midpoint and mature stages, it was gone entirely. Bacteria convert lactose into other compounds, including lactic acid, as part of their normal metabolism. For people who are lactose intolerant, this could matter: mature cheeses appear to have their lactose almost fully consumed before they ever reach the shelf.

Amino acids, the building blocks of proteins, were barely detectable in young samples of all three cheeses but increased noticeably as each cheese aged. Witheridge had the highest concentrations of these amino acids among the mature cheeses, which the researchers suggest may be partly due to that cheese having the lowest moisture content, making everything more concentrated.

Small molecules produced by bacterial fermentation — increasingly linked to gut health — were also detected in the mature cheeses. Propionate was found in both mature Highmoor and mature Witheridge. Butyrate, a compound associated with maintaining the lining of the gut, was found in mature Bix and Witheridge; the paper notes it may originate from clostridia, a common contaminant in cheese whose spores can survive pasteurization, so its source in these cheeses is uncertain. These are the same compounds that gut bacteria produce when they ferment dietary fiber, and their presence raises the possibility that these cheeses could contribute similar compounds to the gut; though how they behave after consumption still needs testing in people.

One unexpected finding involved the white rind on Bix. A mold used to create that rind produces a type of dietary fiber that research suggests can influence the immune system and alter bacterial communities in the gut, potentially acting as a prebiotic, a substance that feeds and supports beneficial gut bacteria. That soft, bloomy rind, the part many people cut off and discard, may actually be one of the most nutritionally interesting components of the cheese.

Not everything in the data is good news. Witheridge contained relatively high levels of a compound called succinate. While succinate plays a role in energy metabolism and immune regulation, high concentrations of it in the gut have been linked to inflammation and the growth of harmful bacteria. The authors note, however, that this only becomes a concern in excessive amounts, and that in moderate quantities it can actually support immune defense. They also pointed out that the DNA-based method used to identify bacteria cannot distinguish between living and dead cells, which means some of the potentially beneficial bacteria found in the mature cheeses may no longer be alive by the time the cheese is eaten.

Source : https://studyfinds.com/rich-salty-cheese-good-gut-health/

Ancient Iceberg Scratch Marks In Great Lakes Solve Ice Age Wind Mystery

BEST-BACKGROUNDS/Shutterstock

Ice Age Icebergs Left 3,000 Scratch Marks in the Great Lakes, and They Recorded Winds Blowing the Wrong Way

Thousands of grooves carved into the bottoms of ancient lakes, left behind by drifting icebergs thousands of years ago, have quietly preserved a record of how winds moved across North America during the last Ice Age. Researchers say these marks tell a story that scientists have struggled to piece together for decades.

Scientists from the University at Buffalo discovered more than 3,000 ancient scour marks, long shallow trenches carved by the undersides of drifting icebergs, preserved in the dry lake beds of the eastern Great Lakes region. The marks stretch across more than 1,000 kilometers and date back roughly 17,000 to 12,000 years ago, when a massive ice sheet still covered much of North America. Beyond its scale, the find reveals a powerful, persistent wind system that wrapped around the edge of the ice sheet like air flowing around a giant dome of high pressure, one that scientists had long suspected existed but had precious little evidence to prove.

That wind system sent easterly winds across the region for roughly 5,000 years, pushing icebergs generally westward to west-southwest. Those icebergs etched their paths into the lake floors below, acting like nature’s own wind vanes and leaving their record frozen in the earth.

Scratches in the Earth: How Scientists Found the Iceberg Marks

To find these marks, the research team combed through high-resolution digital terrain maps, detailed three-dimensional portraits of the land surface accurate down to half a meter. Using mapping software, they identified the scour marks as long, shallow trenches flanked by low ridges of pushed-up sediment on either side, the same way a plow kicks up soil on both sides as it cuts through a field.

Most marks were between about half a meter and five meters deep and ranged from a few hundred meters to several kilometers in length. Some of the icebergs responsible were enormous. Based on comparisons between the depth of the marks and ancient shoreline elevations, the tallest icebergs were estimated to have been more than 100 meters thick. By cross-referencing the scour marks with known ancient shoreline boundaries and ice margin positions, the team placed many marks into specific time windows spanning roughly 17,400 to 12,500 years ago.

Reading the Wind: What 3,377 Iceberg Tracks Reveal

When the team measured the direction of all 3,377 marks, the consistency across three separate regions was hard to ignore: the Lake Erie basin, the Lake Ontario basin, and the St. Lawrence Lowlands all told the same story. Marks pointed toward the west-southwest, with an overall average orientation of 258 degrees, give or take about 19 degrees, aligning almost perfectly with a wind blowing out of the east.

For additional confirmation, the team compared the scour marks against two other types of ancient landscape features shaped by wind: sand dunes and oval-shaped thermokarst lakes, formed when frozen ground thaws and collapses into depressions, which tend to align with their long axes perpendicular to prevailing winds. When the team translated those lake shapes into wind direction, the result lined up with the iceberg scours and dune fields, giving researchers three independent lines of evidence pointing to the same conclusion. Researchers also noted that the iceberg tracks did not aim toward ancient lake outlets or match the water-current patterns typical of modern Great Lakes, further supporting wind as the dominant steering force.

Why Ice Age Lake-Effect Storms Blew the Wrong Way

Easterly winds would have fundamentally changed the regional climate. Lake-effect snowstorms, the kind that batter cities like Buffalo, New York, during modern winters, are driven by cold winds blowing across open water from the west and northwest, dumping snow on the eastern and southern shores of the Great Lakes. During the Ice Age, the wind was running in reverse.

Easterly winds would have produced lake-effect precipitation on the western shores of the ancient lake basins instead. Since those Pleistocene lakes were also larger, broader, and deeper than today’s Great Lakes, lake-effect precipitation may have even been amplified. That reversed climate pattern may have left fingerprints in prehistoric plant and climate records that researchers have not yet fully explained.

Source : https://studyfinds.com/ancient-iceberg-great-lakes-ice-age-wind/

Scientists dig up Southeast Asia’s largest dinosaur in Thailand

Artist reconstruction of the Cretaceous Period sauropod dinosaur Nagatitan chaiyaphumensis, whose fossils were unearthed in Thailand, seen in this illustration on May 14, 2026. (Image: Reuters/Patchanop Boonsai)

Along a meandering river in a warm and arid region that is now Thailand roughly 113 million years ago, a plant-eating behemoth almost 27m long browsed on the treetops without much fear of predators due to its sheer size. This was Nagatitan chaiyaphumensis, the largest-known dinosaur from Southeast Asia.

Researchers have unearthed skeletal remains of Nagatitan, a member of the dinosaur lineage called sauropods known for having a long neck, long tail, small head and four columnar legs.

The fossils of this Cretaceous Period dinosaur were first spotted by a villager in Thailand’s northeastern province of Chaiyaphum. Scientists over a period of years then dug up spine, rib, pelvis and leg bones including a front leg bone – the humerus – measuring 1.78m long.

Based on the dimensions of its humerus and femur, the corresponding hind leg bone, the researchers estimated Nagatitan’s body mass at 25 to 28 tons. Its head and teeth were not among the fossils recovered, but the researchers have a good idea of its feeding preferences based on other sauropods.

“Nagatitan was probably a bulk browser that focused on consuming high volumes of vegetation that required little to no chewing such as conifers and possibly seed ferns,” said Thitiwoot Sethapanichsakul, a University College London doctoral student in palaeontology and lead author of the research published on Thursday in the journal Scientific Reports.

The climate was probably subtropical, with some forests, but also savanna-like and shrubland habitats. Nagatitan lived alongside various other dinosaurs as well as flying reptiles called pterosaurs. The rivers were teeming with crocodiles and fish including freshwater sharks.

The ecosystem’s largest predator was a relative of the giant African meat-eating dinosaur Carcharodontosaurus, probably about 8m long and around 3.5 tons.

“At that size, it was dwarfed by Nagatitan. At full size, Nagatitan likely had very little to fear in terms of predation,” Sethapanichsakul said.

 

Source:https://www.channelnewsasia.com/asia/southeast-asia-largest-dinosaur-thailand-dig-up-nagatitan-chaiyaphumensis-6121511

Study Asks: Is Taking Care Of A Loved One Good Or Bad For The Brain?

(Credit: LightField Studios on Shutterstock)

Caring for a Loved One May Slow or Speed Mental Decline, Depending on the Burden

For millions of Americans, taking care of an aging parent, a sick spouse, or an ailing friend is simply part of life. But a new study finds that not all caregiving is created equal, and that how much care someone provides, and for whom, may be linked to how their memory and thinking skills change as they age.

Researchers tracking older adults in England over nearly two decades found that people who took on lighter caregiving duties, say a few hours a week helping an elderly parent, actually showed slower mental decline compared to people who weren’t caregivers at all. But those who provided very intensive care, cared for someone in their household, or cared for a spouse or partner showed the opposite: their cognitive test scores declined faster than non-caregivers.

Whether caregiving is good or bad for the caregiver’s own mind appears to depend entirely on the situation.

A Long Look at Caregivers Over Time

Published in the journal Age and Ageing, the study drew from a large, long-running survey called the English Longitudinal Study of Ageing, which tracks people aged 50 and older in private households across England. Researchers used data from nine rounds of interviews spanning 2004–2005 through 2021–2023.

To make a fair comparison, the team paired 2,765 caregivers with 2,765 non-caregivers who had similar backgrounds, matching them on factors like age, sex, health conditions, education, wealth, and relationship status. Caregivers in the study were, on average, 60 years old, and 56% were women.

Cognitive ability was tracked two ways. One test, naming as many animals as possible in one minute, served as a rough measure of executive function, the set of skills involved in organizing thoughts, switching between ideas, and solving problems. Researchers note the test captures only part of that broader skill set. A second test measured memory by having participants learn a list of ten words and recall them immediately and after a short delay. Both tests were repeated across multiple rounds, allowing the team to track how each person’s scores changed before and after they became a caregiver.

It’s Not Just Whether You Care, It’s How Much, and for Whom

When researchers looked at all caregivers as one group, they found no meaningful difference in cognitive decline compared to non-caregivers. Once they broke the data down by the type of caregiving, a far more revealing picture emerged.

People who provided between 5 and 9 hours of care per week showed a noticeably slower drop in executive function scores compared to non-caregivers. Those caring for a parent or parent-in-law also fared better cognitively, and caregivers helping someone who lived outside their own home showed slower decline than those providing care under their own roof.

On the other side, those caring inside the household or for a spouse or partner showed faster cognitive decline than non-caregivers, with statistically reliable results. Those providing 50 or more hours of care per week showed a similar pattern, though that result was somewhat weaker statistically. Caregivers in these situations tend to shoulder the heaviest burdens, often with little time off and limited ability to keep working. Memory followed a similar trajectory, though those effects were much weaker overall.

Too Much Caregiving Cancels Out the Mental Benefits

Researchers point to two competing theories. One, sometimes called the “use it or lose it” idea, holds that staying mentally and socially engaged helps keep the mind sharp. Light caregiving may provide exactly that stimulation: problem-solving, communicating, coordinating care, and staying attuned to another person’s needs.

That protective effect appears to have a breaking point. When caregiving becomes all-consuming, dominating a person’s days, disrupting sleep, and cutting them off from social connections and paid work, the toll may outweigh any cognitive benefits. Researchers tie this to the “stress process” framework, the idea that chronic, high-level stress wears down health over time. As the authors put it: “While caring may help preserve cognitive function, excessive caring demands appear to accelerate cognitive decline.”

Who Is Most at Risk, and What Families Should Know

The negative effects of intensive caregiving were not more pronounced for women or for people with less money. Women do disproportionately take on caregiving roles, the researchers noted, but the effect on cognitive test scores appeared similar regardless of gender or household wealth. People with lower wealth still started the study with lower cognitive scores overall, a gap present from the start, even if the caregiving effect itself didn’t differ by wealth.

Source : https://studyfinds.com/taking-care-loved-one-good-or-bad-brain/

Scrolling Past Posts Without Reading Them? That May Be Your Brain Working Efficiently

(Photo by Dragon Images on Shutterstock)

People With Stronger Focus May Pay Less Attention to Social Media Posts, Study Finds

People who are better at managing their mental focus may pay less attention to social media content once they’re connected to the person or page sharing it. Researchers argue this may reflect strategy, not laziness.

Most people assume that those with stronger focus absorb more information. But a new study published in the Journal of Experimental Social Psychology turns that idea on its head. Researchers found that people with stronger mental focus actually engage less with posts and articles when they’re connected to the person sharing them, redirecting attention toward something else: mapping out who knows whom.

A team at the University of Bristol Business School and the University at Buffalo ran five separate studies on this. Forming an online connection with someone, becoming a friend, follower, or member of their group, didn’t make people more engaged with that person’s content. It made them less engaged with content and more focused on the social web surrounding it. The effect was strongest among people who scored higher on a working memory task.

Treating Social Networks Like a Hard Drive

Most people don’t memorize phone numbers because they trust the phone to hold onto them. Researchers argue that people do something similar with social media connections. Once connected to an information source, people may behave as if they don’t need to remember the content right away.

This concept is called cognitive offloading: memory work gets delegated to an external tool or system. Social networks function as one of those systems, and people who are best at managing their attention are also the best at recognizing when they can hand that job off.

How the Studies on Social Media and Working Memory Worked

Across the five studies, researchers used both real click behavior and memory recall tasks.

In the first study, 98 undergraduate marketing students were given the option to sign up for a fictitious student marketing group called Marketing Geniuses. About 43% chose to enroll. All participants then browsed a simulated Facebook page for the group, which included five posts and five member profiles. Every link was clickable, and researchers tracked what each student clicked.

Students who signed up clicked on fewer content links and more profile links, meaning they browsed posts less but explored who else was in the group more. This pattern was strongest among students who scored higher on a separate working memory test. Students who scored lower showed no meaningful difference in clicking behavior.

Working memory, as the researchers use the term, isn’t simply about memorization. It’s the ability to direct attention strategically, filter out distractions, and manage competing demands simultaneously. The test used to measure it asks participants to remember letter sequences while solving simple math problems, forcing the mind to juggle two tasks at once.

Friends Change Everything

In two follow-up studies, researchers recruited adults online and introduced them to a fictional professional named Mae O’Malley, an engineer who had developed a fitness app. Participants viewed her professional profile, which included her skills and a list of her connections.

One group was told they would be connected with Mae on a fictional networking platform. The other had no such connection. Both groups then completed a memory recall task covering what Mae knew and who she was connected to.

People connected to Mae recalled significantly less about her skills than those who weren’t connected, but recalled significantly more about her professional connections. This held even after accounting for how often participants used social media and how interested they were in Mae’s field.

In a follow-up version, researchers measured the same participants before and after forming a connection with Mae. Memory for her content dropped after the connection was formed while memory for her social connections went up, which rules out a simple practice effect.

The Real Trade-Off for High-Focus Users

A larger study with 400 participants added the working memory test to examine how individual differences shaped the effect.

Among participants with high working memory scores, being connected to Mae was associated with dramatically lower content recall. Among those with lower scores, connection status made essentially no difference.

For remembering who Mae knew, the pattern reversed. Higher working memory participants who were connected recalled more about Mae’s social web than their disconnected counterparts. Lower working memory participants showed no such shift.

A fifth study replicated the core findings using a university social media page. Participants who followed the page clicked fewer content links but paid more attention to follower links, with the effect again most pronounced among those with higher working memory scores.

Source : https://studyfinds.com/scrolling-past-posts-brain-working-efficiently/

Walking 8,500 Steps Daily May Help Prevent Weight Regain

Walking 8,500 Steps Daily May Help Prevent Weight Regain

Recent research has highlighted that walking approximately 8,500 steps each day might effectively prevent weight regain in individuals who have lost weight. Traditionally, the guideline for daily step count has been set at 10,000; however, this new finding indicates a lower threshold may suffice.

The study, conducted by specialists in the field of health and nutrition, found that maintaining this level of physical activity is crucial in solidifying weight loss achievements. The goal of 8,500 steps per day was determined based on observations of participants who had previously lost weight and aimed to sustain their new body weight.

Participants reported greater ease in adhering to this more attainable target compared to the higher 10,000 steps. The research implies that expectations around physical activity need to be re-evaluated to align better with individual capabilities without compromising health objectives.

Experts highlight that while walking is an effective and accessible form of exercise, the quantity should be tailored according to personal fitness levels. Consistency in this activity is deemed essential not only for physical health but also for mental well-being.

Dr. Emily Roberts, a prominent figure in weight management research, stated, “Walking is one of the simplest and most effective ways to maintain weight loss. Setting realistic targets can motivate individuals to stay active long-term.”

Source : https://www.indianewsnetwork.com/en/walking-8-500-steps-daily-may-help-prevent-weight-regain-20260511

A Single Workout Curbs Cravings, And Regular Exercise May Help Smokers Quit Entirely

Getty Images For Unsplash+

A large new analysis of randomized trials has found that regular exercise can meaningfully boost the odds of staying smoke-free, and that even a single short workout can blunt the urge to light up for up to 30 minutes afterward.

Quitting smoking has never been easy. Standard treatments like nicotine patches, prescription medications, and counseling can roughly double or triple quit rates, but in the real world, fewer than one in five people manages to stay smoke-free at the 12-month mark. Relapse is common, fueled by side effects, cost, limited access to specialists, and the persistent pull of cravings. For many people, medication isn’t an option at all, whether because of health conditions, cost, or simply a preference to avoid drugs. That gap has researchers looking hard at behavioral strategies, and exercise keeps rising to the top of the list.

A team of researchers conducted a systematic review and meta-analysis, a rigorous study that pools and analyzes findings from many individual trials, pulling together results from 59 randomized controlled trials involving more than 9,000 adults. Published in the Journal of Sport and Health Science, the analysis makes a compelling case that exercise deserves a serious role in how smoking cessation is approached, both by individuals trying to quit and by the healthcare providers helping them.

The Numbers Behind the Sweat

The analysis separated the 59 trials into two categories: studies that looked at what happens after a single workout session, and studies that tracked people who exercised regularly over a longer period.

On the long-term side, pooling data from 23 trials involving more than 5,500 participants, the researchers found that people in exercise programs were 15% more likely to stay smoke-free throughout a defined follow-up period compared to those in control groups. A separate measure, looking at whether people had avoided smoking in the seven days before a check-in point, showed an even stronger result: a 21% higher likelihood of remaining smoke-free among exercisers. Regular exercise was also linked to smoking fewer cigarettes per day, with an average reduction of about two cigarettes daily compared to non-exercising control groups.

Those numbers may not sound dramatic, but they matter. In the world of smoking cessation, modest improvements compound over time, and any strategy that chips away at tobacco use carries real health benefits.

When Just One Workout Makes a Difference

Perhaps the most immediately practical finding involves what happens right after a single exercise session. Across 10 trials, a single bout of exercise produced moderate-to-large reductions in cravings immediately after finishing, with effects still detectable at the 10-minute, 20-minute, and 30-minute marks post-exercise.

Intensity mattered. High-intensity exercise produced the largest drop in cravings, followed by moderate-intensity activity. Low-intensity exercise showed only a small effect that wasn’t statistically meaningful. Sessions as short as 5 to 30 minutes were found to be effective for managing acute cravings.

The proposed explanation involves brain chemistry. Exercise is thought to trigger temporary increases in the brain’s feel-good signaling systems, including pathways tied to dopamine and natural opioid-like compounds, while also reducing the stress hormone cortisol. These changes may dial down the reward-seeking pull that makes cravings so hard to resist.

Not All Exercise Is Created Equal

When it came to what type of exercise was most beneficial for long-term quitting, aerobic exercise, think brisk walking, cycling, or treadmill workouts, showed the clearest, most consistent benefits. Other forms like resistance training, yoga, and high-intensity interval training appeared in fewer studies and produced more mixed or limited results, though some suggested potential benefits for cravings. The researchers noted that the evidence base for these non-aerobic options is simply not yet large enough to draw firm conclusions.

Session frequency also appeared to play a role. Programs involving one to two sessions per week showed larger effects on staying smoke-free than those requiring more frequent sessions, though the researchers cautioned that this finding warrants careful interpretation given the variability across study designs.

A Tool Most Smokers Haven’t Tried

Unlike prescription medications, exercise is generally low-risk for most people and does not require a prescription, though people with heart, lung, mobility, or other health concerns should check with a clinician before starting vigorous activity. Unlike some digital programs or counseling services, exercise can often be done without internet access or a specialist, especially when it is as simple as a brisk walk.

The paper also notes that exercise may help with several problems that often make quitting harder, including mood, sleep, anxiety, depression, and post-cessation weight gain, all common forces that push people back toward cigarettes.

One notable gap: not a single trial in the entire body of evidence examined whether exercise helps people quit vaping or e-cigarettes. Given how rapidly e-cigarette use has grown and how common dual use, smoking traditional cigarettes while also vaping, has become, the researchers called this absence a critical oversight. Future research, the authors stressed, needs to address this directly.

Source : https://studyfinds.com/exercise-quit-smoking/

Ultra-Processed Foods Can Wreak Havoc On Your Attention Span

Karolina Grabowska For Unsplash+

Potato chips, frozen dinners, and diet soda don’t exactly have a reputation for being brain food. But a new study of more than 2,000 Australian adults suggests these foods may be chipping away at something far more concerning than a waistline: the brain’s ability to pay attention. And eating a salad on the side may not be enough to undo it.

For every 10% increase in the share of calories coming from ultra-processed sources, attention scores dropped by a small but measurable amount (about 0.05 points on the study’s scale), and a score used to estimate future dementia risk ticked upward. Both associations held up even after accounting for how closely participants followed a Mediterranean-style diet, widely considered the gold standard for brain-healthy eating. That detail matters because it suggests something about the processing itself may be driving the effect, not simply the absence of better food choices.

Published in Alzheimer’s & Dementia: Diagnosis, Assessment & Disease Monitoring, the study doesn’t prove that ultra-processed foods directly cause cognitive problems. It captured a single snapshot in time rather than tracking people over years.

What Are Ultra-Processed Foods, and Why Do They Matter for Brain Health?

Scientists use a classification system called Nova, which sorts foods by how much industrial processing they’ve undergone rather than by nutritional content. At one end are whole or minimally processed foods like fresh fruits, vegetables, and plain meats. At the other end sit ultra-processed foods, industrial creations made largely from refined ingredients and chemical additives. Soft drinks, packaged salty snacks, processed meats, frozen ready meals, and flavored dairy desserts all fall into this category.

In Australia, these products make up roughly 42% of total calories consumed. In the United States and United Kingdom, that figure climbs above 50%. Participants in this study were right in line with the Australian national average, getting about 41% of their daily calories from ultra-processed sources.

How the Study Linked Ultra-Processed Foods to Attention

Led by Barbara R. Cardoso at Monash University, the research team analyzed data from 2,192 adults enrolled in the Healthy Brain Project, an online platform recruiting dementia-free people between the ages of 40 and 70. Most participants had a close family member with dementia, placing them at higher genetic risk for cognitive decline.

Participants filled out a detailed 130-item food questionnaire covering their eating habits over the previous 12 months, with every item classified using the Nova system. Cognitive function was measured using an established online test assessing processing speed, visual attention, visual recognition memory, and working memory, combined into two summary scores: one for attention, one for memory. Dementia risk was estimated using a tool called CAIDE, which weighs factors like age, cholesterol history, blood pressure, physical activity, and body mass index to predict 20-year dementia risk. The researchers also used a modified version of the CAIDE score that focuses only on changeable risk factors, though that version has not been independently validated as a dementia prediction tool.

Ultra-Processed Foods Linked to Worse Attention, Higher Dementia Risk Score

Higher consumption of ultra-processed foods was associated with worse attention scores, following a general trend where higher intake tracked with poorer performance. The effect remained across multiple rounds of analysis, even after accounting for Mediterranean diet adherence and body weight.

Ultra-processed food intake showed no connection to memory scores, a finding the authors noted aligns with previous research. Attention is foundational to learning and problem-solving, and disruptions there may surface before broader cognitive problems become apparent, a pattern documented in early stages of brain disease.

On the dementia risk front, each 10% increase in ultra-processed food consumption was linked to a 0.24-point rise on the modified CAIDE score, and that association held up after accounting for diet quality. The link with the original CAIDE score was weaker and lost statistical significance once Mediterranean diet adherence was factored in.

Salads Alone May Not Be Enough to Counter Ultra-Processed Food Risks

People who eat lots of ultra-processed food also tend to eat fewer fruits, vegetables, and other whole foods, so researchers have long struggled to separate the harm of junk food from the simple absence of better options. By adjusting for Mediterranean diet adherence, this team tried to isolate the processing question. The fact that the associations held up suggests something about the processing itself may matter.

The authors suggest several possible explanations, though none were directly tested in this study. Ultra-processing can strip away beneficial plant compounds, vitamins, and minerals while introducing potentially harmful substances from packaging materials, high-heat industrial cooking, and additives like emulsifiers and preservatives. Animal studies have shown some of these substances can disrupt gut microbes that communicate with the brain, potentially triggering inflammation and impairing nerve cell signaling. Ultra-processed foods are also strongly tied to obesity, diabetes, and high blood pressure, all of which damage blood vessels that feed the brain, and the researchers noted that attention is particularly sensitive to that kind of vascular damage.

Source : https://studyfinds.com/ultra-processed-foods-may-affect-brain/

Chewing Gum That Fights Off Mouth Cancer, HPV Could Soon Be Available

Photo by Gabriel Dalton on Unsplash

A stick of chewing gum probably isn’t the first thing that comes to mind when thinking about cancer prevention. But a new study suggests it might be worth a second look. Researchers loaded a gum with proteins derived from an edible bean and tested it against the specific viruses and bacteria most strongly tied to head and neck cancer. In lab experiments using real patient samples, the results were notable enough to push this idea toward clinical trials.

All of this work was done in a laboratory, not in living patients. No one chewed the gum and was monitored for health outcomes. Human clinical trials will be needed before anyone can say whether it works in practice. Still, the early data offers an intriguing glimpse of what might be possible.

Head and neck cancer, the kind that strikes the mouth, throat, and tonsils, accounts for an estimated 890,000 new cases worldwide every year, with roughly half of patients dying after treatment. Radiation can disrupt the mouth’s bacterial balance, reducing helpful bacteria and allowing harmful microbes to increase. Scientists have known for years that three specific oral microbes, HPV and two types of bacteria called Porphyromonas gingivalis (Pg) and Fusobacterium nucleatum (Fn), show up at much higher levels in cancer patients and are tied to worse outcomes. The researchers behind this study argue that practical, affordable ways to lower these microbes in the mouth are still needed.

A team from the University of Pennsylvania, UCLA, the Veterans Administration Greater Los Angeles Healthcare System, and the University of Kansas Medical Center set out to address that. Their approach was simple in concept: load a chewing gum with plant-derived proteins that attack cancer-associated microbes right where they live. The results, published in Scientific Reports, suggest these gums could one day serve as a powerful add-on to existing cancer treatments or even as a preventive tool for people at high risk.

How the Bean-Based Chewing Gum Study Worked

This was a lab-based study, meaning the researchers collected real biological samples from cancer patients and healthy volunteers, then tested the gum ingredients on those samples rather than having patients chew the gum directly. Saliva samples came from patients treated at the VA hospital in Los Angeles, while mouth-rinse samples were collected at the University of Kansas Medical Center. In total, the study drew on samples from dozens of head and neck cancer patients and cancer-free participants.

The gum contains two active ingredients. The first is a protein called FRIL, found naturally in the lablab bean, a legume eaten around the world. FRIL works like a molecular trap: it latches onto sugar structures on the surface of viruses, clumping virus particles together into large clusters that can no longer infect cells. The second ingredient is protegrin-1, an antimicrobial peptide first identified in pigs that has already been tested in advanced human clinical trials for mouth sores caused by chemotherapy. Protegrin-1 is especially effective at killing certain types of bacteria thanks to its shape, which is locked in place by chemical bonds that make it unusually stable.

To test the antiviral gum, the team mixed bean gum extract with patient samples and measured how much HPV remained free in the liquid. For the antibacterial tests, they combined the bean gum extract with protegrin-1 and let the mixture sit with patient samples for one hour at body temperature. They then grew bacteria from the treated and untreated samples on specialized plates designed to detect specific microbes and counted the colonies that formed.

Bean Gum Cleared HPV and Killed 99% of Cancer-Linked Oral Bacteria

The HPV results were eye-opening. Researchers found the virus in every single saliva sample from cancer patients and in about 75% of mouth-rinse samples. When treated with the bean gum extract, about 93% of HPV in saliva was trapped and removed. In mouth-rinse samples, about 80% of HPV-positive cases showed the virus being clumped together, with 13 out of 22 positive samples showing complete virus removal. Spinning the samples at high speed without the bean extract did nothing to remove the virus. It was the FRIL protein doing the work.

Cancer patients harbored staggering amounts of the two dangerous bacteria compared to cancer-free participants. Saliva from cancer patients contained roughly 1,000 times more Pg and Fn than samples from healthy controls, and mouth-rinse samples showed about 100 times more. A single dose of the bean gum plus protegrin-1 combination wiped out more than 99% of both bacteria across all sample types, a reduction the researchers described as statistically highly significant.

Just as telling as what the treatment killed is what it spared. Streptococcus bacteria, which include many species that are normal, healthy residents of the mouth, survived the treatment largely intact. Many Streptococcus species produce protective sugar coatings that shield them from protegrin-1’s attack. The bacteria linked to cancer, Pg and Fn, lack this protection, making them vulnerable. That built-in selectivity is a real advantage over radiation therapy, which can disrupt the entire oral bacterial community without discrimination.

The study also screened for other microbes. A bacterium called Leptotrichia buccalis, tied to precancerous mouth conditions, turned up in 97% of cancer patients’ mouth-rinse samples at levels 100 times higher than in healthy participants, and the treatment killed more than 99% of it. A yeast sometimes linked to oral cancer, Candida albicans, appeared at low rates in cancer patients and was absent from all healthy participant samples.

Why a Chewing Gum Could Go Where HPV Vaccines Cannot

One-third of men globally are infected with HPV according to a major review of 65 studies spanning 45,000 males across 35 countries, and one-fifth carry the high-risk HPV-16 strain most commonly linked to cancer. Although HPV vaccines exist in more than 100 countries, the rate of throat cancer has actually increased since vaccination programs began. HPV vaccines are injected into muscle and trigger a body-wide immune response, but they do not produce the type of immune defense that protects the moist surfaces of the mouth and throat. Vaccinated individuals can still harbor and transmit the virus orally. A gum that traps and removes HPV directly in the mouth could, in theory, offer a layer of protection that vaccines currently cannot, though this potential has not yet been tested in real-world conditions.

Safety is also part of the picture. The bean powder carries an FDA designation as “Generally Regarded as Safe,” and the dose in a single gum tablet is more than 6,000 times less than the amount consumed safely in human toxicology testing. The chewing gum formula has already been submitted to the FDA and approved for evaluation in a clinical trial targeting coronavirus infection and transmission. The individual components have established safety profiles, but the effectiveness and safety of this specific formulation for targeting oral cancer microbes still need to be validated in human trials.

Beyond the surface of the mouth, the researchers point out that FRIL can enter human cells and block viruses at a deeper level, and that protegrin-1 has been shown to get inside head and neck cancer cells. Prolonged local delivery through chewing could, in theory, fight microbes both outside and inside cancer cells. Whether this plays out in a patient’s mouth remains to be demonstrated.

Source : https://studyfinds.com/chewing-gum-fights-mouth-cancer-hpv/

A massive kraken-like octopus may have prowled the seas during the age of dinosaurs

 

The top predator prowling the seas during the age of the dinosaurs 100 million years ago may have been the octopus.

New analyses of fossilized jaws reveal that massive, kraken-like octopuses once hunted alongside other marine predators. They boasted eight arms and long bodies that extended more than 60 feet (18 meters), rivaling other carnivorous marine reptiles.

“These krakens must have been a fearsome sight to behold,” University of Alabama paleontologist Adiel Klompmaker said in an email. He had no role in the new research.

Dinosaur fans know that late Cretaceous-era waters were ruled by sharp-toothed sharks and sea reptiles known as mosasaurs and plesiosaurs.

Why do octopuses get left out of the mix? Scientists have studied giant octopus relatives that roamed when dinosaurs were around, and researched some small octopuses that drilled into clams. But since their soft bodies don’t preserve well, it’s hard to figure out exactly how big the creatures got.

There’s also a perception that squishy invertebrates — creatures without backbones — weren’t formidable enough to join the ranks of top predators. But octopus’ beaks made of stiffened chitin are tough enough to crush shelled and bony critters.

In the new study, researchers studied the jaws of 15 ancient octopus fossils that were previously found in Japan and Canada’s Vancouver Island. They also identified 12 more jaws from Japan using a technique they created called digital fossil mining, which closely scans rocks in cross-sections to reveal fossils hiding inside.

They compared the jaws to that of modern-day octopuses to estimate how large the creatures may have been, and determined that the ancient octopuses ranged from 23 to 62 feet (7 to 19 meters) in length. The largest jaw was substantially bigger than that of any modern octopus, said co-author and paleontologist Yasuhiro Iba with Hokkaido University in an email.

They also found that the largest creatures’ jaws had significant wear and tear including scratches, chips and rounded edges, suggesting that “the animals repeatedly crushed hard prey such as shells and bones,” said Iba.

The findings were published Thursday in the journal Science.

Without access to the octopuses’ stomach contents, it’s hard to know for sure what they were eating or whether they truly competed with other top predators for their meals. They could have snacked on fish or snails, snatching prey with flexible arms and breaking it apart with their beaks.

Looking for octopus fossils in other places might help scientists get a clearer idea of how they factor into ancient food webs, said paleontologist Neil Landman with the American Museum of Natural History in New York.

“It’s a big old planet,” said Landman, who wasn’t involved with the new research. “So we have lots to look at to piece together the marine ecosystem through time.”

Source: https://apnews.com/article/kraken-cretaceous-octopus-fossil-ab911a3fcae1f32443770308348cfbe6

Chewing Gum That Fights Off Mouth Cancer, HPV Could Soon Be Available

Photo by Gabriel Dalton on Unsplash

A stick of chewing gum probably isn’t the first thing that comes to mind when thinking about cancer prevention. But a new study suggests it might be worth a second look. Researchers loaded a gum with proteins derived from an edible bean and tested it against the specific viruses and bacteria most strongly tied to head and neck cancer. In lab experiments using real patient samples, the results were notable enough to push this idea toward clinical trials.

All of this work was done in a laboratory, not in living patients. No one chewed the gum and was monitored for health outcomes. Human clinical trials will be needed before anyone can say whether it works in practice. Still, the early data offers an intriguing glimpse of what might be possible.

Head and neck cancer, the kind that strikes the mouth, throat, and tonsils, accounts for an estimated 890,000 new cases worldwide every year, with roughly half of patients dying after treatment. Radiation can disrupt the mouth’s bacterial balance, reducing helpful bacteria and allowing harmful microbes to increase. Scientists have known for years that three specific oral microbes, HPV and two types of bacteria called Porphyromonas gingivalis (Pg) and Fusobacterium nucleatum (Fn), show up at much higher levels in cancer patients and are tied to worse outcomes. The researchers behind this study argue that practical, affordable ways to lower these microbes in the mouth are still needed.

A team from the University of Pennsylvania, UCLA, the Veterans Administration Greater Los Angeles Healthcare System, and the University of Kansas Medical Center set out to address that. Their approach was simple in concept: load a chewing gum with plant-derived proteins that attack cancer-associated microbes right where they live. The results, published in Scientific Reports, suggest these gums could one day serve as a powerful add-on to existing cancer treatments or even as a preventive tool for people at high risk.

How the Bean-Based Chewing Gum Study Worked

This was a lab-based study, meaning the researchers collected real biological samples from cancer patients and healthy volunteers, then tested the gum ingredients on those samples rather than having patients chew the gum directly. Saliva samples came from patients treated at the VA hospital in Los Angeles, while mouth-rinse samples were collected at the University of Kansas Medical Center. In total, the study drew on samples from dozens of head and neck cancer patients and cancer-free participants.

The gum contains two active ingredients. The first is a protein called FRIL, found naturally in the lablab bean, a legume eaten around the world. FRIL works like a molecular trap: it latches onto sugar structures on the surface of viruses, clumping virus particles together into large clusters that can no longer infect cells. The second ingredient is protegrin-1, an antimicrobial peptide first identified in pigs that has already been tested in advanced human clinical trials for mouth sores caused by chemotherapy. Protegrin-1 is especially effective at killing certain types of bacteria thanks to its shape, which is locked in place by chemical bonds that make it unusually stable.

To test the antiviral gum, the team mixed bean gum extract with patient samples and measured how much HPV remained free in the liquid. For the antibacterial tests, they combined the bean gum extract with protegrin-1 and let the mixture sit with patient samples for one hour at body temperature. They then grew bacteria from the treated and untreated samples on specialized plates designed to detect specific microbes and counted the colonies that formed.

Bean Gum Cleared HPV and Killed 99% of Cancer-Linked Oral Bacteria

The HPV results were eye-opening. Researchers found the virus in every single saliva sample from cancer patients and in about 75% of mouth-rinse samples. When treated with the bean gum extract, about 93% of HPV in saliva was trapped and removed. In mouth-rinse samples, about 80% of HPV-positive cases showed the virus being clumped together, with 13 out of 22 positive samples showing complete virus removal. Spinning the samples at high speed without the bean extract did nothing to remove the virus. It was the FRIL protein doing the work.

Cancer patients harbored staggering amounts of the two dangerous bacteria compared to cancer-free participants. Saliva from cancer patients contained roughly 1,000 times more Pg and Fn than samples from healthy controls, and mouth-rinse samples showed about 100 times more. A single dose of the bean gum plus protegrin-1 combination wiped out more than 99% of both bacteria across all sample types, a reduction the researchers described as statistically highly significant.

Just as telling as what the treatment killed is what it spared. Streptococcus bacteria, which include many species that are normal, healthy residents of the mouth, survived the treatment largely intact. Many Streptococcus species produce protective sugar coatings that shield them from protegrin-1’s attack. The bacteria linked to cancer, Pg and Fn, lack this protection, making them vulnerable. That built-in selectivity is a real advantage over radiation therapy, which can disrupt the entire oral bacterial community without discrimination.

The study also screened for other microbes. A bacterium called Leptotrichia buccalis, tied to precancerous mouth conditions, turned up in 97% of cancer patients’ mouth-rinse samples at levels 100 times higher than in healthy participants, and the treatment killed more than 99% of it. A yeast sometimes linked to oral cancer, Candida albicans, appeared at low rates in cancer patients and was absent from all healthy participant samples.

Why a Chewing Gum Could Go Where HPV Vaccines Cannot

One-third of men globally are infected with HPV according to a major review of 65 studies spanning 45,000 males across 35 countries, and one-fifth carry the high-risk HPV-16 strain most commonly linked to cancer. Although HPV vaccines exist in more than 100 countries, the rate of throat cancer has actually increased since vaccination programs began. HPV vaccines are injected into muscle and trigger a body-wide immune response, but they do not produce the type of immune defense that protects the moist surfaces of the mouth and throat. Vaccinated individuals can still harbor and transmit the virus orally. A gum that traps and removes HPV directly in the mouth could, in theory, offer a layer of protection that vaccines currently cannot, though this potential has not yet been tested in real-world conditions.

Safety is also part of the picture. The bean powder carries an FDA designation as “Generally Regarded as Safe,” and the dose in a single gum tablet is more than 6,000 times less than the amount consumed safely in human toxicology testing. The chewing gum formula has already been submitted to the FDA and approved for evaluation in a clinical trial targeting coronavirus infection and transmission. The individual components have established safety profiles, but the effectiveness and safety of this specific formulation for targeting oral cancer microbes still need to be validated in human trials.

Beyond the surface of the mouth, the researchers point out that FRIL can enter human cells and block viruses at a deeper level, and that protegrin-1 has been shown to get inside head and neck cancer cells. Prolonged local delivery through chewing could, in theory, fight microbes both outside and inside cancer cells. Whether this plays out in a patient’s mouth remains to be demonstrated.

It’s also worth noting the bean gum tablets used in these experiments had been stored at room temperature for up to 33 months and still worked. That kind of shelf stability could make the product practical and affordable at a global scale, particularly given that plant-based medicines approved by the FDA cost less than 3% of comparable drugs produced through other methods.

Source : https://studyfinds.com/chewing-gum-fights-mouth-cancer-hpv/

 

Why Crabs Walk Sideways: Scientists Say It Happened Just Once, And Changed Everything

Some of the true crab species included in the study ‘Evolution of sideways locomotion in crabs’. Clockwise from top left: Two photographs of Tuerkayana hirtipes; Cardisoma carnifex (by Tsubasa Inoue); and Ocypode sinensis (by Junya Taniguchi) (CC BY 4.0) Credit: Tsubasa Inoue and Junya Taniguchi (CC BY 4.0)

A crab scuttling sideways across a beach is one of the most recognizable movements in the animal kingdom. The shuffle is so iconic that “crabwalk” has become part of everyday language. But scientists have long debated a deceptively simple question: Did crabs figure out this trick once, or did different groups independently arrive at it? A new study has an answer, and it turns out sideways walking appears to have evolved just once, a single behavioral shift that may have helped fuel the explosion of crab species across the planet.

Published in the journal eLife, the study filmed 50 living crab species and mapped their walking styles onto a family tree spanning hundreds of millions of years. Sideways movement appears to have originated in the ancestor of a massive group called true crabs. Based on previously published divergence estimates, that shift may have occurred around 200 million years ago near the start of the Jurassic period. According to the researchers, it may have helped crabs expand into a huge range of habitats, from deep-sea floors to tropical forests, and contributed to true crabs growing into roughly 7,900 species alive today.

Some lineages later reverted to walking forward again, multiple times independently. Those reversions tended to occur in species that had found other ways to avoid predators, like hiding inside clam shells or camouflaging themselves with seaweed. Once crabs no longer needed the escape advantage of darting sideways, some gave it up.

How Researchers Studied Crabs Walking Sideways
Scientists at Nagasaki University in Japan set up circular arenas, large plastic pools between roughly 2.5 and 4.5 feet across, filled with whatever environment each species naturally lives in. Each crab was given time to settle down, then released in the center and filmed for 10 minutes. Researchers tracked two landmarks on each crab’s shell frame by frame to determine which direction the animal moved relative to where its body was pointing.

Every movement was classified as forward, sideways, or backward, with backward movements rare enough to be excluded. A scoring system called the Forward-Sideways Index produced a value ranging from +1 for a purely forward-walking crab to -1 for a purely sideways-walking one. Of the 50 species studied, 35 were sideways movers and 15 were forward movers, with very little overlap between the two groups. Crabs, it seems, are fully committed to one direction or the other.

Crabs Walking Sideways Evolved Just Once on the Family Tree
Walking styles were then mapped onto an evolutionary tree of crabs built from genetic data covering 344 species. Statistical models pointed to a single origin of sideways walking at the base of a group that includes the vast majority of living true crabs. Earlier-branching lineages retained the forward-walking habit of their ancestors, and the probability that the common ancestor of all true crabs walked forward was estimated at 91 percent.

Model estimates put the number of independent reversions from sideways back to forward walking at around 10, while forward-to-sideways transitions happened roughly four times, mostly representing the original gain. One notable example: snow crabs likely underwent a secondary reversion back to sideways walking after their close relatives in the spider crab family had already switched to forward movement.

Why Crabs Walking Sideways Gave Them a Survival Edge
Sideways-walking crabs can bolt left or right with roughly equal swiftness, making their escape route unpredictable to a predator. Experiments with crab-like robots have backed this up: sideways movement turns out to be faster and more efficient than forward walking for a body built like a crab’s.

This escape advantage may help explain the species diversity gap between sideways-walking crabs and their closest relatives. Eubrachyura, the focal group where sideways movement dominates, contains about 7,468 described species, compared to just 110 in its nearest sister group and around 46 in the next closest relative.

If the external dating estimates hold, the origin of sideways walking lines up with the early Jurassic, right after the mass extinction that closed out the Triassic. That extinction would have opened ecological real estate: shallow marine habitats were expanding and competition was reduced. A crab that could escape predators by darting unpredictably in multiple directions would have had a serious edge. The researchers caution that separating the role of this behavioral shift from external factors like post-extinction opportunity will require further study.

The Crabs That Gave Up Sideways Walking
According to the authors, maintaining the sideways-walking body plan may come with tradeoffs, including changes to nerve wiring and joint flexibility that limit behaviors like burrowing and mating. When the pressure to escape predators was lifted by some other strategy, forward walking crept back in.

Many animals have converged on looking like a crab, a phenomenon called carcinization, but the study’s behavioral data show they don’t necessarily move like one. Porcelain crabs move mostly backward. King crabs and coconut crabs walk forward. Across the entire sweep of animal evolution, walking perpendicular to where your head points appears to be essentially a one-off invention, and only in true crabs has it stuck around long enough to reshape an entire group’s place in the natural world.

Source: https://studyfinds.com/why-crabs-walk-sideways/

Who’s Using Magic Mushrooms In America? New Survey Points To Surprising Pattern

Chemical formula of psilocybin found in magic mushrooms. (© Aleksandr – stock.adobe.com)

Interest in magic mushrooms has surged in recent years, and new federal data put a number on just how widespread use has become. A federal survey found that roughly 8 million Americans used psilocybin, the active compound in magic mushrooms, last year.

Buried inside that figure is a pattern researchers say doctors need to pay attention to: people who had recently experienced a major depressive episode were more likely to be among those using it.

As psilocybin inches closer to mainstream medicine, the question of who is using it outside of controlled settings, and why, is becoming harder to ignore.

A Federal Survey Tracks Magic Mushroom Use for the First Time

For the first time, the 2024 National Survey on Drug Use and Health included questions specifically about psilocybin. Run annually and designed to reflect the broader U.S. population, previous versions of the survey either grouped psilocybin with other hallucinogens or only asked whether someone had ever tried it in their lifetime. By asking instead about use within the past year, researchers got a much sharper picture of who is actually using it now.

Led by Kevin H. Yang of UC San Diego and Joseph J. Palamar of NYU Grossman School of Medicine, the study was published in The American Journal of Psychiatry and analyzed responses from 58,633 participants. An estimated 8 million people ages 12 and older, about 2.8% of the U.S. population, reported past-year use. Because the survey captures a single point in time and relies on self-reported data, the findings describe associations rather than cause-and-effect relationships.

Who is using it? Mostly younger, college-educated, higher-income men. Young adults ages 18 to 25 had higher odds of past-year use than the 35-to-49 age group, while people 50 and older had much lower odds. Black individuals had about 60% lower odds and Hispanic individuals about 31% lower odds compared to White individuals, and people with a college degree had more than two and a half times the odds of those without a high school diploma. Throughout the study, “odds” refers to how common something was in one group relative to another, not the likelihood that any one person would use psilocybin.

Cannabis Use Was Most Strongly Linked to Magic Mushroom Use

Other drug use showed the tightest connections. People who had used cannabis in the past year had more than 13 times the odds of also having used psilocybin, making it the most strongly associated factor by a wide margin. Past-year LSD use carried nearly eight times the odds, ketamine about six times, and MDMA roughly three and a half times. Cocaine was linked to about twice the odds, and misuse of prescription stimulants showed a similar association.

Researchers noted that psilocybin use “commonly co-occurs with other substance use within the same year, consistent with a shared experimentation pattern among individuals who use psychedelics.” For clinicians, that clustering is a practical signal: when a patient mentions using one psychedelic, a broader conversation about substance use is probably warranted, including a look at potential interactions with antidepressants.

People With Depression Were More Likely to Use Psilocybin

Among past-year psilocybin users, 23.1% had experienced a major depressive episode in the past year, compared to 8.4% of non-users. These figures reflect differences between groups, not a change in individual risk caused by psilocybin. After adjusting for demographics, income, education, and other substance use, people with a recent depressive episode still had 37% higher odds of having used psilocybin.

That association matters given the momentum behind psilocybin as a potential depression treatment. The FDA granted psilocybin its “breakthrough therapy” designation for treatment-resistant depression in 2018 and for major depressive disorder in 2019. Clinical trials have shown promise, but those trials involve careful screening, controlled dosing, and professional psychological support before, during, and after the experience. None of those safeguards exist when someone takes mushrooms on their own, and the authors pointed out that adverse effects from unsupervised use, including anxiety, paranoia, and prolonged psychological distress, have been documented, with poison center reports involving psilocybin on the rise.

Whether the link reflects self-medication, shared risk factors, or psychological distress from unsupervised use remains an open question. Earlier studies examining lifetime use found psilocybin was associated with lower odds of depression, a discrepancy researchers attributed to the difference in timeframe: past-year use captures people much closer in time to their current mental health status. Longitudinal research will be needed to sort out the direction.

Oregon launched a regulated psilocybin services program in 2023, and Colorado followed in 2025, with other states pursuing decriminalization. None of that changes psilocybin’s federal Schedule I status, but the legal landscape is shifting fast. Researchers argued that use is now common enough that psychiatrists are “likely to encounter patients who use it outside of clinical settings,” and that screening should become routine, especially for patients who use cannabis or other psychedelics and those dealing with depression.

Eight million Americans using a powerful psychedelic is not a fringe phenomenon. People struggling with depression appear to be showing up in that group at elevated rates, and that warrants serious, evidence-based attention from clinicians and policymakers alike.

Source: https://studyfinds.com/magic-mushrooms-americans-depressed/

AI Unlocks Decades-Old Alzheimer’s Mystery: Why Some Brains Never Break Down

(© Ivelin Radkov – stock.adobe.com)

Up to three in ten older adults die with significant amyloid plaques and Tau tangles in their brains yet never showed a single sign of mental decline while alive. Scientists have now identified a new mouse model that mimics this puzzling resilience, and the discovery was guided by artificial intelligence.

For decades, Alzheimer’s research has been shadowed by a strange paradox. Autopsies of elderly people who were mentally sharp until the day they died sometimes reveal brains loaded with the same protein damage found in patients with devastating dementia. An estimated 20 to 30 percent of cognitively intact older adults carry this level of brain pathology yet never lose their memory or thinking abilities, a condition researchers call “asymptomatic Alzheimer’s disease.” Nobody fully understands why some brains hold up while others collapse under the same burden.

A team at the University of California San Diego and Weill Cornell Medicine identified a living laboratory mouse that carries the molecular fingerprints of Alzheimer’s in its brain but learns and remembers just fine. The discovery came from an AI system trained to decode Alzheimer’s at the genetic level, sorting through large databases of human brain tissue data to identify a reliable genetic signature of the disease. Researchers then applied that signature to established mouse strains, revealing one that could serve as a stand-in for this silent form of Alzheimer’s. Having such a model opens the door to studying resilience directly and to developing treatments that could protect the brain before irreversible damage sets in.

AI Identified a New Alzheimer’s Mouse Model Using Gene Logic

The study, published in Acta Neuropathologica Communications, used a computational tool called the Boolean Network Explorer, or BoNE. Rather than looking for loose statistical correlations between genes, BoNE identifies strict, directional relationships between pairs of genes. These logical rules hold more stable across datasets than many traditional approaches, making them far less likely to shift depending on which group of patients is studied.

Researchers fed BoNE data from 70 cognitively normal individuals and 219 Alzheimer’s cases, and the tool produced a network of gene relationships capturing the core biology of the disease. From this, the team distilled a signature of 40 genes: 20 that ramp up in Alzheimer’s and 20 that dial down. When tested against 35 independent datasets spanning multiple brain regions, it outperformed 24 previously published Alzheimer’s gene signatures in its ability to tell diseased brains apart from healthy ones. It also picked up disease signals earliest in brain regions known to be affected first, confirming the AI had latched onto genuine disease biology rather than statistical noise.

From Human Data to a Living Mouse With Alzheimer’s Resilience

With a validated genetic signature in hand, researchers applied it to gene activity data from five widely used genetically engineered mouse strains. The goal was to find a mouse whose brain looked like Alzheimer’s at the molecular level but whose behavior told a different story.

A protein called Chromogranin A, or CgA, proved to be the key. CgA is found in nerve cells and support cells in the brain, its levels are elevated in the spinal fluid of Alzheimer’s patients, and it has been found tangled up with the toxic nerve fiber knots that characterize the disease. In earlier work, the researchers showed that deleting the CgA gene in mice engineered to develop a brain-tangling disease reduced damage and improved survival.

When the AI signature was applied to brain tissue from these CgA-deleted mice, the results split along sex lines. Male mice lacking CgA but carrying the disease genes showed Alzheimer’s-like molecular and pathological features, yet performed normally on tests of spatial learning and memory. Their brains had the disease markers; their minds did not. Female mice with the same genetic setup showed something more dramatic: their genetic scores clustered with healthy mice, and their brains showed additional layers of protection at every level examined.

Female Mice Showed Near-Complete Protection From Tau Damage

At the tiny junctions between nerve cells where memories are formed, healthy mice showed dense clusters of small bubble-like packages that ferry chemical signals across the gap. Diseased mice had lost most of them. Males lacking CgA recovered some of that density, but females lacking CgA came closest to matching healthy animals, retaining the kind of robust signaling machinery that memory depends on.

When researchers examined toxic Tau tangles, the sex divide was sharper still. Males lacking CgA still showed substantial tangles. Females lacking CgA were largely free of these tangles across multiple brain regions, with roughly a 23 percent reduction in one memory-center region and about a 33 percent reduction in another, compared to diseased mice.

These sex differences mirror a complicated reality in human Alzheimer’s research. Women face a higher lifetime risk of the disease and at symptomatic stages often carry a heavier Tau burden than men. But some studies suggest women may show greater early cognitive resilience, an advantage that appears to fade as disease advances. The mouse model captures this dynamic, pointing to female-specific protective mechanisms that may operate early but could eventually be overwhelmed.

Source : https://studyfinds.com/ai-unlocks-decades-old-alzheimers-mystery/

Feeling Lonely? It Might Already Be Affecting Your Memory

(© Monkey Business – stock.adobe.com)

Loneliness doesn’t just ache emotionally. For older adults across Europe, feeling persistently lonely is tied to measurably worse memory, though not because it speeds up decline over time. A large new study tracking more than 10,000 Europeans over six years found that adults reporting high loneliness had lower memory scores from the start, but loneliness was not associated with faster memory loss as people aged, suggesting the gap is present from the outset rather than opening up gradually.

Many researchers have long believed loneliness acts like a slow poison on the brain, gradually wearing down thinking skills and eventually increasing dementia risk. But this study, published in the journal Aging & Mental Health, adds an important wrinkle to that view. Prior evidence is genuinely mixed, with some studies finding loneliness accelerates cognitive decline and others finding no effect at all. What this research contributes is a closer look at memory specifically, across a large, geographically diverse sample, over a defined six-year window.

That scope matters. If loneliness is a marker of already-lower memory performance rather than a force that accelerates decline, it changes how doctors and policymakers should think about stepping in, and when.

How Loneliness and Memory Were Measured

Researchers drew on data from the Survey of Health, Ageing and Retirement in Europe, known as SHARE, one of the largest ongoing studies of aging across the continent. They analyzed information from three waves of data collection spanning 2012 to 2019, covering participants from 12 countries including Germany, France, Spain, Italy, Denmark, Sweden, the Czech Republic, Estonia, Slovenia, Switzerland, Belgium, and Austria.

Altogether, 10,217 adults aged 65 to 94 made up the final sample. All had completed a loneliness assessment at the study’s starting point and taken part in all three waves. People already diagnosed with Alzheimer’s or other forms of dementia, or who had trouble performing daily tasks, were excluded. Loneliness was measured using a three-question scale asking how often someone feels they lack companionship, feel left out, or feel isolated. Participants were sorted into low, average, and high loneliness groups; the low and average groups were combined and compared against the high loneliness group. About 7.7% fell into the high loneliness category.

Memory was tested at each wave using a word recall task. Participants heard a list of 10 words read aloud and tried to repeat back as many as possible within one minute for immediate recall, then did the same five minutes later for delayed recall.

Loneliness Linked to Lower Memory From the Start

At the study’s outset, the average immediate recall score was 5.4 out of 10 and delayed recall averaged 4.8. Adults with high loneliness started noticeably lower: immediate recall of 4.9 and delayed recall of 3.5, compared with 5.4 and 4.1 for everyone else. The differences were statistically significant.

When researchers tracked how memory changed over time, everyone’s scores declined slightly each year at roughly the same rate, regardless of loneliness level. High loneliness was associated with lower starting scores for both immediate and delayed recall, but had no measurable effect on how fast memory faded over six years.

Age was by far the strongest factor driving both lower baseline memory and faster decline. Adults aged 75 to 84 and those 85 and older showed significantly steeper drops compared to those aged 65 to 74. Diabetes also played a role in delayed recall, where it was linked to a faster rate of decline. Depression, high blood pressure, and poor self-rated health were all tied to lower memory scores at baseline but, like loneliness, didn’t change the speed of decline.

Being female, reporting good health, staying physically active, and participating in social activities such as volunteering, attending clubs, or taking classes were all linked to higher baseline memory scores.

Geographic patterns also emerged. Southern European countries reported the highest rates of high loneliness, while northern and central regions reported the lowest. Southern and eastern countries also showed weaker baseline memory scores, though researchers cautioned against reading those gaps as proof that geography causes memory problems. Historical factors, including nutritional hardship during and after World War II when many of these older adults were children, and socioeconomic stress could help explain the difference.

Source : https://studyfinds.com/feeling-lonely-already-affecting-memory/

Most Older Canadians Are Mentally Thriving. Research Explains Why.

Good Friends, Less Pain, and a Sense of Purpose: What Helps Older Adults Flourish

(PeopleImages.com – Yuri A/Shutterstock)

Getting older doesn’t have to mean a decline in mental health. A sweeping new study of 2,024 older Canadians found that roughly 74% weren’t just free of mental illness but were genuinely flourishing, reporting frequent happiness, life satisfaction, and a sense of purpose. That’s a far more optimistic picture of aging than most people expect.

But what separates seniors who thrive from those who struggle? Researchers from the University of Toronto and the Public Health Agency of Canada analyzed a nationally representative survey to identify which factors are most strongly linked to what psychologists call “complete mental health.” Going well beyond the absence of a diagnosis, the concept requires no mental illness, suicidal thoughts, or substance use problems over the past year, plus a mix of frequent happiness, meaning, and strong social and psychological well-being.

Published in PLOS ONE, the study drew its data from the 2022 Mental Health and Access to Care Survey, conducted by Statistics Canada. Researchers restricted their analysis to respondents aged 65 and older living across the country’s ten provinces.

How Researchers Defined Complete Mental Health
Qualifying as having complete mental health required clearing three bars at once: no mental illness, substance use disorder, or suicidal thoughts in the previous 12 months; feeling happy or satisfied with life almost every day in the past month; and regularly experiencing a range of positive feelings, including things like feeling useful, having purpose, and generally liking who they are. About 95% of older adults in the sample met the first criterion, while roughly 74% cleared the full, higher bar.

That gap matters. Nearly one in five older adults wasn’t technically ill but also wasn’t flourishing, and the study set out to understand what made the difference.

Social Bonds, Spirituality, and Complete Mental Health in Later Life
Social support stood out as one of the most powerful factors. Older adults who said they could count on others to help manage major stress were about twice as likely to achieve complete mental health compared to those who couldn’t. Being married or in a long-term partnership also made a meaningful difference, with partnered individuals showing roughly 33% higher odds of flourishing even after accounting for other factors.

Religious or spiritual beliefs played a stronger role than many might expect. Older adults who rated religion or spirituality as “very important” in daily life had about twice the odds of complete mental health compared to those who said it held no importance. Researchers note that faith communities may offer both social connection and a framework for finding meaning during hard times, two things consistently tied to better well-being in later life.

Physical health mattered enormously. Older adults who rated their own health as excellent had more than three times the odds of complete mental health compared to those who rated theirs as poor. Freedom from chronic pain, the ability to handle household tasks independently, and getting adequate sleep were all independently linked to better outcomes. Moderate physical activity in the week before the survey was tied to 24% higher odds of flourishing.

Older adults without a history of childhood adversity, including abuse or exposure to domestic violence, also fared better, still linked to higher odds of flourishing even after accounting for many other factors.

When a Difficult Past Leaves a Mark
A person’s mental health history proved to be among the strongest predictors of flourishing. Older adults who had never been diagnosed with generalized anxiety disorder had three times the odds of complete mental health, while those without a lifetime history of major depression had about 1.8 times the odds. Never having had a substance use disorder also boosted the likelihood of flourishing.

Men were more likely than women to report both no recent mental disorders and overall flourishing, though the study did not examine reasons for that difference.

Geography produced one of the more counterintuitive findings. Living in a large urban center was associated with 38% lower odds of complete mental health compared to rural living, a pattern that aligns with other research, which has suggested that factors like social isolation, noise, and air pollution may play a role.

Income produced mixed and unclear results. Higher earnings weren’t tied to flourishing once other factors were accounted for. More puzzling, those in the lowest income bracket actually had the highest rates of being free from mental disorders, outpacing higher earners, an unexpected pattern that runs counter to most prior research. Researchers flagged the finding as inconclusive and said it needs further study.

 

Why Is A 300-Million-Year-Old ‘Octopus’ Trending? The Fossil Everyone Got Wrong For Decades

For years, ‘Pohlsepia mazonensis’ was believed to be the earliest known octopus, with what appeared to be eight tentacles, eyes, and possibly an ink sas

The fossil had decayed so much before it was preserved that it created a case of mistaken identity lasting over a decade. (Image credits: University of Reading)

For over 20 years, a fossil named ‘Pohlsepia mazonensis’ was celebrated as the world’s oldest known octopus, dating back roughly 300 million years. It even made its way into the Guinness Book of World Records, shaping how scientists understood the evolution of these intelligent sea creatures. But new research now reveals that this ancient marine animal has been misidentified all along.

The fossil, was discovered at the Mazon Creek site in Illinois, USA. For years, it was believed to be the earliest known octopus, with what appeared to be eight tentacles, eyes, and possibly an ink sac, features that perfectly matched modern octopuses.

Using cutting-edge synchrotron imaging, scientists were able to peer deep inside the fossil like never before. What they found changed everything- rows of tiny teeth that simply do not match an octopus.

Lead researcher Thomas Clements from the University of Reading explained, “We basically used a wide selection of new analytical techniques to discover hidden anatomical characteristics within the rock. And we were able to determine that it is not an octopus, but is actually a very decomposed nautiloid.”

The fossil had decayed so much before it was preserved that it created a case of mistaken identity lasting over a decade.

Octopuses typically have fewer teeth per row, but this fossil had 11, a clear sign it belonged to a different group altogether. Instead, researchers now say the creature is more closely related to a nautilus, a shelled marine animal that still exists today.

So how did experts misread it for decades? The answer lies in decay.

Before fossilisation, the animal’s body had already started breaking down, masking key features like its shell. What remained looked soft and sack-like, eerily similar to an octopus.

Source: https://www.news18.com/viral/why-is-a-300-million-year-old-octopus-trending-the-fossil-everyone-got-wrong-for-decades-ws-l-10026849.html

Scientists Predict A Completely New State Of Matter

Outer space from Earth: Exoplanets in the distance. (© mozZz – stock.adobe.com)

Solid, liquid, gas. Most people learn about three states of matter in school and leave it at that. But deep inside planets far larger than Earth, where pressures millions of times greater than anything on our surface squeeze atoms into forms that defy easy description, matter can enter states that don’t fit neatly into any of those categories.

Now, a team of researchers has predicted a carbon-hydrogen compound that, under crushing pressure and extreme heat, enters a state where hydrogen atoms move in a tightly constrained way, mostly along a single direction while simultaneously spinning within a flat plane, like beads twisting on a wire as they slide along it.

Published in Nature Communications, the study used computer simulations to map how a simple carbon-hydrogen compound behaves under the kinds of pressures found deep inside massive planets. What emerged was a newly predicted state of matter, one in which carbon atoms lock into a rigid, corkscrew-shaped crystal framework while hydrogen atoms move in this constrained, partially rotational way. Researchers called this a “quasi-1D superionic” phase, distinct from solids, liquids, plastics, and even the three-dimensional superionic states scientists have studied for years.

To understand why any of this matters, it helps to know a bit about superionic materials. In a superionic state, one type of atom forms a solid crystal while another flows through it almost like a liquid. Superionic water ice, for instance, has been produced in laboratory experiments under extreme pressure, with oxygen atoms staying locked in place while hydrogen moves freely in all directions. Scientists believe such materials exist deep inside ice giant planets, helping to generate their famously lopsided magnetic fields. In the newly predicted quasi-1D state, hydrogen’s movement is tightly constrained to one dominant axis combined with rotation in a plane, and that directional bias shapes how the material conducts electricity and heat.

A New State of Matter Built from Carbon and Hydrogen

Researchers Cong Liu, R.E. Cohen, and Jian Sun relied on computational methods rather than attempting to recreate planetary interiors in a laboratory, combining first-principles physics simulations with machine-learning tools that allowed them to model atomic interactions over longer timescales and larger systems than traditional approaches alone would permit.

Starting from the question of which carbon-hydrogen structures could remain stable under enormous pressures, the team identified a compound with equal parts carbon and hydrogen (written as CH) that holds together above roughly 1,000 gigapascals. At those pressures, electrons rearrange themselves in a way that makes the material electrically conductive. But the really surprising behavior only emerged when the simulations turned up the heat.

As temperature rose, the carbon atoms locked into a rigid, spiraling lattice shaped like a corkscrew. Hydrogen atoms, meanwhile, began rotating within a flat plane while simultaneously drifting along a single perpendicular axis, the spinning-and-sliding motion described above. As temperatures climbed further, hydrogen eventually broke free of those constraints and began moving in all three directions, entering a more familiar 3D superionic state. At even higher temperatures, the whole compound melted into a fluid. Simulations produced a phase diagram charting all four states: solid, quasi-1D superionic, 3D superionic, and fluid, mapped across rising pressure and temperature.

What Makes This Phase Unusual

Because hydrogen moves mainly along one axis while also rotating within a plane, the material’s ability to conduct electricity and heat depends heavily on direction. Conductivity along the primary axis of hydrogen flow is notably higher than in perpendicular directions. Electronic transport dominates the overall conductivity; the contribution from the mobile hydrogen atoms themselves turns out to be negligible by comparison.

Carbon’s framework structure in this compound is also striking in its own right. It is “chiral,” meaning it cannot be overlapped with its own mirror image, much like a left hand cannot be placed directly over a right. That property emerges naturally from the extreme conditions, producing a twisting scaffold through which hydrogen threads its path.

What This Means for Giant Planet Science

Carbon-hydrogen chemistry in extreme environments has attracted scientific interest for years, partly because methane (the simplest hydrocarbon) is abundant in the atmospheres of ice giant planets. Under pressure, methane breaks apart, potentially producing materials including diamond. What happens to simpler carbon-hydrogen compounds under even more extreme conditions has been less understood.

Among the states predicted in this study, the 3D superionic phase falls within temperature and pressure ranges that, according to existing models of Neptune’s interior, may be relevant to that planet. The quasi-1D phase, however, requires pressures more extreme than what’s expected inside Uranus or Neptune specifically. The researchers themselves note that those pressures are unlikely to occur in those particular planets, and they make no direct claim of planetary or magnetic modeling relevance for the quasi-1D state. More massive worlds, sub-Neptune exoplanets in particular, could plausibly reach the conditions where this phase would stabilize.

Rather than a prediction about what’s happening inside Uranus or Neptune right now, this is better understood as a new piece in the larger puzzle of how carbon and hydrogen behave under compression, and what that might mean for the interior dynamics of a wider class of planets far beyond our solar system.

Why Directional Transport Changes the Picture

Many models of how giant planets generate magnetic fields assume that interior materials conduct electricity and heat equally in all directions. A material that conducts primarily along one axis would behave very differently, potentially channeling energy and electric charge in preferred directions through a planet’s deep layers.

Uranus and Neptune already have strikingly unusual magnetic fields compared to Earth’s. While Earth’s field is relatively symmetric and roughly aligned with its rotation axis, those of Uranus and Neptune are tilted, offset from the planetary centers, and far more irregular. Understanding why demands better models of what planetary interiors are made of and how those materials move heat and electricity, and results like this one help fill in that picture.

No probe has ever descended into the deep layers of Uranus or Neptune, and laboratory experiments capable of reaching the pressures involved are still in their early stages. Computational predictions like this one serve as a roadmap, giving experimentalists targets to pursue and giving planetary scientists new physical mechanisms to test against future data. NASA has identified a Uranus orbiter and probe as a high priority for the coming decades, and work like this will shape what scientists know to look for.

Source : https://studyfinds.com/new-state-of-matter/

That ‘Antibacterial’ Soap In Your Bathroom May Be Fueling A Global Health Crisis

(© maridav – stock.adobe.com)

Every day, millions of people reach for hand soaps, cleaning sprays, and laundry products stamped with the word “antibacterial,” believing they’re getting extra protection. A growing body of evidence suggests those added germ-killing chemicals aren’t just unnecessary in most household situations. According to a new viewpoint paper published in Environmental Science & Technology, they may help create conditions that make dangerous infections harder to treat.

Drug-resistant bacteria, often called superbugs, already kill more than one million people a year worldwide. That toll is projected to reach two million annual deaths by 2050. Global health efforts have mostly zeroed in on antibiotic overuse in hospitals and on farms, but an international team of researchers argues there’s a critically overlooked front in that fight: the bathroom sink, the kitchen counter, and the washing machine.

Corresponding author Miriam L. Diamond, a professor at the University of Toronto, and her co-authors make the case that germ-killing chemicals in everyday consumer goods are seeping into waterways, soils, and even drinking water, creating conditions that breed resistant bacteria. Their paper calls for action at every level, from international health policy down to individual shopping choices.

The Chemical in Antibacterial Soap Turning Up Everywhere

At the heart of the paper’s concern is a chemical called benzalkonium chloride, sometimes listed on product labels as ADBAC. It belongs to a family of compounds called quaternary ammonium compounds, or QACs, and it shows up in hand soaps, cleaning sprays, clothing, plastics, and personal care products. Researchers have detected it in a wide range of places, including wastewater, rivers, soils, and even drinking water. Human studies have found it in blood and breastmilk.

When bacteria encounter low-level, repeated doses of benzalkonium chloride, concentrations too weak to kill them outright, something troubling happens. Resistant species thrive, and those bacteria develop resistance not only to the cleaning chemical itself but to clinically important antibiotics as well, including fluoroquinolones, beta-lactams, and tetracyclines, drug classes that doctors rely on to treat serious infections. Lab studies and real-world field research have documented this across gym surfaces, sewage sludge, soil, and drinking water sources.

Bacteria pull off this trick through several shared defense mechanisms: molecular pumps that flush out toxic chemicals, changes to their outer membranes, and the ability to swap resistance genes with entirely different species. Once those defenses develop, they stick around long after the chemical exposure ends.

Other germ-killing ingredients in consumer products raise similar concerns. Chlorhexidine, for example, has been shown in lab studies to encourage resistance in a dangerous bacterium called Klebsiella pneumoniae to colistin, described in the paper as a last-resort treatment used when nearly every other antibiotic option has failed.

From Household Drains to Drinking Water

One of the more alarming pathways described in the paper traces these chemicals from household drains to wastewater treatment plants and back into the broader environment. About a quarter of QACs used globally each year enter the environment through disposal, discharge, or runoff. Most of the rest flow to wastewater treatment plants, which also receive waste from hospitals carrying heavy loads of germ-killing chemicals and resistant organisms.

At those facilities, the chemicals mostly bind to solid waste byproducts, but liquid discharges can still carry concentrations high enough to favor resistant bacteria. Wastewater plants are themselves recognized hotspots for resistance: dense, diverse bacterial populations mingling under chemical stress create conditions that can help microbes trade resistance genes with one another. When contaminated solid waste is then spread on agricultural land, a common practice, the chemicals move into soils and surface waters, extending the problem further. Benzalkonium chloride is particularly persistent in waterway sediments because it binds tightly to particles, shielding it from breaking down.

Antibacterial Soap Offers No Clear Added Benefit Over Regular Soap

Perhaps the most uncomfortable conclusion in the paper is that many of these germ-killing products offer no clear added public health benefit in most everyday settings. Major health authorities, including the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, and the World Health Organization, already recommend plain soap and water over antibacterial soap for consumers, citing a lack of added benefit alongside concerns about ingredient toxicity and resistance.

Antibacterial laundry sanitizers land in the same category. According to the paper, disinfection is not necessary for routine household laundering, and ordinary detergent combined with hot water removes most microbes from fabrics just fine. Consumers are paying extra for products laced with chemicals that provide no safety advantage but quietly contribute to a worsening global health crisis.

A Four-Part Plan to Curb Antibacterial Overuse

Diamond and her co-authors lay out a four-part response. At the international level, they argue that global resistance frameworks should set explicit targets for reducing unnecessary germ-killing chemicals in consumer products and expand monitoring to track these compounds in wastewater and surface waters.

Nationally, governments should restrict germ-killing ingredients in household products where evidence of effectiveness is weak and resistance potential is clear. Worth noting, the United Kingdom has already introduced a private members’ bill to Parliament that would restrict antimicrobials in consumer goods. Public awareness campaigns should also correct widespread misconceptions about whether antibacterial products are actually necessary for daily hygiene.

On the industry side, the authors call for levies on environmentally persistent germ-killing chemicals as an economic push toward safer formulations. At the individual level, when genuine disinfection is needed at home, hydrogen peroxide and alcohol-based products can achieve similar or better germ-killing results in many situations, with shorter contact times and a lower demonstrated potential to drive resistance.

Source : https://studyfinds.com/antibacterial-soap-fueling-global-health-crisis/

 

Educated and employed but still struggling: India’s middle class under strain

The true cost of middle-class living is doubling every eight years

In a darkened control room in Navi Mumbai, 100 operators oversee bots monitoring 30,000 ATMs across India.

Their cameras, sensors and bots do the work that 60,000 security guards once did.

That control room is a small window into something much larger.

Across India, the quiet machinery of automation has been reshaping – and in many cases, eliminating – the jobs that the middle class was built on. And the middle class is only now beginning to reckon with what that means.

As stable incomes come under pressure, many are turning to riskier ways of making money to bridge the gap.

Consider VS, a 27-year-old BTech graduate from a small town near Bhilwara city in western Rajasthan state. He earns 14,000 rupees ($151; £113) a month as a freelance salesperson.

Last year, he lost 1.3m rupees – nearly his entire family’s savings – trading Futures and Options (F&O) on the stock market. He is one of nine million Indians doing the same thing – and are collectively losing over $12bn a year. That figure is roughly equal to the federal government’s entire annual education budget.

These are not gamblers. They are educated, aspirational people with nowhere else to put their ambitions.

Or consider Rahul Singh, a delivery agent with a food delivery app. Singh explained that he borrowed money not just to finance his home renovation, which is a discretionary spend, but also for “covering essential expenses, such as rent, medical bills and any other unforeseen expenses, which were critical for survival”.

VS and Singh come from different layers of India’s vast middle class and they are socially and economically different. But their predicament is anything but different.

These are not cautionary tales about individual failure. They are portraits of a class under pressure – the 40 million income taxpayers who earn between 500,000 ($5,283; £3,969) and 10m rupees annually, and who form the productive core of the Indian economy.

Something is going wrong for them, as we discovered while researching our new book, and it is happening on multiple fronts at once.

White-collar job creation – the kind of employment that an engineering or commerce degree was supposed to guarantee – has fallen from 11% growth before 2020 to just 1% today, according to Naukri Jobspeak Index.

The decline didn’t begin with AI. Automation had been hollowing out middle-skill work since the early 2000s, quietly eliminating the clerical roles, bookkeeping jobs and sales positions that once absorbed India’s graduates.

But AI has dramatically accelerated the disruption. India’s IT services sector – the country’s largest graduate employer with eight million workers – is in active retrenchment.

The government’s own planning body, Niti Aayog, estimates that by 2031, AI could eliminate close to three million IT and customer service jobs. The CEOs of India’s most profitable companies speak openly to us about using AI to cut salary bills by a third.

At one large private bank, a single AI tool now handles 95% of customer queries that once required a 3,000-strong call centre team.

Into this contracting market, eight million new graduates arrive every year.

The results are becoming hard to ignore. At IIT Bombay – one of India’s top technology institutes that was once a near-guaranteed passport to prosperity – fresh graduates are leaving with lower salaries than their predecessors.

Across IITs nationally, 8,000 of 21,500 graduates remain unemployed. The IIT degree, long India’s most coveted credential, is beginning to look less like a golden ticket and more like a lottery.

Even for those who find work, something has quietly gone wrong with the economics of middle-class life.

Over the past decade, the average middle-class income taxpayer’s annual income has grown by around 50,000 rupees – roughly the price of a decent smartphone. In isolation, that sounds like progress. Against the actual cost of living, it is a slow erosion.

Recent research shows a vegetarian thali (an Indian meal comprising several small dishes) now costs 11% more each year, an entry-level car or motorcycle rises by 7 to 8% annually and medical costs climb at 14%.

Our estimate – based on spending patterns for typical middle-class households across rent (10-13%), food (7-9%), healthcare (around 14%) and education (8-10%) – suggests that the true cost of living is doubling roughly every eight years, implying an effective inflation rate of about 9% for this group.

A family that lived comfortably on 1m rupees in 2016 would now need close to 2m a year.

Their salary, in most cases, has barely moved. The middle class is on a treadmill, and every year the belt speeds up.

The debt is real, and it is growing.

The gap between what people earn and what life costs has to be filled somehow. Increasingly, it is being filled with borrowed money. India’s non-housing household debt as a share of income now exceeds that of the United States and China.

Nearly half of all Indian families have taken personal loans; 67% of borrowers had their first loan before the age of 30. For those carrying debt, nearly 40% of annual income goes to servicing it.

This borrowing isn’t building anything. It is financing holidays, smartphones, school fees and hospital bills – consumption and survival, not investment.

Between 5% to 10% of retail borrowers are caught in what lenders call a debt trap: taking new loans to pay old ones, with no clear exit.

In western Pune city’s Hinjewadi tech park, young engineers with degrees and debt queue up each morning for walk-in interviews at BPO firms, hoping to land data entry jobs paying 18,000 rupees a month. This is what the compression looks like at ground level.

The consequences are rippling outward.

FMCG volume growth has dropped from 11% some 14 years ago to 3% today. Car sales are stagnant. Consumer durables growth has collapsed from 11% to 1-2%.

When we speak with the leadership of India’s largest consumer companies, there is a particular expression – stunned, a little lost – that keeps appearing. The Indian consumer, they are slowly realising, has stopped spending. Not as a lifestyle choice but because they can’t – after a brief, post-Goods and Services Tax (GST)-cut burst of spending that now appears to be fading.

This matters beyond household balance sheets. Consumption accounts for 60% of India’s GDP. India’s post-1991 growth model was built on a specific and elegant logic: middle-class spending creates demand, demand creates jobs, jobs create more spending. A virtuous cycle, three decades in the making. That cycle has broken.

Source : https://www.bbc.com/news/articles/cvg5g3pjy06o

Origin Of Human Music Revealed? A Chimpanzee Turned Floorboards Into Drums

Photo by Sheku Koroma on Pexels

Nobody taught Ayumu to make a drum. Nobody taught him to keep a beat. Yet for more than two years, the 23-year-old chimpanzee living at a research center in Japan has been prying wooden floorboards off a walkway, repurposing them as percussion instruments, and staging structured, multi-part rhythmic performances. He is, as far as researchers know, part of a rare documented case of a chimpanzee repurposing objects as instruments and using them in extended, organized displays, and what he does with that instrument may offer clues about how human music evolved.

Where music came from is one of the more genuinely open questions in human evolutionary science. One leading theory holds that rhythmic sound-making grew out of older, emotion-driven vocal behaviors common across primates, a kind of ancient shared root between calling out and playing music. Ayumu’s behavior, spontaneous and untrained, offers a behavioral case that, for the first time, offers a behavioral case that brings together tool use, rhythm, and emotional expression in a way rarely documented in non-human animals.

Researchers at Kyoto University’s Center for the Evolutionary Origins of Human Behavior documented his performances over more than two years and published their findings in the Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences.

How Ayumu Invented His Own Chimpanzee Drumming Tool

Observations ran from February 2023 to March 2025. Whenever Ayumu’s displays could be heard, researchers filmed the sessions. Over the study period, they captured 89 distinct sequences across 37 observation days.

At least twice, Ayumu was filmed removing floorboards from the corridor walkway himself, meeting the scientific definition of tool-making. No other chimpanzee in the group consistently did the same. He had prior experience with electronic keyboards and touch panels at the center, but had never received any training in drumming or rhythm production. He arrived at this behavior entirely on his own.

Each recorded sequence was broken down into its parts: tool-assisted drumming, bodily drumming against a wire fence, object dragging, object rocking, walkway running, and object throwing. Two trained observers coded the footage independently and reached a strong reliability score. Statistical analyses then asked a simple question: was the order in which Ayumu moved through those behaviors random, or did it follow a pattern?

What Researchers Found in Ayumu’s Chimpanzee Drumming Displays

Ayumu’s sequences were not random. Two transitions occurred far more often than chance would predict: drumming consistently led to dragging, and dragging consistently led to throwing. That progression, from slow heavy percussion to rapid scraping to a climactic throw, resembles the introduction-development-climax structure of the pant-hoot, the chimpanzee’s signature long-distance call. In wild chimpanzees, object throwing is typically associated with the vocal peak of a pant-hoot, and the same pattern appeared here. Ayumu’s sequence closely resembled what pant-hoots do vocally.

His rhythm also held up under scrutiny. Analysis of the timing between drum hits showed that Ayumu favored a steady, even beat rather than random or erratic intervals. A regular beat is one of the most consistently documented features of human music across every culture ever studied. His sequences ran between two and fourteen distinct components each, with the whole performance sometimes lasting several minutes, far longer than the few seconds of drumming typically observed in wild chimpanzees.

When Ayumu drummed with the fabricated floorboard rather than his bare hands and feet, his rhythm was measurably more consistent. Studies of human drummers have found similar patterns. Tapping with sticks produces a more stable rhythm than tapping with fingers alone.

A Drummer Who Grins While He Plays

Perhaps the most unexpected detail was what was happening on Ayumu’s face. During many sessions, he displayed what primatologists call a play face, a relaxed open-mouthed expression associated with positive, non-aggressive arousal. On a handful of occasions, he also showed a silent bared teeth expression, typically linked to friendly, tension-reducing social signals. Neither expression had previously been documented during pant-hoot displays.

Researchers noted that “Ayumu’s drumming suggests not only a display, but also the experience of intrinsically positive emotions associated with the production of sounds, similar to human musical performance.” Research on human music across cultures has found that musical performance frequently expresses high-arousal, positive emotional states. Ayumu’s face during his performances fits that same profile.

Ayumu is the alpha male of his group of 11 adult chimpanzees, a social position researchers note may have contributed to his repeated use of loud, conspicuous drumming as a display. No other chimpanzee in the group adopted the same behavior consistently throughout the study.

Source : https://studyfinds.com/chimpanzee-playing-music/

Teens Who Can’t Put Down Their Phones May Be At Higher Risk For Disordered Eating

Credit: nimito on Shutterstock

That Fitness App May Not Be So Healthy After All, Especially For Teens

For most teenagers, a smartphone is as essential as a backpack. It’s how they talk to friends, follow trends, and increasingly, track what they eat and how much they exercise. But a sweeping new review of 35 studies covering more than 52,000 people, with an average age of just 17, finds that compulsive phone habits in young people may be closely tied to disordered eating, body dissatisfaction, and emotional overeating.

Published in JMIR Mental Health by researchers at King’s College London, the systematic review found a consistent association between problematic smartphone use and higher scores on eating disorder symptom tests across age groups and more than a dozen countries.

One longitudinal study within the review added a sharper edge to the findings: young people with higher problematic phone use at the outset developed more severe eating disorder symptoms a year later, but the reverse was not true. Eating disorder symptoms at baseline did not predict worsening phone dependency down the road.

Eating disorders affect roughly 8% of women and 2% of men over their lifetimes, with onset typically occurring in adolescence or young adulthood. Many more young people experience disordered eating without a formal diagnosis, with studies estimating that around 22% of adolescents show some form of problematic eating behavior.

Why Teens Are Especially Vulnerable to Smartphone-Linked Eating Disorders

Adolescence is a period when identity is still forming, and social comparison plays a major role in how young people see themselves. Smartphones provide a constant, frictionless channel for that comparison. As Dr. Johanna Keeler, the study’s first author and a Visiting Lecturer at King’s College London’s Institute of Psychiatry, Psychology and Neuroscience, explained: “Adolescence is a key stage of development as individuals evolve their sense of self by observing others. While smartphones might present an easy way for this to happen, being consistently exposed to idealised images can lead them to compare their own appearance with these ‘standards’, leading to poor self-esteem and appearance dissatisfaction, both risk factors for the development of an eating disorder.”

About one in four young people meet the criteria for what researchers call problematic smartphone use, or PSU, a pattern of phone dependency that resembles behavioral addiction. PSU involves an inability to cut back, constant preoccupation with the device, and withdrawal-like symptoms such as anxiety or restlessness when the phone is unavailable. It has already been tied to depression, anxiety, poor sleep, and reduced face-to-face social connection in young people. This review asked whether disordered eating belongs on that list. In the vast majority of included studies, the answer was yes.

It’s worth noting that most studies were observational snapshots rather than long-term trials, which means they can identify a relationship between phone habits and eating disorder symptoms but cannot prove one causes the other. The findings also apply mainly to young people without a formal eating disorder diagnosis.

The Seven-Hour Mark and What It May Mean for Young People

Screen time stood out across several studies. One study examining screen time categories found that young people using their phones for seven or more hours a day showed significantly higher odds of screening positive for disordered eating compared to those using them for around two hours. Users logging three to six hours daily did not show the same elevated risk, suggesting the relationship may become more pronounced at very high levels of use. Higher screen time was also tied to greater body dissatisfaction in multiple studies.

That said, screen time findings came from a relatively small number of studies within the review, and the overall quality of evidence was rated low by the research team due to study design limitations. The seven-hour figure is a signal worth watching, not a hard line.

Calorie Apps, Fitness Trackers, and the Hidden Risk for Teens

Social media’s connection to body image problems in young people is well established. Less examined is the role of calorie-tracking and fitness apps. Researchers note that behaviors central to eating disorders, including compulsive calorie counting, over-exercising, and obsessive body checking, are directly enabled by popular smartphone apps. Built around features designed to maximize engagement, daily streaks, push notifications, gamified progress bars, these tools could make it easier for vulnerable young users to monitor food and exercise in ways that tip from healthy habit into harmful obsession.

The study’s senior author, Professor Ben Carter of King’s College London, put the broader concern plainly: “Smartphones have become ubiquitous in our everyday lives. It is apparent from our study that, even for people without a diagnosis of an eating disorder, the overuse of a smartphone is associated with poor body satisfaction and altered eating behaviours, and is a potential source of distress.”

The authors also suggest that recommendation algorithms may amplify the problem. Platforms learn from user behavior and surface more of what keeps a person engaged. For a teenager already preoccupied with food or body image, that could quietly steer feeds toward thin-ideal imagery, extreme fitness content, and restrictive diet culture, without the user ever deliberately seeking it out. These are proposed mechanisms rather than findings measured directly in the studies, but they align with what broader research on social media and young people has shown.

Source : https://studyfinds.com/teens-phones-eating-disorders/

Teens Who Can’t Put Down Their Phones May Be At Higher Risk For Disordered Eating

Credit: nimito on Shutterstock

That Fitness App May Not Be So Healthy After All, Especially For Teens

For most teenagers, a smartphone is as essential as a backpack. It’s how they talk to friends, follow trends, and increasingly, track what they eat and how much they exercise. But a sweeping new review of 35 studies covering more than 52,000 people, with an average age of just 17, finds that compulsive phone habits in young people may be closely tied to disordered eating, body dissatisfaction, and emotional overeating.

Published in JMIR Mental Health by researchers at King’s College London, the systematic review found a consistent association between problematic smartphone use and higher scores on eating disorder symptom tests across age groups and more than a dozen countries.

One longitudinal study within the review added a sharper edge to the findings: young people with higher problematic phone use at the outset developed more severe eating disorder symptoms a year later, but the reverse was not true. Eating disorder symptoms at baseline did not predict worsening phone dependency down the road.

Eating disorders affect roughly 8% of women and 2% of men over their lifetimes, with onset typically occurring in adolescence or young adulthood. Many more young people experience disordered eating without a formal diagnosis, with studies estimating that around 22% of adolescents show some form of problematic eating behavior.

Why Teens Are Especially Vulnerable to Smartphone-Linked Eating Disorders

Adolescence is a period when identity is still forming, and social comparison plays a major role in how young people see themselves. Smartphones provide a constant, frictionless channel for that comparison. As Dr. Johanna Keeler, the study’s first author and a Visiting Lecturer at King’s College London’s Institute of Psychiatry, Psychology and Neuroscience, explained: “Adolescence is a key stage of development as individuals evolve their sense of self by observing others. While smartphones might present an easy way for this to happen, being consistently exposed to idealised images can lead them to compare their own appearance with these ‘standards’, leading to poor self-esteem and appearance dissatisfaction, both risk factors for the development of an eating disorder.”

About one in four young people meet the criteria for what researchers call problematic smartphone use, or PSU, a pattern of phone dependency that resembles behavioral addiction. PSU involves an inability to cut back, constant preoccupation with the device, and withdrawal-like symptoms such as anxiety or restlessness when the phone is unavailable. It has already been tied to depression, anxiety, poor sleep, and reduced face-to-face social connection in young people. This review asked whether disordered eating belongs on that list. In the vast majority of included studies, the answer was yes.

It’s worth noting that most studies were observational snapshots rather than long-term trials, which means they can identify a relationship between phone habits and eating disorder symptoms but cannot prove one causes the other. The findings also apply mainly to young people without a formal eating disorder diagnosis.

The Seven-Hour Mark and What It May Mean for Young People

Screen time stood out across several studies. One study examining screen time categories found that young people using their phones for seven or more hours a day showed significantly higher odds of screening positive for disordered eating compared to those using them for around two hours. Users logging three to six hours daily did not show the same elevated risk, suggesting the relationship may become more pronounced at very high levels of use. Higher screen time was also tied to greater body dissatisfaction in multiple studies.

That said, screen time findings came from a relatively small number of studies within the review, and the overall quality of evidence was rated low by the research team due to study design limitations. The seven-hour figure is a signal worth watching, not a hard line.

Calorie Apps, Fitness Trackers, and the Hidden Risk for Teens

Social media’s connection to body image problems in young people is well established. Less examined is the role of calorie-tracking and fitness apps. Researchers note that behaviors central to eating disorders, including compulsive calorie counting, over-exercising, and obsessive body checking, are directly enabled by popular smartphone apps. Built around features designed to maximize engagement, daily streaks, push notifications, gamified progress bars, these tools could make it easier for vulnerable young users to monitor food and exercise in ways that tip from healthy habit into harmful obsession.

The study’s senior author, Professor Ben Carter of King’s College London, put the broader concern plainly: “Smartphones have become ubiquitous in our everyday lives. It is apparent from our study that, even for people without a diagnosis of an eating disorder, the overuse of a smartphone is associated with poor body satisfaction and altered eating behaviours, and is a potential source of distress.”

The authors also suggest that recommendation algorithms may amplify the problem. Platforms learn from user behavior and surface more of what keeps a person engaged. For a teenager already preoccupied with food or body image, that could quietly steer feeds toward thin-ideal imagery, extreme fitness content, and restrictive diet culture, without the user ever deliberately seeking it out. These are proposed mechanisms rather than findings measured directly in the studies, but they align with what broader research on social media and young people has shown.

Emotion Regulation: The Missing Piece

Several studies in the review pointed to difficulty managing emotions as a key connector. Young people who struggle to handle emotional distress are both more likely to reach for their phones compulsively and more vulnerable to disordered eating. PSU may function as a coping strategy that backfires: phones get used to soothe anxiety or sidestep negative feelings, but the habit may gradually erode emotional resilience and deepen exposure to triggering content.

In one study, disrupted sleep was linked to greater emotional distress and worse eating behavior, with heavy phone use acting as a connecting factor between them. For teenagers already navigating the pressures of adolescence, that chain reaction may be especially difficult to interrupt.

Source : https://studyfinds.com/teens-phones-eating-disorders/

Strength Training Myths Debunked: Why Most Strength Training ‘Rules’ Don’t Matter

(Photo by Unsplash+ in collaboration with Getty Images)

6 in 10 Adults Don’t Lift Weights, but New Research Says Almost Any Routine Works

Six out of every ten American adults do zero strength training. A new analysis of more than 30,000 people suggests that overcomplicated advice may be one reason, and that the science of lifting weights may be far simpler than much of the fitness industry suggests.

Published in Medicine & Science in Sports & Exercise, the new position stand from the American College of Sports Medicine synthesizes 137 systematic reviews to produce the most evidence-based update to resistance training guidelines in nearly two decades. On a long list of training assumptions that have made strength work feel inaccessible to ordinary people, the analysis finds that many of them do not consistently hold up.

Regular strength work is tied to lower risks of cardiovascular disease, cancer, and diabetes, alongside measurable reductions in depression and better sleep quality. With only about 30 percent of American adults meeting minimum muscle-strengthening guidelines, those benefits are being left unclaimed on a massive scale.

Why Strength Training Advice Got So Complicated

Researchers at McMaster University led the analysis, pulling data from six major academic databases through October 2024. Studies ranged from first-time lifters to experienced athletes across all adult age groups, producing a dataset large enough to evaluate which training variables actually drive results and which ones have coasted on reputation.

Previous guidelines from 2009 leaned heavily on specific, detailed protocols, and some critics have argued that following them fully could require upwards of 20 hours of training per week. For most working adults, that is not an inconvenience. It is a dealbreaker. As the authors write, “we propose that individualizing programs to increase RT participation is, from our perspective, more important than conforming to specific RTx criteria outlined in previous Position Stands.” In other words, getting people lifting in whatever way fits their lives matters more than optimizing every detail of how they do it.

The evidence behind that shift is substantial. Training to complete muscular failure, the point at which another repetition is physically impossible, is not necessary for gains in strength, muscle size, or power. Stopping two to three reps short produces similar results in most cases, and potentially less strain. Free weights versus machines makes no meaningful difference in strength outcomes. Periodization, morning versus evening training, rest periods between sets, time under tension, and specialized techniques like drop sets did not consistently show clear advantages across studies. Coaching philosophies and bestselling fitness books have been built on these variables for decades. The evidence, drawn from more than 30,000 participants, does not consistently support them.

What Strength Training Research Actually Supports

Some variables do matter, and the analysis is specific. For maximum strength, heavier loads of at least 80 percent of a person’s one-rep max outperform lighter approaches. Two to three sets per exercise, at least two sessions per week, a full range of motion, and placing strength work at the start of a session rather than the end all produced consistent positive effects.

For muscle growth, at least ten sets per muscle group per week, with an emphasis on the lowering phase of each movement, produced the strongest results. For power, moderate loads between 30 and 70 percent of maximum, combined with intentionally fast lifting on the way up, were most effective.

Progressive overload, gradually increasing the challenge placed on a muscle over time, remains a foundational principle. Critically, this does not require constantly adding weight to the bar. More volume, adjusted frequency, or simply maintaining consistent effort as strength improves can all accomplish the same thing.

Why Almost Any Resistance Training Beats Doing Nothing

Elastic bands, home workouts, and circuit training all produced significant improvements in strength, muscle size, endurance, balance, and physical function compared with no exercise. Someone doing twice-weekly resistance band workouts in their living room is capturing most of what resistance training has to offer, and is well ahead of someone with a theoretically perfect program they never actually start.

Safety concerns, a well-documented reason many older adults avoid strength training altogether, are not strongly supported by current evidence. An analysis of more than 38,000 participants found that resistance training did not raise the risk of serious adverse events, and nonfatal cardiovascular complications occur substantially less often during weight training than during aerobic exercise. For healthy adults of any age, the risk profile is favorable.

Source : https://studyfinds.com/strength-training-doesnt-need-to-be-complicated/

Taking A Daily Multivitamin Might Help Slow How Fast You Age

Are multivitamins really good for longterm health? (Photo by Fida Olga on Shutterstock)

A pill that tens of millions of Americans already take every morning may do something scientists have long hoped to prove: slow the biological clock ticking inside their cells.

A large randomized clinical trial published in Nature Medicine found that adults who took a daily multivitamin-multimineral supplement for two years showed measurably slower biological aging compared to those who took a placebo. Researchers tracked the effect using epigenetic clocks, molecular tools that read chemical marks on DNA to estimate how fast a person’s body is aging, independent of how many birthdays they’ve had.

The effect was modest, not dramatic. But in a field where most anti-aging research involves extreme interventions like severe caloric restriction or experimental drugs, the idea that an over-the-counter multivitamin could register a detectable change in the biology of aging is worth taking seriously.

What Epigenetic Clocks Actually Measure

As people age, chemical tags accumulate on their DNA in predictable patterns. Scientists have learned to read those patterns as a kind of biological age, one that can differ meaningfully from a person’s actual age. Two 70-year-olds can look quite different at the cellular level. One’s cells may behave like those of a 65-year-old; the other’s may behave more like those of a 75-year-old. Those differences are linked to real health outcomes, including cognitive decline, cancer risk, and cardiovascular disease.

Researchers focused on two well-validated epigenetic clocks, PCGrimAge and PCPhenoAge, both trained to predict mortality and disease risk rather than simply estimate age. Adults taking a daily multivitamin-multimineral supplement, specifically Centrum Silver, showed a slower rate of increase on both measures over two years. Over that period, the difference translated to roughly two and a half to five months of reduced biological aging compared to placebo. That’s a small number, but it’s a number produced by a supplement most older Americans can walk into any pharmacy and buy for under $20.

Who Benefited Most From Daily Multivitamin Use

The data held a particularly interesting finding for people who were already aging faster than their chronological age at the start of the study. Among participants whose biological age was running ahead of their actual age, the multivitamin’s effect was considerably stronger than it was in the rest of the group. For those with the most accelerated biological aging at baseline, the slowing effect on PCGrimAge was considerably stronger than it was for participants whose biological age was tracking normally, while those in the normal or decelerated range saw little to no benefit at all.

A pattern in the nutritional data may help explain why. Participants with accelerated biological aging tended to have lower levels of key nutrients like folate and lutein at baseline, and multivitamin use appeared to raise those levels over time. One reasonable interpretation: when nutritional gaps are quietly driving faster cellular aging, filling them in may ease some of that biological strain. Since COSMOS participants were generally healthy older adults, the benefit could be even more pronounced in populations with poorer diets or greater nutritional deficiencies.

The trial also tested cocoa extract, rich in compounds called flavanols that have shown cardiovascular benefits in other research. Despite earlier lab-based signals that flavanols might influence DNA methylation, the cocoa extract had no meaningful effect on any of the five epigenetic clocks tested. The researchers suggested that its cardiovascular benefits, which have been documented in the broader COSMOS trial, may operate through biological pathways that these particular aging clocks don’t capture.

How The Multivitamin Study Was Run

The findings come from COSMOS, a large randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial that enrolled more than 21,000 adults across the United States. For this specific analysis, 958 participants, women 65 and older and men 60 and older, were randomly selected for DNA methylation testing, with blood samples drawn at the start of the study and at one and two years of follow-up. Their average age was 70, and roughly half were women. Compliance was high throughout, with more than 91 percent of the multivitamin group still taking the supplement as directed at the two-year mark.

Five epigenetic clocks were evaluated in total. Statistically significant slowing appeared only in the two second-generation clocks, PCGrimAge and PCPhenoAge, though trends in the right direction were visible across most of the others. The third-generation clock, DunedinPACE, which measures the speed of biological decline across multiple organ systems, showed a nonsignificant trend toward slowing in the multivitamin group as well.

Source : https://studyfinds.com/taking-a-daily-multivitamin-might-help-slow-how-fast-you-age/

Men With Low Testosterone May Pay A Steeper Health Price For A High-Sugar Diet

Credit: Pixel-Shot on Shutterstock

Most men past 40 have heard that testosterone drops with age. What far fewer know is that declining testosterone may increase vulnerability to fat buildup in t

he liver, especially in men who regularly drink sodas, fruit juices, or other high-fructose beverages.

New research in mice shows the combination of low testosterone and high fructose intake does something neither condition manages on its own: a rapid acceleration of fat buildup in the liver. That finding matters for a lot of men. Roughly 5.58 million Americans between the ages of 40 and 79 currently live with both low testosterone and excessive fructose consumption at the same time. Most likely don’t realize they fall into that overlap, and few conversations about low testosterone include any discussion of liver health.

Published in the American Journal of Physiology: Endocrinology and Metabolism, the study also uncovered a previously unrecognized piece of the puzzle. Changes in gut bacteria that cause a compound called pyruvate to accumulate and promote fat buildup in liver cells.

Low Testosterone and High Fructose Are Both More Common Than Men Realize

Testosterone begins declining gradually after a man’s 30s. About 17% of men between 40 and 79 meet the clinical definition of low testosterone, with symptoms often mistaken for normal aging: fatigue, abdominal weight gain, reduced muscle tone. What rarely enters that conversation is what low testosterone does to the liver, and how diet makes it worse.

At the same time, an estimated 43% of Americans consume more sugar than health guidelines recommend. Fructose, found in sodas, energy drinks, packaged snacks, and fruit-flavored beverages, is processed almost entirely by the liver. When it arrives in excess, the liver converts it into fat. Both low testosterone and high fructose intake are recognized risk factors for fatty liver disease, a condition estimated to affect about 30% of people worldwide. Their combined effect, however, had never been directly studied until now.

What Researchers Found When Both Risk Factors Were Combined

Researchers at Osaka Metropolitan University divided male mice into six groups. Some were surgically castrated to eliminate testosterone, while others underwent a sham procedure that left hormone levels intact. Within each group, mice received plain water, a 10% fructose solution comparable to many common soft drinks, or fructose water plus antibiotics to suppress gut bacteria. After eight weeks, the results were telling.

Castration alone did not significantly increase liver fat. Fructose alone produced only a modest, borderline rise. Combining both conditions drove liver fat and cholesterol levels well beyond what either factor caused independently, and histological analysis confirmed fatty changes in the liver that were absent in the other groups.

Liver enzymes that typically signal cell damage remained normal even in the worst-affected mice. That means the liver was accumulating fat silently, at an early stage before serious or irreversible damage sets in. Early fatty liver disease often produces no symptoms at all, which is precisely what makes it easy to miss.

How Gut Bacteria Drive the Damage

One of the more revealing results came from the antibiotic-treated mice. Animals that received both castration and fructose alongside antibiotics showed substantially less liver fat than those without the drugs. Since antibiotics suppress gut bacteria, that outcome pointed directly to the microbiome as a key driver.

Analysis of the bacteria living in the gut confirmed that the combination of castration and fructose shifted gut microbial composition in ways that neither condition produced alone. Measurements of chemical byproducts in the cecum, a pouch in the gut where many bacterial compounds collect, showed that levels of a molecule called pyruvate were significantly elevated only in the combined group. Antibiotic treatment brought those levels back down.

Pyruvate sits at a metabolic crossroads. Under normal conditions, gut bacteria convert it into other compounds and clear it efficiently. In the combined condition, certain bacterial species responsible for that conversion appeared less active, allowing pyruvate to accumulate and potentially influence liver metabolism. To confirm that pyruvate could directly drive fat accumulation, the team cultured isolated mouse liver cells with pyruvate, fructose, or both. Neither compound alone caused significant fat buildup. Together, they produced a sharp, statistically significant surge in fat inside the cells. As the researchers noted, this is “the first study to investigate the effects of pyruvate on the steatosis of primary hepatocytes.”

Pyruvate’s role here is worth pausing on. It has long been studied as an energy molecule, not a driver of liver disease. If further research confirms that gut-derived pyruvate contributes to fatty liver in humans, it could point toward a new and largely overlooked target for treatment, one tied directly to the bacterial landscape of the gut.

Separately, the researchers found that gene activity inside the liver itself also changed in the combined group, with genes governing fat production and fructose processing ramping up in ways that antibiotics did not reverse. That suggests the gut-pyruvate pathway is only part of the story, and that low testosterone and fructose together alter liver function through more than one route.

Source : https://studyfinds.com/low-testosterone-high-fructose-liver-disease/

 

Severe COVID-19 And Flu May Leave Long-Term Lung Changes Linked To Cancer Risk, Study Finds

(WindNight/Shutterstock)

Severe COVID-19 raises lung cancer risk by 24%, study of 76 million Americans finds

Surviving a severe case of COVID-19 or influenza feels like crossing a finish line. Fever breaks, oxygen levels stabilize, and eventually life returns to normal. A major new study published in the journal Cell suggests that for people who were hospitalized with either virus, recovery may not be the clean ending it appears to be. Deep inside the lung tissue, the infection may leave behind a biological imprint that silently raises the risk of cancer later on.

Researchers at the University of Virginia, along with colleagues at the University of Pittsburgh, Mayo Clinic, and Cedars-Sinai Medical Center, analyzed de-identified health records from nearly 76 million American adults. People hospitalized with severe COVID-19 had roughly a 24 percent higher risk of subsequently developing lung cancer compared to people who had never been infected. That elevated risk held up after researchers accounted for smoking history, age, sex, and a range of pre-existing conditions. Severe COVID-19 was independently associated with higher lung cancer risk. People with mild or moderate COVID-19, by contrast, showed a modest decrease in lung cancer diagnoses, a contrast that makes the severity distinction difficult to dismiss.

The human data is correlational, meaning it cannot prove that infection directly causes cancer, and the observation window is still relatively short. But the association persisted after accounting for every major known risk factor the researchers could measure.

What the team set out to understand was not just whether the risk was real, but why. Their answer points to something the lungs carry long after the virus is gone.

How Severe COVID-19 and Flu Raise Lung Cancer Risk

To trace the mechanism, researchers infected mice with either SARS-CoV-2 or influenza A, allowed them to fully recover, and then introduced lung tumor cells. Previously infected animals consistently developed larger, faster-growing tumors and died sooner than mice that had never been infected. The pro-tumor effect from influenza was still detectable four months after the initial infection.

What the infection left behind was not the virus itself. Using a technique that maps which regions of DNA are switched on or off, the team found that severe respiratory infections produced durable changes in multiple types of lung cells, including immune cells, structural cells, and the cells lining the airways. Those changes caused the lungs to keep overproducing a protein called G-CSF long after recovery. G-CSF is a recruiting signal for neutrophils, white blood cells that normally arrive during infection, do their job, and leave.

In the post-viral lung, a specific subset of neutrophils accumulated in large numbers and stayed. Rather than protecting the host, they suppressed anti-tumor immune responses and made it easier for tumor cells to grow. At the same time, the immune system’s dedicated cancer killers, called CD8 T cells, were functionally weakened. Fewer were producing the proteins needed to destroy tumor cells.

A central question was whether this altered immune state was a local lung phenomenon or a body-wide change. Researchers answered it by surgically joining the circulatory systems of two mice so they shared a bloodstream. When a previously infected mouse was paired with a healthy one, the abnormal neutrophil buildup in the infected animal’s lung tissue persisted. Healthy immune cells flowing in from the uninfected partner did not fix it. The lung had been changed on its own terms, independent of the rest of the body.

When researchers directly gave G-CSF to healthy, never-infected mice, those animals developed the same abnormal neutrophil buildup and showed faster tumor growth. Blocking the G-CSF signal in previously infected mice reduced the problematic neutrophils and slowed cancer progression. The protein driving all of this was not a remnant of the virus. It was being produced by a lung that the infection had durably rewired.

How COVID and Flu Vaccines May Reduce Lung Cancer Risk

Mice vaccinated against SARS-CoV-2 with an mRNA spike vaccine before virus exposure were fully protected from serious illness. When those vaccinated animals were later challenged with tumor cells, they showed substantially lower tumor burden than unvaccinated animals that had experienced full infection. A parallel experiment using an inactivated influenza vaccine produced the same result.

Severity mattered even in unvaccinated animals. Mice exposed to low doses of either virus, enough to cause only mild disease, did not show a meaningful increase in tumor burden. It was severe infection, the kind involving major lung inflammation, that drove the reprogramming. Vaccines, in these models, appeared to block not just the acute illness but the cancer-related consequences that followed it.

A Drug Combination That Reversed Post-Viral Tumor Growth

On the treatment side, researchers tested two drugs in post-COVID tumor-bearing mice. Reparixin, which blocks neutrophil recruitment, reduced the problematic neutrophils and partially decreased tumor burden. An antibody targeting PD-L1, a protein tumors use to hide from immune attack, produced modest improvement on its own. Together, the two drugs worked considerably better: tumor burden dropped, cancer-killing T cells increased inside tumor tissue, and more of those T cells were actively doing their job.

That combination, cutting off the neutrophil-driven immune suppression while restoring T cell function, suggests a treatment approach that could eventually be tested in people who survived severe COVID-19 or influenza.

For the tens of millions of Americans hospitalized with COVID-19 during the pandemic, and the millions more who have been seriously ill with influenza over the years, this study raises a question medicine has not yet fully confronted: whether severe respiratory viral infection should be considered a potential lung cancer risk factor alongside smoking history and occupational exposures.

The biological mechanism, demonstrated primarily in mice, still needs to be confirmed in humans, and prospective studies are needed before any formal recommendations can be made. But the depth of this work moves that conversation into considerably firmer scientific ground.

Source : https://studyfinds.com/covid-flu-may-raise-cancer-risk/

Your Brain May Detect An AI Voice Before You Can

(© jittawit.21 – stock.adobe.com)

Somewhere between the ear and conscious awareness, something gets lost. A new study found that after just 12 minutes of passive exposure to labeled AI and human voices, the brain begins processing them as measurably distinct categories. Consciously, though, participants remained essentially unable to tell the difference. Their ability to correctly identify AI voices barely changed. Their brain activity, on the other hand, told a different story.

Published in eNeuro by researchers at Tianjin University and the Chinese University of Hong Kong, the study used brain recordings to track how the auditory system responds to AI-generated speech before and after a brief training session, then compared that neural data to what participants consciously reported. What emerged was a clear disconnect: the brain was quietly adapting to synthetic voices in ways that never surfaced as better detection ability. Researchers call it a neural-behavioral dissociation, and understanding it may hold the key to building training programs that can help people catch voice deepfakes before they cause harm.

“Our study shows that even when listeners cannot behaviorally distinguish AI-generated voices from real human voices, brief perceptual training enables their brains to detect subtle acoustic differences,” the authors wrote. Given how rapidly AI voice technology is advancing, and how easily it can be used for fraud and impersonation, closing that gap between brain and behavior is now a practical concern as much as a scientific one.

How Researchers Built and Tested the AI-Generated Voices

Three native Mandarin speakers, two women and one man, each recorded 67 short sentences. Those recordings were then fed into GPT-SoVITS, a widely available open-source voice-cloning tool, to produce two types of synthetic speech per speaker. One version was fine-tuned on each speaker’s own recordings, producing a close imitation of their voice. A second version was generated without additional fine-tuning, relying solely on short audio samples, which still sounded human but bore a weaker resemblance to the specific speaker.

Thirty adults between ages 20 and 32, all native Mandarin speakers with no neurological history, participated while wearing a 64-electrode EEG cap that records electrical brain activity in real time. In the first session, they listened to 297 randomly ordered sentences drawn from all three voice types and pressed a button after each one to label the speaker as human or AI. No feedback was given on their guesses.

Then came the training phase. Participants heard nine longer audio clips, one per speaker-voice combination, explicitly labeled as either human or AI. No instructions told them what to listen for. The whole thing lasted roughly 12 minutes. After that, a second test session began with a fresh set of sentences.

Why AI Voice Detection Fails at the Conscious Level

Behavioral results were discouraging but not surprising. Participants performed poorly at distinguishing human from AI speech in both sessions. Statistical analysis confirmed that training produced no significant improvement in conscious discrimination ability. What did shift was strategy: after training, participants became more likely to label voices as AI-generated overall, a sign of increased caution rather than sharpened skill.

Part of what makes conscious detection so difficult may come down to the acoustic properties of the voices themselves. Analysis of the speech recordings revealed that AI-generated voices differ from human ones in the fine, rapid fluctuations that characterize natural speech, the micro-level variations in how a voice moves through individual sounds. Modern AI synthesis does an impressive job mimicking the broad, overall character of a human voice, but it may fall short in precisely reproducing these moment-to-moment dynamics. These acoustic differences may contribute to why listeners struggle to identify synthetic voices, though the study did not establish this as a definitive cause.

Where the Brain and Behavior Split on Deepfake Voice Detection

EEG recordings told a story the behavioral data couldn’t. Using a method called temporal response function analysis, which tracks how closely the brain’s electrical activity follows the contours of incoming sound over time, researchers compared neural responses to human and AI voices before and after training. Before training, no meaningful neural distinctions emerged between voice types. After training, the brain showed clear, statistically significant differences in how it processed human versus AI speech at approximately 55 milliseconds, 210 milliseconds, and 455 milliseconds following each sound, spanning early acoustic processing all the way through to higher-level interpretation.

In plain terms, after just 12 minutes of labeled exposure, the brain had begun responding differently to AI and human voices, even as the individual kept pressing the wrong button.

Broader analyses of brain wave patterns and spatial electrical activity across the scalp found no significant differences between voice types, suggesting the training effect was specific to how the brain tracks fine acoustic detail in real time rather than reflecting widespread changes in neural activity.

What Short-Term Training Could Mean for Catching AI Voice Fakes

The neural data suggests the auditory system may already register subtle differences between human and AI speech, even when listeners cannot consciously act on them. Rather than building a detection skill from scratch, future training programs might help listeners learn to use acoustic cues the brain already registers.

Twelve minutes of passive, labeled exposure was enough to reshape brain responses but not enough to change behavior. Researchers suggest that longer training, or protocols designed to direct a listener’s attention toward the acoustic cues that distinguish human from synthetic speech, could eventually bridge that gap. Whether hearing a familiar person’s voice cloned by AI would make detection easier or harder is an open question the study’s design could not address, but it is one with obvious real-world stakes.

AI voice-cloning tools are already being used to impersonate relatives, employers, and public figures, and most people tested under controlled conditions cannot reliably identify them. The auditory system’s sensitivity to synthetic voices, quiet as it is, may offer a foundation for training programs that haven’t yet been built. Getting that sensitivity into conscious awareness is the next challenge.

Source : https://studyfinds.com/ai-voice-recognized-by-brain/

Men With Low Testosterone May Pay A Steeper Health Price For A High-Sugar Diet

Credit: Pixel-Shot on Shutterstock

Most men past 40 have heard that testosterone drops with age. What far fewer know is that declining testosterone may increase vulnerability to fat buildup in the liver, especially in men who regularly drink sodas, fruit juices, or other high-fructose beverages.

New research in mice shows the combination of low testosterone and high fructose intake does something neither condition manages on its own: a rapid acceleration of fat buildup in the liver. That finding matters for a lot of men. Roughly 5.58 million Americans between the ages of 40 and 79 currently live with both low testosterone and excessive fructose consumption at the same time. Most likely don’t realize they fall into that overlap, and few conversations about low testosterone include any discussion of liver health.

Published in the American Journal of Physiology: Endocrinology and Metabolism, the study also uncovered a previously unrecognized piece of the puzzle. Changes in gut bacteria that cause a compound called pyruvate to accumulate and promote fat buildup in liver cells.

Low Testosterone and High Fructose Are Both More Common Than Men Realize

Testosterone begins declining gradually after a man’s 30s. About 17% of men between 40 and 79 meet the clinical definition of low testosterone, with symptoms often mistaken for normal aging: fatigue, abdominal weight gain, reduced muscle tone. What rarely enters that conversation is what low testosterone does to the liver, and how diet makes it worse.

At the same time, an estimated 43% of Americans consume more sugar than health guidelines recommend. Fructose, found in sodas, energy drinks, packaged snacks, and fruit-flavored beverages, is processed almost entirely by the liver. When it arrives in excess, the liver converts it into fat. Both low testosterone and high fructose intake are recognized risk factors for fatty liver disease, a condition estimated to affect about 30% of people worldwide. Their combined effect, however, had never been directly studied until now.

What Researchers Found When Both Risk Factors Were Combined

Researchers at Osaka Metropolitan University divided male mice into six groups. Some were surgically castrated to eliminate testosterone, while others underwent a sham procedure that left hormone levels intact. Within each group, mice received plain water, a 10% fructose solution comparable to many common soft drinks, or fructose water plus antibiotics to suppress gut bacteria. After eight weeks, the results were telling.

Castration alone did not significantly increase liver fat. Fructose alone produced only a modest, borderline rise. Combining both conditions drove liver fat and cholesterol levels well beyond what either factor caused independently, and histological analysis confirmed fatty changes in the liver that were absent in the other groups.

Liver enzymes that typically signal cell damage remained normal even in the worst-affected mice. That means the liver was accumulating fat silently, at an early stage before serious or irreversible damage sets in. Early fatty liver disease often produces no symptoms at all, which is precisely what makes it easy to miss.

How Gut Bacteria Drive the Damage

One of the more revealing results came from the antibiotic-treated mice. Animals that received both castration and fructose alongside antibiotics showed substantially less liver fat than those without the drugs. Since antibiotics suppress gut bacteria, that outcome pointed directly to the microbiome as a key driver.

Analysis of the bacteria living in the gut confirmed that the combination of castration and fructose shifted gut microbial composition in ways that neither condition produced alone. Measurements of chemical byproducts in the cecum, a pouch in the gut where many bacterial compounds collect, showed that levels of a molecule called pyruvate were significantly elevated only in the combined group. Antibiotic treatment brought those levels back down.

Pyruvate sits at a metabolic crossroads. Under normal conditions, gut bacteria convert it into other compounds and clear it efficiently. In the combined condition, certain bacterial species responsible for that conversion appeared less active, allowing pyruvate to accumulate and potentially influence liver metabolism. To confirm that pyruvate could directly drive fat accumulation, the team cultured isolated mouse liver cells with pyruvate, fructose, or both. Neither compound alone caused significant fat buildup. Together, they produced a sharp, statistically significant surge in fat inside the cells. As the researchers noted, this is “the first study to investigate the effects of pyruvate on the steatosis of primary hepatocytes.”

Pyruvate’s role here is worth pausing on. It has long been studied as an energy molecule, not a driver of liver disease. If further research confirms that gut-derived pyruvate contributes to fatty liver in humans, it could point toward a new and largely overlooked target for treatment, one tied directly to the bacterial landscape of the gut.

Separately, the researchers found that gene activity inside the liver itself also changed in the combined group, with genes governing fat production and fructose processing ramping up in ways that antibiotics did not reverse. That suggests the gut-pyruvate pathway is only part of the story, and that low testosterone and fructose together alter liver function through more than one route.

For middle-aged men managing declining testosterone, this raises a question that almost never comes up in clinical settings: what role is diet playing alongside it? As the researchers put it, “risk factors for hepatic steatosis can exert a greater impact on disease development through complex mechanisms under certain conditions.” For millions of American men, that may describe their situation right now, without anyone having told them so.

Source : https://studyfinds.com/low-testosterone-high-fructose-liver-disease/

Do energy drinks offer benefits beyond caffeine? What you need to know

These popular beverages often have many other ingredients, like vitamins and plant extracts. Here’s what you should know about them.

(Art: The New York Times/Javier Jaen)

A growing number of Americans, especially younger ones, are reaching for energy drinks in order to stay up late or level up their workout. About two-thirds of teens report drinking them at least occasionally, and most who drink one a day are under 35.

These beverages can have 100mg to 300mg of caffeine per serving, usually more than a cup of black coffee. There’s no question that high doses of caffeine can boost your energy. But energy drinks often include other healthy-sounding ingredients, such as B vitamins and plant extracts, which brands claim can boost focus and stamina or reduce fatigue.

“I generally greet that with a healthy dose of skepticism,” said Joe Zagorski, a toxicologist and assistant professor at Michigan State University. He added that there was very little scientific evidence showing any health benefit from the additives and vitamins in energy drinks.

Most likely, Dr Zagorski said, “the vast majority of the effects you’ll get from an energy drink are because of the caffeine.”

WHAT’S IN ENERGY DRINKS?

It can be difficult to know for sure. That’s because some products are marketed as beverages, while others are marketed as supplements, meaning they are regulated differently. Beverages are generally required to list ingredients, though not the exact amounts, Dr Zagorski said. But those marketed as supplements may not be required to list individual ingredients at all. Some use vague terms, like “focus blend” or “energy blend” to describe their ingredients.

Exactly what’s in an energy drink varies by brand, but here are a few common ingredients.

PLANT-DERIVED CHEMICALS

Energy drinks typically contain plant-based ingredients or extracts, including guarana, yerba mate and green tea, said Dr John Higgins, a cardiologist at the University of Texas Health Science Center at Houston who researches energy drinks. Some of these botanicals act like stimulants, but others simply contain additional caffeine, which isn’t always included in the amount listed on the label. This means regular drinkers may exceed 400mg of caffeine a day, the safe upper limit for most people, Dr Higgins said.

Energy drinks can also contain ginseng and ginkgo biloba, which are not technically stimulants but can increase blood flow. Combined with caffeine, some such ingredients can lead to adverse effects, like heart palpitations or increased blood pressure, said Dr Anna Svatikova, a cardiologist at the Mayo Clinic in Rochester, Minnesota, who’s done research on energy drinks and heart health.

B VITAMINS

B vitamins are essential for helping your body convert food into energy, and they’re commonly found in energy drinks, said Richard Bloomer, a professor and director of the Center for Nutraceutical and Dietary Supplement Research at the University of Memphis.

But some of the beverages contain amounts of Vitamin B2 (riboflavin), B3 (niacin), B6 (pyridoxine) and B12 (cobalamin) that exceed the recommended daily value, Dr Higgins said. Long-term, high doses of B vitamins could lead to low blood pressure, liver damage and neuropathy in some instances.

Most people get all the Vitamin B they need from a balanced diet, Dr Bloomer said, and they’ll excrete the excess in their urine. There’s a lack of clinical evidence that consuming more than you need will increase your energy or focus, Dr Svatikova added.

Vitamin B deficiency is more common in older adults, people with gastrointestinal issues and vegans or those on other restricted diets. A blood test is needed to determine if you’re Vitamin B deficient, but if you are, you’re better off taking a supplement than consuming an energy drink, Dr Bloomer said.

AMINO ACIDS

Energy drinks often include small amounts of amino acids like taurine, which is found in protein-rich foods, like meat and fish; and your body produces it naturally, Dr Svatikova said. There is some limited evidence that taurine combined with caffeine can enhance performance and exercise capacity, she said.

Taurine can have side effects, though. It may interact with antidepressants and other medications. Research in animals has shown a connection between caffeine, taurine and heart arrhythmias.

Some energy drinks also contain L-theanine, an amino acid found in tea leaves. Older, small studies have shown that when paired with caffeine, it may improve mood, cognition, focus and alertness. But larger, longer-term studies are needed to confirm this, Dr Svatikova said.

More research is also needed to better understand the long-term health impact of consuming taurine and L-theanine individually or together, Dr Svatikova said.

ADDED SUGAR

Energy drinks can contain significant amounts of added sugar, sometimes up to 60g per serving, said Dr Bloomer, who called the beverages “a can of sugar water with added caffeine.”

The US Department of Agriculture now recommends limiting added sugars to no more than 10g per meal and suggests avoiding “sugar-sweetened beverages,” including energy drinks.

Excess sugar is known to increase irritability and raise the risk of obesity, cardiovascular disease and diabetes, Dr Svatikova said.

SHOULD YOU AVOID ENERGY DRINKS?

The occasional energy drink is probably safe for most healthy people, Dr Zagorski said. But pay attention to the serving size: One bottle or can may contain multiple servings, which he said could dramatically increase your caffeine and sugar intake.

You should know your individual caffeine tolerance, Dr Svatikova added. For some, excess caffeine can cause jitters, irritability, sleeplessness, an upset stomach, anxiety, heart palpitations, irregular heartbeats, increased blood pressure and, potentially, cardiac arrest, she said.

It’s also not fully clear how additional ingredients in energy drinks, like plant extracts, could contribute to these effects, Dr Svatikova said.

Source : https://cnalifestyle.channelnewsasia.com/wellness/energy-drinks-benefits-caffeine-578801

Can heating food in microwave oven increase cancer risk? Raipur oncologist with 25 years of experience explains

Microwave ovens use non-ionising radiation to heat food. It is harmless in itself, but using plastic containers for the food can increase the risk.

Used with the right utensil, microwave ovens do not increase the risk of cancer, shares Dr Sharma. (Pexel)

Cancer is still considered to be a death sentence in many households, and because the disease is becoming increasingly common, it is understandable for people to be extra cautious about things of regular use that can increase their risk.

Radiations have long been considered carcinogenic. As a result, there has been a fear of microwave ovens, which, as the name suggests, use microwave radiation to heat or cook food, increasing the risk of cancer.

However, that is not exactly the case, noted Dr Jayesh Sharma, Raipur-based oncologist with over 25 years of experience. Taking to Instagram on February 23, he explained why microwaves are generally safe, and what is the one thing we should be cautious about while using the gadget.

Can microwave oven cause cancer?

According to Dr Sharma, the answer to the question is both yes and no, though in a majority scenario, it is the first option.

“Microwave is a type of electromagnetic radiation,” explained the senior cancer surgeon. “And from a biological perspective, they are of two types: ionising and non-ionising.”

Ionising radiations are those which have sufficient energy to hit an atom and split it into pieces. Thus, when an ionising radiation hits the DNA molecule, it can result in mutations at an atomic level of the DNA and therefore increase the risk of cancer.

Examples of such radiation are ultraviolet rays, X-rays, and radiation released during a nuclear explosion, shared Dr Sharma.

Non-ionising radiation does not have enough energy to break apart an atom. “The best example of non-ionising radiation is visible light,” shared Dr Sharma.

Microwave is also a non-ionising radiation that has even less energy than visible light rays, he noted. As such, there is no chance of microwave radiation breaking any atom. It can only be used to heat up food.

“If heating food leads to cancer, then it would apply to all cooking methods,” noted the oncologist. Since that is not the case, heating food in a microwave oven is safe.

Hidden danger of microwave oven use

Despite microwave ovens being generally safe and non-carcinogenic, there is one thing to keep in mind while using them to heat food. One often gets food delivered in plastic containers from restaurants and uses microwave ovens to heat food in the container itself.

Source : https://www.hindustantimes.com/lifestyle/health/can-heating-food-in-microwave-oven-increase-cancer-risk-raipur-oncologist-with-25-years-of-experience-explains-101772201069430.html

 

Mental Health Disorders After A Cancer Diagnosis Linked To Shorter Survival

(Photo by G-Stock Studio on Shutterstock)

A cancer diagnosis upends every aspect of an individual’s life, from sleep and appetite to work and relationships. All of it shifts the moment a doctor delivers that news. Now, a sweeping study finds how a patient reacts to such news may influence their risk of dying sooner.

Researchers found that cancer patients who developed anxiety, depression, or another mental health disorder within the first year of their diagnosis were 51% more likely to die from any cause during the roughly three years that followed, specifically months 12 through 35 after diagnosis, than patients who did not.

That figure comes from an analysis of nearly 372,000 cancer patients across the University of California health system, one of the largest studies of its kind ever conducted in the United States. The findings were published in Cancer, the peer-reviewed journal of the American Cancer Society. What sets this study apart from earlier work is its foundation.

Instead of relying on patient surveys or self-reported symptoms, researchers used clinically documented diagnoses pulled directly from a decade’s worth of hospital records. These were conditions a doctor confirmed, not just feelings a patient described on a questionnaire. It’s worth noting that the study is observational, meaning it identifies an association between mental health disorders and earlier death, but cannot prove that one directly causes the other.

When a Cancer Diagnosis Triggers a Mental Health Crisis

Researchers pulled records from all University of California-affiliated hospitals, tracking adult patients newly diagnosed with cancer between 2013 and 2023. To keep the analysis clean, only patients with no prior mental health history were included. The question was simple: how many would develop a new psychological condition, such as an anxiety disorder, depression, or a psychotic disorder, within 12 months of learning they had cancer?

About one in ten did. Of the nearly 372,000 patients studied, roughly 39,700 received a new mental health diagnosis within that first year. Generalized anxiety disorder was the most common, making up 43% of new cases. Major depressive disorder came next at 35.5%, followed by reactive and adjustment disorder at around 10.5%.

The timing of these diagnoses was itself revealing. Mental health conditions started ticking upward about three months before a cancer diagnosis was even officially recorded, likely because patients were already living with symptoms that sent them to a doctor in the first place. Then came a sharp spike in the six months right after the cancer diagnosis landed. That concentrated early window became the heart of what researchers wanted to study.

Mental Health and Cancer Survival: The Numbers Behind the Risk

In the first 12 to 35 months after diagnosis, patients who developed a mental health condition were 51% more likely to die from any cause than those who did not, even after researchers accounted for age, sex, race, and other existing health conditions. That’s a substantial gap.

It didn’t last forever. By years three through five, that elevated risk dropped to 17% above average. By years five through ten, the difference had essentially vanished. The association between mental health disorders and survival was strongest early on, hitting hardest in that vulnerable early stretch.

For patients who developed a mental health disorder and were also prescribed medication for it, antidepressants, anti-anxiety drugs, or antipsychotics, the early mortality risk was steeper still, more than double that of patients with no mental health diagnosis. Researchers suggest this may reflect how severe those cases were, since doctors typically prescribe psychotropic medications for moderate to severe symptoms. However, because the study did not include data on cancer stage or why specific medications were prescribed, it cannot determine whether the higher risk reflects symptom severity, more advanced cancer, or other factors entirely.

Not All Cancers Hit the Same Way

The type of cancer a patient had mattered too. Pancreatic cancer patients, who face a disease with roughly an 11% five-year survival rate, were more than three times as likely to develop a new mental health condition compared to prostate cancer patients, who served as the study’s comparison group. That gap makes sense intuitively. A diagnosis with a brutal prognosis generates a different kind of fear than one with high survival odds. But mapping that intuition across hundreds of thousands of patients gives it a weight that gut feeling alone cannot.

Among patients who did develop a mental health condition in that first year, breast cancer was the most commonly represented cancer type at 16.6% of that group, followed by blood cancers like leukemia and lymphoma at 13.3%.

A Prescribing Pattern Worth Examining

Of the patients who received a new mental health diagnosis, 35% were prescribed at least one psychotropic medication. Benzodiazepines, sedatives like Valium and Xanax, turned out to be the most commonly prescribed, with nearly a quarter of all cancer patients in the cohort receiving one at some point. That rate ran well ahead of SSRIs, the antidepressant class that clinical guidelines generally recommend first for anxiety and depression.

Researchers flagged that as worth paying attention to. The study did not test whether benzodiazepines directly increased mortality in this group, but the authors noted that prior research has linked these drugs to higher mortality risk and adverse interactions in patients with serious medical conditions, raising questions about whether cancer patients are consistently getting the most appropriate psychiatric care.

That still leaves roughly two-thirds of patients who received a mental health diagnosis but no medication at all. Access, personal preference, or clinical judgment could all explain that, and the data cannot say which. What the data can say is that mental health conditions after a cancer diagnosis are common, cluster in a specific and early window, and are associated with measurable consequences for survival.

Source : https://studyfinds.com/mental-health-cancer-mortality/

A Plastic Alternative Made From Shrimp Shells Gets Stronger When Wet

Javier G. Fernández (left) and Akshayakumar Kompa (right) holding a sample of the material at the IBEC laboratories. (Credit: Institute for Bioengineering of Catalonia)

Most things fall apart in water. Paper, cardboard, and many eco-friendly alternatives to plastic turn soft and useless the moment they get soaked. Researchers have now created a biodegradable material that does the opposite: submerge it, and it grows nearly 50% stronger.

That single property could matter enormously. Every year, the world generates roughly 400 million tons of persistent plastic waste, much of it designed specifically to resist water. Bottles, cups, food containers, and packaging dominate because few biodegradable materials have matched conventional plastics in wet conditions. Research published in Nature Communications suggests that a molecule already being produced by nature in enormous quantities may help close that gap.

The material is made from chitosan, derived from shrimp shells, combined with trace amounts of nickel. Chitosan comes from chitin, a structural molecule found in crustacean shells and insect exoskeletons, with an estimated renewable biosynthesis rate of about 100 billion tons per year globally. Most of it currently goes to waste, discarded as a byproduct of shrimp and crab processing, or used in low-value applications like water filtration. Despite that abundance, chitosan-based materials have long been held back by one stubborn flaw: they weaken and dissolve in water. The team, based at the Singapore University of Technology and Design and the Institute for Bioengineering of Catalonia in Barcelona, appears to have solved that problem using an approach borrowed from nature itself.

How a Shrimp Shell Material Becomes Stronger Than Common Plastics

The inspiration came from a sandworm. Researchers knew that when zinc is removed from the fangs of a worm called Nereis virens, the fangs lose their structural strength when submerged. That observation led the team to ask whether trace metals might help chitosan actually use water, rather than be weakened by it.

To test the idea, they dissolved chitosan flakes, sourced from shrimp-processing factory byproducts in India, in a weak acetic acid solution, roughly one-fifth the concentration of regular table vinegar. Nickel chloride dissolved in water was then mixed in, poured into molds, and dried. The result was a series of thin, green-tinted films at varying nickel concentrations.

In dry conditions, the films matched the strength of common plastics like polypropylene or polystyrene. Once submerged, they reached the range of engineering plastics such as polycarbonate and PETG, the kind used in water bottles and structural components. The researchers described this behavior as “never achieved artificially.”

To understand why, picture the chitosan chains as a loosely woven net. When nickel and water move into the gaps between those chains, they act like cinches, pulling everything tighter rather than loosening it. Most materials work in reverse, their internal structure loosening when water gets in. This one locks down.

A Biodegradable Plastic Alternative Built to Survive Water

When a freshly made film is first submerged, about 87% of the nickel washes out. Only a small fraction of what was originally added actually drives the strengthening effect. That released nickel is not discarded. The researchers built a zero-waste production cycle in which the wash water from one batch feeds directly into the next. As the paper noted, “the nickel content of a discarded AAA battery (2.2 g) would be sufficient to manufacture more than a dozen typical drinking cups (4.7 g each) using nickel-doped chitosan.”

The team molded the material into cups and containers and confirmed it holds water without leaking for at least a week. A film more than three square meters in area was produced without processing problems, suggesting the approach is not confined to laboratory scales. In a standard soil burial test, the material reached its half-life in about four months. Most conventional plastics take centuries under the same conditions.

Both chitosan and nickel have existing FDA-approved medical uses individually, though the combined material would require further safety evaluation before any medical applications move forward.

No new synthetic polymer chemistry was required here. Shrimp shells and a trace of a common metal, combined with a process inspired by how crabs build their exoskeletons, produced something rare in synthetic materials: a substance that performs better in water than in dry air. The researchers believe medical applications and waterproof coatings for other biodegradable materials are realistic next steps, with more complex shaping and large-scale manufacturing still to be worked out. For now, what exists is a proof of concept built from seafood scraps and a battery’s worth of nickel, and the early results are hard to ignore.

Source : https://studyfinds.com/plastic-alternative-made-from-shrimp-stronger-when-wet/

Air Pollution May Damage the Brain Independently of Other Diseases

(Ahmet Misirligul/Shutterstock)

The Findings Raise New Questions About Alzheimer’s Prevention

Doctors have long advised older adults to control their blood pressure, treat depression, and reduce stroke risk as key steps toward protecting their brains from Alzheimer’s disease. A new study suggests that advice, while sound, may be leaving out a major environmental risk factor.

Analyzing nearly 28 million Medicare patients over nearly two decades, researchers at Emory University found that long-term exposure to fine particle air pollution is linked to higher Alzheimer’s risk, largely independent of high blood pressure, depression, or stroke. In other words, those familiar conditions barely explain the connection. High blood pressure, depression, and stroke together accounted for less than 8% of the relationship between dirty air and Alzheimer’s. The findings suggest pollution may influence Alzheimer’s risk through pathways not explained by these common conditions.

If air pollution damages aging brains through pathways not fully explained by cardiovascular or mental health conditions, then managing those conditions alone won’t fully protect people. For the millions of older Americans already living with high blood pressure or a history of stroke, the air outside their windows may be posing a risk that no prescription can address. The study was published in PLOS Medicine.

How Researchers Measured Air Pollution and Alzheimer’s Disease Risk

Fine particulate matter, or PM2.5, refers to microscopic particles produced by car exhaust, power plants, wildfires, and industrial emissions. Small enough to travel deep into the lungs and, research suggests, small enough to eventually reach the brain, these particles may trigger inflammation and the buildup of toxic proteins linked to Alzheimer’s.

Researchers assigned pollution exposure estimates to each participant based on their ZIP code, drawing on a model that combined satellite imagery, EPA monitoring data, land-use records, and weather information. For each person, the team calculated a five-year rolling average of PM2.5 exposure and used statistical models to connect that exposure to Alzheimer’s diagnoses while controlling for age, sex, race, income, region, and other variables.

More than 57% of participants were women, over 89% were white, and the average age at entry was approximately 76. About 3 million of the nearly 28 million participants developed Alzheimer’s over the study period. Each meaningful increase in five-year average PM2.5 exposure (about 3.8 μg/m³) was associated with roughly an 8.5% higher risk of developing Alzheimer’s.

Stroke Survivors Face an Even Greater Air Pollution and Alzheimer’s Disease Risk

While high blood pressure and depression didn’t appear to change how strongly air pollution affected Alzheimer’s risk, stroke told a different story. People with a history of stroke showed a slightly larger effect: the same increase in PM2.5 was linked to about a 10.5% higher Alzheimer’s risk compared to 8.8% among those without stroke.

One possible explanation is that stroke weakens the blood-brain barrier, the protective boundary that normally keeps harmful particles from entering brain tissue. When that barrier is compromised, pollution-related inflammation may get through more readily, speeding up the neurodegeneration associated with Alzheimer’s. People with stroke may also have impaired glymphatic clearance, the brain’s natural waste-removal system, leaving it less equipped to flush out the toxic proteins that accumulate in Alzheimer’s.

Why This Reframes Conventional Thinking on Dementia Prevention

When the Emory team asked how much of the pollution-Alzheimer’s relationship could be explained by hypertension, stroke, and depression, the numbers were small. High blood pressure accounted for about 1.6% of the association, depression for 2.1%, and stroke for 4.2%. “Our findings suggest that PM2.5 exposure was associated with increased AD risk, primarily through direct rather than comorbidity-mediated pathways,” the authors wrote in PLOS Medicine. “Stroke may modestly increase susceptibility.”

Prior studies had produced conflicting results on this question, but most were limited by small sample sizes or methods that didn’t fully account for how exposure, chronic conditions, and disease outcomes interact over time. With nearly two decades of follow-up data, this analysis had both the scale and the statistical tools to get a cleaner answer.

Source : https://studyfinds.com/air-pollution-damages-brain/

Trees Associated With Lower Heart Disease Risk, Grass With Higher Risk

(© sheilaf2002 – stock.adobe.com)

Is the street you live on lined with leafy trees, or mostly grass and pavement? That simple difference might be affecting your heart in ways scientists are just beginning to understand.

A study tracking nearly 90,000 nurses across America for 18 years found neighborhoods with more visible trees showed about 4% lower rates of heart attack and stroke, while areas with more grass showed about 6% higher rates. These are relative differences comparing neighborhoods with varying amounts of visible vegetation, not guaranteed changes for any one person. After analyzing 350 million street-view photographs using artificial intelligence, researchers discovered that not all green space appears equal for cardiovascular health.

For decades, public health experts have urged people to get outside and enjoy nature. Parks, gardens, open spaces: it all seemed equally beneficial. But this research reveals something more complicated. From high above, a satellite can’t tell the difference between a tree-shaded avenue and a grass-covered suburb. Both look green. Yet for your cardiovascular system, the distinction matters.

How Scientists Measured Trees and Cardiovascular Disease Risk

Researchers used Google Street View images from across the country, training computers to identify exactly what appeared in each photo: trees, grass, shrubs, and other plants. They created detailed maps showing what someone would actually see walking through urban and suburban areas nationwide.

Then they matched those maps to health records from the Nurses’ Health Study, which has been following female nurses since 1976. The 88,788 women in this analysis lived everywhere from dense cities to rural towns. Every two years, they reported any heart attacks or strokes, which researchers verified through medical records. Over 18 years, doctors confirmed 6,065 cardiovascular events.

Even after accounting for smoking, diet, exercise, income, education, and air pollution levels, the pattern held. Trees seemed to protect hearts. Grass didn’t.

Why the Association Might Exist

Researchers suggest several reasons why trees and grass might show different associations with heart health, though the study didn’t directly prove these pathways.

Trees may offer protective mechanisms that grass cannot. Their leaves trap pollution particles that would otherwise enter lungs. A mature tree canopy cools a neighborhood far more effectively than a lawn. That’s critical during heat waves that stress the cardiovascular system. Thick branches muffle traffic noise, and prior research has linked chronic noise exposure to higher blood pressure and heart disease risk. Tree-lined streets also tend to encourage more walking and social interaction, and shaded sidewalks feel more inviting than exposed concrete.

Grass offers few of these potential benefits. Regular mowing creates noise and air pollution. Grass provides minimal cooling on hot days and does little to filter pollutants from the air. Open, sun-baked stretches of grass don’t exactly invite leisurely strolls.

Importantly, the study’s authors note that grass might also signal something else about a neighborhood rather than directly causing harm. Areas dominated by lawns but lacking trees often have sprawling, car-dependent layouts where people drive everywhere instead of walking. The analysis couldn’t fully separate grass itself from these neighborhood design patterns, meaning the observed associations could reflect these broader environmental differences.

The findings held across wildly different settings: crowded cities and quiet suburbs, polluted areas and clean ones, wealthy neighborhoods and modest ones, North and South, East and West. Whatever’s going on, it’s not limited to one type of community.

The Distance That Matters

The protective effect showed up most clearly within the 500-meter neighborhood buffer researchers used as their main measure, about one-third of a mile from someone’s home. Right outside your front door matters less than you might think. When researchers looked only at the immediate 100 meters, the associations mostly disappeared. But expand to the neighborhood level, and the pattern emerged strongly.

That’s actually good news for urban planning. You don’t need every single yard packed with trees. What matters is creating tree-covered neighborhoods where canopy extends over streets and sidewalks, cooling and cleaning the air across a wider area. One homeowner planting a tree helps a little. A community planting hundreds helps a lot.

What This Means for Your Neighborhood

Cities nationwide face tough choices about trees right now. Climate change brings more droughts, diseases, and storms that kill urban forests. New construction often means cutting down mature trees. Tight budgets force parks departments to choose between planting trees or maintaining grass.

This research offers clear guidance: prioritize trees. The findings suggest tree planting may deliver more cardiovascular benefit than investments focused mainly on turfgrass. Protecting existing mature trees during development could be as important as adding new parks.

Dr. Peter James, who led the study at the University of California, Davis, pointed out that scientists have been measuring green space wrong for years. “Aggregating green space into a single exposure category limits epidemiological research and potential interventions to increase health-promoting green space,” his team wrote.

Street-view imagery changes that. Computers can now analyze what people actually see at ground level, distinguishing between a tree canopy overhead and a stretch of grass beside the road. That specificity makes the research far more useful for anyone trying to improve public health through urban design.

What We Still Don’t Know

The study, published in Environmental Epidemiology, followed only female nurses, 93% of them white, which raises questions about whether the same patterns apply to men or more diverse populations. The researchers could track where participants lived but not where they spent their days or whether they actually went outside. Someone living on a tree-lined street who never walks there might not get the same benefits.

The harmful associations with grass might not be directly caused by the grass itself but rather by the kinds of neighborhoods that tend to have lots of grass and few trees. The analysis couldn’t fully separate those overlapping factors.

Interestingly, when researchers included traditional satellite-based greenness measures in their analysis, those showed no association with heart disease once street-level tree and grass measurements were accounted for. This reinforces that what matters isn’t just whether an area looks green from space, but what specific plants people actually see and experience at ground level.

Source : https://studyfinds.org/trees-associated-lower-heart-disease-risk-grass-higher-risk/

Scientists Plan To Build 150-Meter Wall To Mitigate “Doomsday Glacier” Melting Crisis

Experts have acknowledged significant technical challenges, including the wall’s survival in extreme Antarctic conditions and long-term ocean exposure.

Scientists have raised concerns over the Thwaites Glacier, which is nicknamed the “Doomsday Glacier,” as it is melting at an unprecedented rate because of climate change fueled by human activities. The rapid melting rate would result in a rise of global sea levels by 65cm, putting millions at risk of coastal flooding.

Notably, Thwaites Glacier contributes 4% to global annual sea-level rise, and its collapse could destabilise the West Antarctic Ice Sheet, which would cause catastrophic sea-level rise. The glacier’s melting is a pressing concern, with researchers drilling into the ice to study the impact of warm ocean water.

In an effort to mitigate the impact, a team of scientists and engineers is proposing a radical solution: building a 150-meter-tall underwater wall to block warm ocean currents from melting the glacier, Euro News reported.

The proposed wall, which is a part of the Seabed Anchored Curtain Project, would stretch 80km across the seabed in front of the glacier, protecting it from warm ocean waters. The project involves a three-year research phase to design, test, and construct the curtain, with a budget of $10 million.

“We are proud to support the Seabed Curtain project, a groundbreaking initiative in climate research and ocean preservation in the Arctic,” Thomas Wilhelmsen, Chair of Tom Wilhelmsen’s Foundation, said as quoted on the official website.

“The project’s innovative approach to reducing ice melting in the Arctic Ocean through technology and collaboration across disciplines strongly aligns with the foundation’s values of sustainability, knowledge, and international cooperation.”

“We believe this project has the potential to make a meaningful contribution to the global climate effort and help protect vulnerable ecosystems in the northern regions.”

Source : https://www.ndtv.com/feature/scientists-aim-at-building-150-metre-wall-to-mitigate-doomsday-glacier-melting-crisis-10967606

How Much Does Weight Loss Cost? Americans Say More Than $12,000 A Year

Credit: Mohammed_Al_Ali on Shutterstock

Getting (and staying) fit isn’t cheap.

Americans trying to shed pounds are paying far more than they realize. In a survey of people actively working toward weight loss, participants spent an average of $12,308 in 2025 alone, exposing what researchers call a quiet but persistent “weight tax” that extends well beyond gym memberships and salad bars.

This financial burden touches nearly every corner of daily life, from the grocery store to the doctor’s office. For the 2,000 U.S. adults surveyed by Talker Research on behalf of Hims, Inc., the costs pile up through specialty clothing, repeated diet attempts, fast food purchases, and medical expenses tied to weight-related health conditions.

Survey participants estimate they could save roughly $197 each month if they finally reached their target weight. That adds up to more than $2,300 per year, money that could fund vacations, pay down debt, or boost retirement savings.

Where Americans Spend the Most on Weight Loss

More than half of respondents (56%) believe they’d save money by cutting back on fast-food meals once they reach their goal weight. Another 52% pointed to lower grocery bills as a major source of potential savings. Fast food might seem convenient when energy is low or motivation wanes, but those drive-through runs add up quickly. Specialty diet foods, meal replacement shakes, and organic produce marketed for weight loss often carry premium price tags compared to standard groceries.

Clothing costs represent another drain on wallets. Nearly one in three respondents (31%) said they’d spend less on new clothes once they reached their target size. For some, this means no longer replacing items that no longer fit after weight fluctuations. About 26% specifically mentioned savings from no longer purchasing “big and tall” specialty clothing, which typically costs more than standard sizes.

Healthcare expenses linked to weight management also take a toll. Roughly 22% of participants expect to save on medical costs once they reach their goals, including fewer doctor visits, lower insurance copays, and reduced spending on medications for conditions like high blood pressure or diabetes. Managing chronic conditions can easily run into thousands of dollars annually even with insurance coverage.

The Fad Diet Cycle Draining Bank Accounts

One of the more frustrating sources of spending comes from cycling through various diet and fitness programs that promise quick results but rarely deliver lasting change. About 19% of respondents expect to save money by no longer bouncing between fad diets, juice cleanses, and short-term weight loss programs.

Over the past decade, survey participants reported trying and failing to reach their target weight an average of six times. Each attempt brings its own costs: signing up for a new program, buying specialized foods or supplements, purchasing workout equipment or clothing, and sometimes paying for medical supervision or coaching.

Dr. Craig Primack, Head of Weight Loss at Hims & Hers, noted the pattern many patients face. “In my experience, most patients living with obesity aren’t just beginning a weight loss journey,” he said. “They’ve been navigating it for years, often a lifetime. Each failed attempt not only erodes hope, but comes with real financial consequences.”

He added: “For too many Americans, the pursuit of better health has become a cost they simply can’t afford. Evidence-based, personalized care that’s designed for continuity and priced for long-term use offers a more sustainable path forward.”

What Weight Loss Could Mean Beyond the Scale

Financial relief isn’t the only benefit respondents hope to gain. Having more energy during the day topped the list at 61%, followed by fitting into smaller clothing sizes (57%), sleeping better at night (56%), eating smaller portions (56%), and lowering their BMI (53%).

Better sleep alone could have widespread positive effects on health, mood, and productivity. More energy throughout the day might mean being more active with family, performing better at work, or simply feeling more engaged with life.

How Americans Are Changing Their Weight Loss Approach in 2026

Heading into 2026, many respondents plan to shift their strategies. Rather than chasing dramatic transformations or perfect adherence to rigid plans, people are emphasizing consistency, patience, and finding ways to move more throughout each day.

One survey participant captured this mindset: “I’m concentrating on consistency this year instead of perfection. I want to prioritize sleep and water, keep a mindful eating journal, and engage in enjoyable physical activities every day. I’m convinced that I can achieve my desired weight and BMI by acknowledging little accomplishments and using self-compassion.”

This approach moves away from all-or-nothing thinking that often leads to burnout. Small, sustainable changes may not generate dramatic “before and after” photos that flood social media, but they’re more likely to stick over time.

Motivation remains high among those surveyed. More than three-quarters (77%) said fitting back into their favorite clothes by year’s end serves as a key driver pushing them forward.

Would a $5,000 Reward Change Everything?

The survey revealed just how powerful financial incentives might be. More than eight in 10 respondents (86%) said they would pursue their weight loss goals with much greater intensity if a $5,000 reward awaited them at the finish line.

For many people, immediate financial incentives might provide stronger motivation than abstract health benefits years down the road. While most employers and insurance companies don’t offer five-figure weight loss bonuses, some are beginning to experiment with smaller financial incentives, reduced insurance premiums, or wellness program rewards for hitting health milestones.

Why Access and Affordability Keep Americans Stuck

Dr. Primack pointed to systemic issues that make sustained weight loss difficult for many Americans. “Affordability, access, and fragmented care remain some of the biggest obstacles standing between people and long-term success on their health and wellness journeys,” he said. “Many people cycle through disconnected diets, programs and appointments that add up quickly without providing consistent, sustained support.”

Coordinated care that brings together nutrition guidance, physical activity support, and medical oversight in one place could help reduce both costs and dropout rates. When people bounce between separate appointments with nutritionists, personal trainers, and doctors who may not communicate with each other, care becomes expensive, time-consuming, and often contradictory.

Source : https://studyfinds.org/how-much-weight-loss-costs-americans-over-12000/

Taylor Swift’s Polarizing Reception Shows How Pop Culture Has Evolved To Signal Political Identity

Around the world, Taylor Swift’s fan base skews female. (Credit: rblfmr on Shutterstock)

Taylor Swift’s latest album, “The Life of a Showgirl,” generated a cultural whirlwind: chart-topping success, social media saturation and frenzied debate over her artistic evolution.

Nonetheless, despite this warm reception, opinions on Swift are deeply polarized by party. Democrats are far more likely to view her positively; Republicans are more likely to hold negative views. This partisan divide remains in place even after accounting for age, gender and other demographic differences.

We are political scientists who conduct research on public opinion. In our just-published study, “Mirrorball Politics,” we draw on national survey data to examine how Americans feel about Swift and what those feelings reveal about our politics. What we find is striking: Swift has become a cultural mirror, reflecting our society’s deepest social and political fault lines.

In other words, liking or disliking Swift has become yet another way Americans signal who they are politically. Young women love her, but young men don’t – and that gap matters.

This is part of a broader trend in which cultural preferences and political identity have collapsed into each other. The type of beer you drink, the kind of car you drive, the stores you shop at and now the musical artists you admire have become markers of political belonging – and difference.

Popular entertainment used to be a common space where Americans, regardless of whether they were Republicans or Democrats, could come together and have some fun. Those shared spaces are shrinking – and with them the opportunity for connection across partisan divides.

The Swifties Gap

That’s why feelings toward Swift offer warning signs for the future of American politics.

One of the starkest divides we found is between young men and young women. Gen Z women – those born between 1997 and 2012 – admire Swift. Gen Z men, not so much. On a 100-point scale measuring attitudes toward Swift, young women averaged 55, while young men averaged 43 – a statistically significant difference that was not present among older Americans.

This gender gap mirrors the widening political divide among younger Americans that played a pivotal role in the 2024 presidential election. Although a modest gender gap has been a consistent, defining feature of American electoral politics since 1980, the gap among young Americans is huge.

Young women are markedly progressive in their politics. Young men, by contrast, are trending rightward.

Many young men express skepticism toward feminism, discomfort with shifts in gender norms and a growing attraction to more conservative cultural messaging.

Haters Gonna Hate

This yawning gender gap is also reflected in views regarding Swift.

The strongest predictor of negative views of the singer, aside from partisanship, is “hostile sexism.” This is defined as negative attitudes toward women and a sense that men should dominate.

Our study finds that individuals who believe that women’s achievements come at men’s expense, or that women have too much power, are far more likely to dislike Swift. This effect is especially strong among men and particularly among Republican men.

Swift’s enormous success, artistic autonomy and cultural influence appear to trigger anxieties about women’s power in public life. The backlash is not about her lyrics or her image. It’s about what she represents: a confident, self-directed woman at the center of American culture.

This dynamic reveals the broader challenges facing women in positions of authority, including in politics. Hostile sexism remains a force in American society and a formidable barrier for any woman aspiring to the presidency.

Swift As A Visible Symbol

Swift didn’t create these divisions – she is simply reflecting them back. But the intensity of the reaction to her success reveals how conflicted America remains about women’s power.

Our study also shows that people who scored high on hostile sexism were much more likely to hold negative views of Kamala Harris during the presidential election of 2024. This mirrors findings from earlier research showing that hostile sexism was one of the strongest reasons voters did not support Hillary Clinton in 2016.

Source : https://studyfinds.org/partisan-polarization-limits-taylor-swifts-popularity/

Your Second Thoughts May Be Distorted If You Have Anxiety, Study Finds

Photo by Road Trip with Raj on Unsplash

Taking a moment to reflect before judging your own performance sounds like solid advice. But new research suggests that for people experiencing anxiety symptoms, pausing to second-guess themselves might deepen their self-doubt.

Scientists at University College London and the University of Copenhagen have discovered that anxiety-driven underconfidence grows stronger the longer someone takes to judge how they did on a decision they just made. The study, published in Psychological Medicine, analyzed confidence ratings from 1,447 people across multiple decision-making tasks. For anxious individuals, extra time for introspection actually makes their self-doubt worse.

The researchers found that people with higher anxiety symptoms accumulate negatively biased thoughts about their performance over time, deepening underconfidence as they spend more time reflecting.

How Scientists Measured Confidence in Real-Time

Researchers pooled data from four experiments where participants completed visual decision-making tasks, such as identifying which color appeared more frequently on screen or remembering objects from a brief display. After each decision, participants rated their confidence on a scale, and scientists measured how long they took to provide that rating.

The study collected information about participants’ anxiety levels using standardized questionnaires and tracked gender differences across the sample. Sample sizes for individual experiments ranged from 300 to 433 participants, all recruited online. The researchers excluded trials with unusually fast or slow response times to ensure data quality.

Anxiety and the Snowball Effect

The key finding emerged when researchers plotted confidence levels against the time participants took to report them. For people with higher anxiety symptoms, confidence dropped more steeply as they spent additional seconds contemplating their performance. The gap between low-anxiety and high-anxiety individuals widened with every passing moment of reflection.

This pattern held across multiple experiments and different types of tasks, showing the effect is robust and not limited to one specific scenario.

What makes this particularly notable is that the effect worked in the opposite direction for gender-related underconfidence. On average, women reported lower confidence than men immediately after making decisions, but that gap narrowed when they took more time to reflect. By the longest response times, the gender difference in confidence essentially disappeared.

Computational Models Reveal Why Time Helps Some but Hurts Others

To understand what drives these opposite patterns, researchers built a computational model based on drift-diffusion theory, which treats decision-making as an evidence accumulation process. Information builds up over time until it crosses a threshold that triggers a choice.

The team extended this framework to model different sources of distorted confidence: two kinds of confidence drag. One involves starting with a lower baseline of confidence. The other involves a downward pull that grows the longer someone thinks about their performance.

When they fit this model to individual participants’ data, anxiety stood out because confidence got worse with more reflection time, suggesting negative self-doubt built up during that extra time. People with anxiety symptoms showed both a lower starting point for confidence and this ongoing accumulation of negative thoughts about their performance.

Gender-related underconfidence, by contrast, stemmed only from that lower starting point, without the ongoing buildup of negative thoughts.

What the Patterns Might Mean

One possibility is that extra reflection gives anxious people more room to replay mistakes or imagine they got it wrong, even when their performance hasn’t changed. For the gender gap, extra time may let people double-check the decision in their mind and override a snap feeling of being probably wrong.

The study also offers a potential window into why anxiety might fuel rumination: the tendency to get stuck in negative thought loops. If people with anxiety symptoms are accumulating biased negative evidence about their abilities over time, extended reflection literally makes them feel worse about themselves, creating a feedback loop that reinforces self-doubt.

It’s worth noting that this study looked at split-second confidence ratings in simple online tasks, not treatment approaches or real-world performance reviews. The study focused on immediate post-decision reflection, typically lasting only a few seconds. Whether these patterns extend to longer-term rumination or self-evaluation remains an open question. The tasks used were also relatively simple perceptual and memory challenges, so whether the same dynamics would apply to evaluating performance in complex real-world situations like job interviews or creative projects is unclear.

Source : https://studyfinds.org/second-thoughts-may-be-distorted-by-anxiety/

Former Athletes CTE Were Often Misdiagnosed With Alzheimer’s, Autopsies Reveal

(© Molly Ferguson Art – stock.adobe.com)

When former athletes with severe brain damage experience cognitive issues, doctors have been quick to blame Alzheimer’s disease in recent years. Notably, however, autopsies later revealed many of those patients actually had no Alzheimer’s at all. They had chronic traumatic encephalopathy (CTE). Researchers estimate CTE was misdiagnosed as dementia in 40% of advanced cases.

The finding comes from a Boston University study of 614 brain donors, including 366 with CTE. Among the 99 donors with advanced CTE who had been diagnosed with dementia during life, only 17% of physicians correctly identified CTE as the cause. The misdiagnosis rate points to a troubling gap in how doctors recognize this disease.

The study, published in Alzheimer’s & Dementia, also revealed differences by disease stage. Among donors with the most severe CTE (stage IV), roughly 8 in 10 had dementia before death, compared to just 16% of those without CTE. Those with stage IV were more than four times as likely to have had dementia. But surprisingly, early-stage CTE showed no connection to memory problems at all. Moreover, despite common assumptions, CTE severity had no link to depression or behavioral issues.

How the Disease Progresses

CTE comes in four stages as abnormal proteins gradually spread through the brain. Early stages (I and II) involve small pockets of damage in the frontal regions. By stage III, the proteins reach deeper memory areas. Stage IV means widespread damage across much of the brain.

Family members of the deceased athletes filled out detailed surveys about memory problems, personality changes, and daily functioning before death. Researchers combined these accounts with medical records to determine who had dementia.

The connection became clear at advanced stages. Stage IV donors scored about twice as high on cognitive difficulty assessments as people without CTE. They struggled far more with basic tasks like managing finances or remembering appointments.

Early-Stage CTE Shows No Symptoms

Early-stage CTE showed no link to dementia or memory problems at all. Stages I and II looked essentially the same as having no CTE.

“It is uncertain if low-stage CTE clinically manifests,” the authors wrote. This suggests the brain can initially tolerate small amounts of damage before symptoms appear.

This finding challenges assumptions that any amount of CTE causes problems. The brain appears capable of withstanding limited damage without triggering memory loss or personality changes. It’s only when the disease reaches advanced stages that dementia becomes highly likely.

Why the Confusion Happens

Both CTE and Alzheimer’s attack memory first, and patients show similar symptoms in the doctor’s office. Former football players often struggle to recall recent events and conversations, just like Alzheimer’s patients do. Without a brain scan that can detect CTE, doctors often assume the more common diagnosis.

Vascular dementia accounted for another 10% of misdiagnoses, and 38% of doctors labeled the condition as “dementia unspecified or unknown.” Among all the physicians who diagnosed dementia in patients with advanced CTE, only 17% correctly identified CTE as the cause.

This raises a troubling possibility: some former athletes with dementia may be told they have Alzheimer’s when the real cause is CTE. The study can’t put a number on how often this happens among living people, but the mismatch researchers found in autopsy cases suggests it could be more common than anyone realizes.

Severe CTE Strongly Linked to Dementia

CTE severity had no connection to depression, anxiety, or impulsiveness in this study. That finding contradicts popular assumptions that CTE directly causes the mood and behavior problems many former athletes experience.

More likely, those symptoms come from multiple sources. Brain imaging often shows damage to white matter (the brain’s wiring) and blood vessels in former players. Chronic pain, sleep problems, and past substance use probably contribute too. CTE might be one factor among many, rather than the sole culprit for behavioral issues.

Some former athletes struggle with anger, depression, or impulsive behavior for years before memory problems appear. This study suggests those early struggles may not come from CTE itself, but from the accumulated toll of repeated hits, injuries, and the lifestyle that often accompanies professional sports.

Even after researchers accounted for blood vessel damage and other brain issues, the link between severe CTE and dementia held firm. Mood symptoms remained unconnected to disease stage.

What This Means for Athletes

The study focused almost entirely on male athletes, with 80% having played American football. Most with severe CTE had played at the college or professional level for many years. Those with the worst brain damage had typically started playing young and continued for decades.

The good news, if any exists here, is that mild CTE may not cause symptoms. The brain appears capable of withstanding limited damage without triggering memory loss or personality changes. The bad news is that once CTE reaches advanced stages, dementia becomes highly likely.

Researchers also found that age matters less than disease severity. Even when they looked specifically at donors 52 and older to control for natural aging, advanced CTE still carried the same elevated dementia risk. The disease itself, not just getting older, drives cognitive decline.

The Challenge of CTE Diagnosis

Right now, doctors cannot diagnose CTE in living people. Brain tissue must be examined under a microscope after death to spot the telltale protein deposits around blood vessels. This leaves athletes and their families in limbo, wondering whether symptoms stem from CTE or something else entirely.

Researchers are racing to develop imaging tests or blood markers that could spot the disease earlier. Such tools would help doctors distinguish CTE from Alzheimer’s and could potentially open the door to treatments if caught early enough.

Source : https://studyfinds.org/former-athletes-cte-often-misdiagnosed-alzheimers-autopsies-reveal/

New Computer Models Can Flag Tornado-Prone Storms An Hour Earlier Than Radar Alone

Huge tornado near Omaha, Nebraska during a tornado outbreak on April 26th, 2024. (Photo by Jonah Lange on Shutterstock)

Tornado warnings sent to smartphones typically only give local residents around 15 minutes to take shelter. That’s barely enough time to gather family, grab essentials, and find somewhere safe to ride out the weather event. Now, scientists say they’ve identified atmospheric clues that appear up to an hour before a tornado touches down. These signals may someday help forecasters issue warnings earlier.

Researchers analyzing an experimental weather prediction system have pinpointed specific environmental patterns that helped separate storms that went on to produce tornadoes from similar storms that produced large hail instead. The work hints at a future where warnings could arrive with enough lead time for people to make better decisions about seeking shelter.

The key lies in what’s happening close to the ground. Tornado-producing storms showed dramatically stronger low-level wind patterns that favor rotation in the lowest 500 meters (roughly 1,600 feet) compared to storms that only hurled giant hailstones. These differences weren’t subtle. They persisted for the entire hour leading up to tornadoes and showed up consistently across storms from Texas to Nebraska.

Reading the Storm’s Environment

The Warn-on-Forecast System, developed by NOAA, updates every 15 minutes by ingesting the latest radar and satellite data. The weather model creates a constantly evolving picture of developing storms.

For this study, published in Weather and Forecasting, researchers examined 41 severe thunderstorms between 2017 and 2023. Fifteen produced tornadoes rated EF1 or stronger. That’s powerful enough to tear roofs off houses. The other 26 produced golf ball-sized hail or larger but no tornadoes.

The computer model revealed something forecasters couldn’t easily see before: small pockets of especially favorable low-level wind patterns in the storm’s inflow region. These conditions that favor tornado formation appeared much stronger and larger around tornado-producing storms.

Researchers also tracked how conditions changed as air flowed toward each storm during the hour before severe weather struck. Air feeding into tornadic storms encountered increasingly favorable conditions along the way, like a car accelerating downhill. Air approaching hail storms showed less dramatic changes.

The Cloud Base Connection

Another telling difference appeared overhead. Tornado-producing storms had cloud bases (the bottom of the clouds) that hung 1,600 to 3,300 feet closer to the ground than hail-only storms. Lower clouds mean the rotating column of air has less distance to stretch before reaching the surface.

This pattern held steady throughout the pre-tornado period, not just in the final minutes.

Interestingly, some atmospheric measurements that meteorologists typically examine showed little difference between the two storm types. The overall energy available to fuel storms and the rotation extending higher into the atmosphere were similar whether tornadoes formed or not. The crucial distinctions happened in that critical zone near the ground.

From Research to Reality

The study focused on storms in the Great Plains during May, when tornado season peaks. Whether these patterns hold true for winter tornadoes in the Southeast or storms in other regions remains an open question with the current sample size.

The Warn-on-Forecast System only runs on days when severe weather seems likely, and it covers specific geographic areas, meaning it misses plenty of tornadoes that occur on lower-risk days or outside its domain. The researchers examined a modest 41 storms, acknowledging that broader patterns might emerge with more data.

The model’s three-kilometer resolution means it can’t simulate actual tornadoes forming, but it captures the environmental conditions that make them possible. For forecasters watching storms develop in real time, knowing which supercells are moving into these tornado-favoring setups could eventually translate into earlier warnings.

Source : https://studyfinds.org/computers-can-flag-tornado-storms-much-earlier-than-radar/

 

Creatine For Women: Should You Add This Supplement Into Your Diet?

Creatine supplements can be particularly beneficial for building strength. (Credit: Chay_Tee on Shutterstock)

Creatine is one of the most popular sports supplements out there. It’s shown to help build muscle and improve strength, boost speed and power in athletes and benefit sports performance all round.

Research also suggests this superstar nutrient may have other health benefits, including for brain function, memory, bone health and even mood.

While creatine has been a mainstay supplement for gym enthusiasts, most of the research on this supplement’s benefits has been conducted on men. With recent increased advertising specifically promoting creatine for women, there is growing interest in whether this nutrient can also be equally beneficial for them.

It’s already clear from the research that creatine could benefit women by reducing fatigue during exercise. It may also be particularly beneficial for maintaining muscle as women get older.

Creatine is a natural compound produced in the body from several amino acids (the building blocks from protein). We can also get it from protein-rich foods, such as meat and seafood.

Creatine plays a role in short-term energy, particularly during intense exercise, helping us to recover quicker between exercises. This makes it possible to do more work each time we train, leading to around 20% greater performance gains when regularly taking the supplement.

We naturally use around 2g-4g of creatine per day. But as our bodies don’t store much creatine, this is why we need to consume it in our diet or get it from supplements. Think of it like a short-term energy store that needs topping up.

Around 1kg of raw beef or seafood would supply around 3g-5g of creatine. However, cooking can reduce creatine content. This makes it challenging to consistently get enough from the diet alone, which is where supplements can be useful.

Research also shows that vegans, vegetarians and women tend to have diets lower in creatine – meaning lower overall body stores. However, women do appear to store a bit more creatine in their muscles than men, suggesting they may respond to it slower or differently than men.

The most studied form of creatine is creatine monohydrate. This can be taken as a powder, capsule or gummy. If women consume around 3g-5g of creatine a day as a supplement, it will help gradually increase muscle creatine stores over a period of two to four weeks.

But if you’re looking to boost muscle stores faster, research shows taking around 20g of creatine a day for seven days (before dropping down to 3g-5g daily) can safely boost stores.

Creatine Benefits For Women

There are many factors which influence a women’s health over their lifetime. This includes hormonal changes, the gradual loss of muscle that comes with aging, loss of bone density and slower metabolism post-menopause – as well as fluctuating energy levels and poor concentration or focus.

Resistance exercise may be beneficial in mitigating some of these changes, particularly in supporting muscle mass and function, bone health and energy levels.

This is where creatine comes in. Doing resistance training for several weeks while taking around 3g-5g of additional creatine per day can enable you to maintain the quality and consistency of your training. This combination can be particularly beneficial for strength in mid to later life.

Women who take creatine consistently are shown to have improved muscle function, which ultimately can impact quality of life. There’s also some evidence that taking it alongside resistance training may support bone health in postmenopausal women – although not all studies agree on this.

It’s worth noting as well that creatine does not appear to lead to weight gain or cause a bulky, muscular appearance, which are often concerns for women thinking about taking the supplement.

More recently, research has been exploring whether creatine can affect brain health, cognitive function and possibly even mood in older women. Evidence also shows that in younger women, it can improve mood and cognitive function after a bad nights’ sleep.

There’s emerging evidence as well that taking 5g of creatine daily can help younger women sleep longer (particularly on days they’ve done a workout). The same dose may also improve sleep quality in perimenopausal women – possibly by supporting the energy required by the brain.

Another study also reported greater reductions in depressive symptoms in women taking 5g of creatine daily alongside antidepressants, compared to those just taking antidepressants.

Given many women report experiencing symptoms such as “brain fog,” poor concentration, stress, low energy and poor sleep during their menstrual cycle and throughout the menopause, this could make creatine a low-cost solution for many of these symptoms. However, a higher dose of creatine may be needed daily (around 5g-10g) to increase the brain’s creatine stores.

Source : https://studyfinds.org/should-women-use-creatine/

Why A Flu Transmission Experiment Didn’t Spread The Flu

(© Africa Studio – stock.adobe.com)

A group of volunteers spent days locked in a small hotel room with people actively infected with flu. They played games, shared objects and exercised together in conditions designed to help the virus spread. Yet not a single person caught influenza.

The unexpected finding comes from a well-designed study that set out to answer a basic question: how does flu really spread?

Influenza, the virus responsible for flu, is known to spread through aerosols (microscopic droplets) released when an infected person coughs, sneezes or even breathes normally. It can also pass from person to person via contaminated surfaces such as door handles or phones, known as fomite transmission.

How efficiently the virus spreads depends on several factors, including how much virus an infected person sheds, the temperature and humidity of a room and how close people are to one another.

To tease apart which of these factors matter most, researchers at the University of Maryland in the US ran a real-world transmission experiment using people who had caught flu naturally.

They brought together groups of participants in a hotel room, mixing people with active influenza infections, referred to as donors, with uninfected volunteers, referred to as recipients. The aim was simple: see whether flu would spread under conditions designed to favor transmission.

Despite prolonged close contact over several days, no recipient became infected.

This approach differed from earlier studies in which healthy volunteers were deliberately infected with influenza for research. By using naturally infected “donors,” the researchers hoped to better reflect how flu spreads outside the laboratory.

Two versions of the experiment were carried out. In one, a single donor shared a room with eight recipients. In the other, four donors shared with three recipients. Donors were aged 20 to 22, while recipients were aged between 25 and 45.

The room was kept at temperatures and humidity levels thought to favor influenza transmission, at 22°C to 25°C, and 20% to 45% humidity. Before quarantining the participants, the researchers closed off major uncontrolled air pathways – such as windows, doors and a leak in the fan coil units – to deliberately create low ventilation and poor air quality.

Over three to seven days, participants spent hours together in the confined space. They played card games at close range, took part in dance or yoga classes and passed around shared objects such as markers, microphones or tablet computers.

The researchers monitored transmission by measuring virus levels in exhaled air, saliva and mouth swabs from donors. Shared objects and the room air were also tested for viral particles. Participants recorded symptoms including coughing, sneezing, headaches and other common signs of flu.

Why Transmission Failed

Several samples from donors confirmed active influenza infection. But none of the recipients tested positive. A few reported mild symptoms such as headaches, but there was no clear evidence of flu infection in any of them.

The researchers suggest three main reasons why transmission may not have occurred: low virus shedding from donors, partial immunity among recipients and the way air circulated in the room.

Children are widely thought to drive the spread of influenza, but this study involved only adults. Adult donors in the experiment released relatively small amounts of virus. This may reflect the strains they were infected with, their age or the fact that they showed few symptoms. Very little coughing or sneezing was observed, which would have limited the amount of virus entering the air.

Recipients may also have been less susceptible. They had all lived through many flu seasons and several had received flu vaccinations in previous years, with one vaccinated in the current season. This prior exposure may have given them some background immunity.

Although temperature and humidity were set to favor transmission, the high level of air recirculation caused by fans may have disrupted clouds of virus-laden air. Instead of lingering around donors, these plumes may have been broken up and diluted, reducing how much virus recipients inhaled.

Taken together, the findings point to coughing and sneezing as key drivers of influenza spread, particularly from people who shed large amounts of virus, sometimes described as super spreaders. Immunity in those exposed and air movement in indoor spaces also appear to be crucial.

The study does not suggest that influenza is harmless or difficult to catch. Each year, millions, and possibly billions, of cases occur worldwide, with strong evidence that aerosol transmission plays a central role. Instead, it shows that the circumstances that allow flu to spread are more nuanced than simply sharing a room with an infected person.

Source : https://studyfinds.org/flu-transmission-study-didnt-spread-infections/

The Only Thing Limiting Taylor Swift’s Popularity Is Partisan Polarization

Around the world, Taylor Swift’s fan base skews female. (Credit: rblfmr on Shutterstock)

Taylor Swift’s latest album, “The Life of a Showgirl,” generated a cultural whirlwind: chart-topping success, social media saturation and frenzied debate over her artistic evolution.

Nonetheless, despite this warm reception, opinions on Swift are deeply polarized by party. Democrats are far more likely to view her positively; Republicans are more likely to hold negative views. This partisan divide remains in place even after accounting for age, gender and other demographic differences.

We are political scientists who conduct research on public opinion. In our just-published study, “Mirrorball Politics,” we draw on national survey data to examine how Americans feel about Swift and what those feelings reveal about our politics. What we find is striking: Swift has become a cultural mirror, reflecting our society’s deepest social and political fault lines.

In other words, liking or disliking Swift has become yet another way Americans signal who they are politically. Young women love her, but young men don’t – and that gap matters.

This is part of a broader trend in which cultural preferences and political identity have collapsed into each other. The type of beer you drink, the kind of car you drive, the stores you shop at and now the musical artists you admire have become markers of political belonging – and difference.

Popular entertainment used to be a common space where Americans, regardless of whether they were Republicans or Democrats, could come together and have some fun. Those shared spaces are shrinking – and with them the opportunity for connection across partisan divides.

The Swifties Gap

That’s why feelings toward Swift offer warning signs for the future of American politics.

One of the starkest divides we found is between young men and young women. Gen Z women – those born between 1997 and 2012 – admire Swift. Gen Z men, not so much. On a 100-point scale measuring attitudes toward Swift, young women averaged 55, while young men averaged 43 – a statistically significant difference that was not present among older Americans.

This gender gap mirrors the widening political divide among younger Americans that played a pivotal role in the 2024 presidential election. Although a modest gender gap has been a consistent, defining feature of American electoral politics since 1980, the gap among young Americans is huge.

Young women are markedly progressive in their politics. Young men, by contrast, are trending rightward.

Many young men express skepticism toward feminism, discomfort with shifts in gender norms and a growing attraction to more conservative cultural messaging.

Haters Gonna Hate

This yawning gender gap is also reflected in views regarding Swift.

The strongest predictor of negative views of the singer, aside from partisanship, is “hostile sexism.” This is defined as negative attitudes toward women and a sense that men should dominate.

Our study finds that individuals who believe that women’s achievements come at men’s expense, or that women have too much power, are far more likely to dislike Swift. This effect is especially strong among men and particularly among Republican men.

Swift’s enormous success, artistic autonomy and cultural influence appear to trigger anxieties about women’s power in public life. The backlash is not about her lyrics or her image. It’s about what she represents: a confident, self-directed woman at the center of American culture.

This dynamic reveals the broader challenges facing women in positions of authority, including in politics. Hostile sexism remains a force in American society and a formidable barrier for any woman aspiring to the presidency.

Source : https://studyfinds.org/partisan-polarization-limits-taylor-swifts-popularity/

 

Why A Flu Transmission Experiment Didn’t Spread The Flu

(© Africa Studio – stock.adobe.com)

A group of volunteers spent days locked in a small hotel room with people actively infected with flu. They played games, shared objects and exercised together in conditions designed to help the virus spread. Yet not a single person caught influenza.

The unexpected finding comes from a well-designed study that set out to answer a basic question: how does flu really spread?

Influenza, the virus responsible for flu, is known to spread through aerosols (microscopic droplets) released when an infected person coughs, sneezes or even breathes normally. It can also pass from person to person via contaminated surfaces such as door handles or phones, known as fomite transmission.

How efficiently the virus spreads depends on several factors, including how much virus an infected person sheds, the temperature and humidity of a room and how close people are to one another.

To tease apart which of these factors matter most, researchers at the University of Maryland in the US ran a real-world transmission experiment using people who had caught flu naturally.

They brought together groups of participants in a hotel room, mixing people with active influenza infections, referred to as donors, with uninfected volunteers, referred to as recipients. The aim was simple: see whether flu would spread under conditions designed to favor transmission.

Despite prolonged close contact over several days, no recipient became infected.

This approach differed from earlier studies in which healthy volunteers were deliberately infected with influenza for research. By using naturally infected “donors,” the researchers hoped to better reflect how flu spreads outside the laboratory.

Two versions of the experiment were carried out. In one, a single donor shared a room with eight recipients. In the other, four donors shared with three recipients. Donors were aged 20 to 22, while recipients were aged between 25 and 45.

The room was kept at temperatures and humidity levels thought to favor influenza transmission, at 22°C to 25°C, and 20% to 45% humidity. Before quarantining the participants, the researchers closed off major uncontrolled air pathways – such as windows, doors and a leak in the fan coil units – to deliberately create low ventilation and poor air quality.

Over three to seven days, participants spent hours together in the confined space. They played card games at close range, took part in dance or yoga classes and passed around shared objects such as markers, microphones or tablet computers.

The researchers monitored transmission by measuring virus levels in exhaled air, saliva and mouth swabs from donors. Shared objects and the room air were also tested for viral particles. Participants recorded symptoms including coughing, sneezing, headaches and other common signs of flu.

Why Transmission Failed

Several samples from donors confirmed active influenza infection. But none of the recipients tested positive. A few reported mild symptoms such as headaches, but there was no clear evidence of flu infection in any of them.

The researchers suggest three main reasons why transmission may not have occurred: low virus shedding from donors, partial immunity among recipients and the way air circulated in the room.

Children are widely thought to drive the spread of influenza, but this study involved only adults. Adult donors in the experiment released relatively small amounts of virus. This may reflect the strains they were infected with, their age or the fact that they showed few symptoms. Very little coughing or sneezing was observed, which would have limited the amount of virus entering the air.

Recipients may also have been less susceptible. They had all lived through many flu seasons and several had received flu vaccinations in previous years, with one vaccinated in the current season. This prior exposure may have given them some background immunity.

Although temperature and humidity were set to favor transmission, the high level of air recirculation caused by fans may have disrupted clouds of virus-laden air. Instead of lingering around donors, these plumes may have been broken up and diluted, reducing how much virus recipients inhaled.

Taken together, the findings point to coughing and sneezing as key drivers of influenza spread, particularly from people who shed large amounts of virus, sometimes described as super spreaders. Immunity in those exposed and air movement in indoor spaces also appear to be crucial.

The study does not suggest that influenza is harmless or difficult to catch. Each year, millions, and possibly billions, of cases occur worldwide, with strong evidence that aerosol transmission plays a central role. Instead, it shows that the circumstances that allow flu to spread are more nuanced than simply sharing a room with an infected person.

Not everyone sheds virus at the same level and not everyone is equally vulnerable. Aerosol spread is most likely during coughing and sneezing, so people with these symptoms should isolate where possible and wear a well-fitted mask to reduce virus release into the air. Good ventilation and air circulation are especially important in small, poorly ventilated spaces.

Source : https://studyfinds.org/flu-transmission-study-didnt-spread-infections/

Aerobic Exercise Makes The Brain Younger, Scientists Just Can’t Explain Why

(Photo by BearFotos on Shutterstock)

Committing to an exercise regimen isn’t easy, but a younger brain is a strong motivator. When researchers asked middle-aged adults to practice aerobic exercise regularly for a year, their brains became significantly “younger,” so to speak.

After 12 months of regular workouts, participants’ brains appeared about seven months younger than when they started. MRI scans analyzed by machine learning algorithms showed measurable structural changes associated with younger brains.

Scientists checked several likely explanations for why this may have happened, and none of them panned out. Fitness improved. Blood pressure didn’t budge. Weight stayed the same. Brain growth factors didn’t show clear changes. None of those factors accounted for the brain age shift.

“The pathways by which these effects occur remain unknown,” researchers from the University of Pittsburgh and AdventHealth Research Institute wrote in the Journal of Sport and Health Science.

The study tracked 130 adults between ages 26 and 58, none of them particularly active to start. Half were assigned to an exercise program, half to a control group that just received general health information. The exercise group committed to 150 minutes of moderate aerobic activity per week, the same recommendation countless doctors give to their patients. Two sessions per week happened in a university lab with supervision, and the rest at home (walking, jogging, treadmills, bikes, ellipticals, etc.).

What Brain Age Actually Measures

To better understand “brain age,” researchers fed thousands of MRI scans into a computer, teaching it what a typical 30-year-old brain looks like versus a typical 50-year-old brain. The patterns involve brain volume, structure, and other subtle neurological features.

When someone gets a brain scan, the computer predicts their age based purely on what it sees. If you’re 45 but your brain looks more like that of a typical 48-year-old, you’re aging faster than average. If your brain looks 42, you’re aging slower.

In other studies, each extra year on this brain-aging measure has been linked to about a 3% higher risk of developing dementia down the road. People whose brains look older than their age tend to die earlier and show cognitive decline sooner. Your brain age in midlife may be forecasting your mental sharpness in your 70s and 80s.

The Fitness Connection Nobody Can Explain

Before the study started, researchers found something in the baseline measurements. People who were more fit had younger-looking brains. For every meaningful bump in measured cardio fitness, brain age looked nearly two years younger on average.

So when the exercise group got fitter over the year (and they did, measurably) researchers expected that would explain everything. It didn’t. Yes, fitness improved. Yes, brain age dropped. However, the statistical analysis showed fitness improvements didn’t account for the brain changes.

Body composition? No change in either group. Blood pressure? Same story. BDNF, a protein often linked to brain health, didn’t show a clear, meaningful increase in exercisers, and it didn’t explain the brain age changes anyway.

The researchers ticked through the usual suspects they’d measured. Nothing added up.

“That was a surprise,” said lead author Dr. Lu Wan, a data scientist at the AdventHealth Research Institute, in a statement. “We expected improvements in fitness or blood pressure to account for the effect, but they didn’t. Exercise may be acting through additional mechanisms we haven’t captured yet, such as subtle changes in brain structure, inflammation, vascular health or other molecular factors.”

What Might Be Happening (Besides What They Measured)

Of course, the brain doesn’t exist in isolation. Exercise triggers a cascade of changes throughout the body, and researchers only measured a handful of possibilities.

Maybe exercise altered inflammatory signals in ways the study didn’t capture. Perhaps it improved blood flow to the brain through mechanisms that wouldn’t show up in simple blood pressure readings. Mitochondria, the tiny power plants in cells, might have gotten more efficient. Metabolic changes could have occurred that weren’t tracked.

Alternatively, brains may have responded to exercise through pathways science hasn’t fully mapped yet. The study wasn’t designed to measure every possible mechanism, just the most obvious candidates.

What researchers do know is that 150 minutes of weekly aerobic exercise (two and a half hours, broken up however one wants) was enough to produce measurable changes in brain structure within a year.

Why Your 30s, 40s, and 50s Matter

Most brain aging studies focus on people in their 70s and 80s, after cognitive decline has already started. This study deliberately targeted younger adults because midlife appears to be a pivot point.

Risk factors that show up in your 40s (high blood pressure, obesity, inactivity) predict dementia risk 20 or 30 years later. But midlife is also when intervention might matter most. Your brain is still resilient enough to respond, but aging processes have begun.

The participants in this study weren’t elderly, weren’t sick, and weren’t already showing cognitive problems. They were regular people, two-thirds of them women, averaging 41 years old. Most were sedentary, reporting less than 100 minutes of exercise per week before the study started. In other words, they looked like a lot of American adults.

Their brains at the study’s start were aging normally on average, though individual participants varied quite a bit. Twelve months of exercise changed that trajectory.

The Exercise Program That Worked

Nothing about the workout regimen required a gym membership or special equipment. Participants walked, jogged, or used whatever cardio equipment they had access to. Heart rate monitors ensured they worked hard enough, breathing heavily but still able to talk, working at about 60-75% of their maximum heart rate.

The group stuck with it remarkably well. They completed 93% of their prescribed exercise minutes. Lab attendance hit 73%, and people made up the difference at home.

Meanwhile, the control group’s fitness declined slightly over the year, as tends to happen when sedentary people stay sedentary. Their brain age drifted slightly upward on average.

The pandemic also complicated things. Some participants couldn’t complete final assessments, and for several months in 2020, lab sessions shut down entirely. Still, 89% of the exercise group returned once facilities reopened, and the results held.

Source : https://studyfinds.org/aerobic-exercise-brain-younger/

 

Exit mobile version